statics and materials 1003eng - sem 2 2014 griffith...

TABLE OF CONTENTS1. GENERAL COURSE INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2

1.1 COURSE DETAILS .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21.2 COURSE INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 21.3 COURSE STAFF........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 31.4 TIMETABLE................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 31.5 LECTURE CAPTURE................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3

2. AIMS, OUTCOMES & GRADUATE ATTRIBUTES ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 42.1 COURSE AIMS ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 42.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 42.3. GRADUATE ATTRIBUTES ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4

3. LEARNING RESOURCES .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 63.1 REQUIRED RESOURCES ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 63.2 RECOMMENDED RESOURCES............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 63.3 UNIVERSITY LEARNING RESOURCES................................................................................................................................................................................................... 63.5 OTHER LEARNING RESOURCES & INFORMATION .............................................................................................................................................................................. 6

4. TEACHING & LEARNING ACTIVITIES.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 74.1 LEARNING ACTIVITIES............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 74.2 OTHER TEACHING AND LEARNING ACTIVITIES INFORMATION......................................................................................................................................................... 7

5. ASSESSMENT PLAN ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 85.1 ASSESSMENT SUMMARY........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 85.2 ASSESSMENT DETAIL ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8

6. POLICIES & GUIDELINES ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 116.1 ASSESSMENT RELATED POLICIES AND GUIDELINES ...................................................................................................................................................................... 11

LEARNING SUMMARY ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 13LEARNING OUTCOMES ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4GRADUATE ATTRIBUTES .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4

Statics and Materials 1003ENG - Sem 2 2014 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

Printed: 26 April 2015, 04:55AMThe published on-line version of the Course Profile is the authoritative version and by the publication of the Course Profile on-line the Universitydeems the student has been notified of and read the course requirements.

1. General Course Information1.1 Course DetailsCOURSE CODE 1003ENG

COURSE TITLE Statics and Materials

ACADEMIC ORGANISATION ENG Griffith School of Engineering

SEMESTER Semester 2 2014

MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate

LOCATION Nathan, On Campus

CREDIT POINT VALUE 10

Course Description:This course is designed to enable students to acquire fundamental knowledge in two areas of engineering science: statics and the behaviour ofmaterials. The course provides a basic knowledge of solid mechanics, elasticity and structural analysis. To expound statics principles and theirapplications in engineering, the methods of static analysis and the techniques of engineering computation are discussed. Students are expected notonly to acquire a good grasp of the principles but also to develop the computational skills which are vital in obtaining correct engineering solutions.In addition, this course will introduce various types of engineering materials. The course is designed for first year students in engineering andintended to relate the fundamental properties of both metals and non-metallic materials to the practice of engineering. Assessment is byassignments (statics and materials), a mid-semester examination (statics), two laboratory reports (materials) and a final examination (statics andmaterials).

Assumed Background:Students should have completed first year university level courses in mathematics and physics. Knowledge of basic chemistry including atomicstructure, chemical bonding and electrochemistry would be useful.

1.2 Course IntroductionStatics is that branch of engineering mechanics which deals with forces and force systems acting on bodies in equilibrium. A thoroughunderstanding of forces is essential for the safe design of all structures such as towers, buildings and bridges, and of devices such as machines,aeroplanes, pumps, pressure vessels, turbines and pipelines. Statics deals primarily with the forces associated with rigid bodies. Engineers alsoneed to know how different materials behave when subjected to various types of loading (forces). They must be able to select the materials whichbest meet the demands of a design including considerations of functions, strength, durability, costs, sustainability and aesthetics. This requiresknowledge of the properties of materials, their limitations and their environmental impacts.This course will provide students with that basic knowledge in these two important fields which are fundamental to many of the engineeringdisciplines.

Previous Student FeedbackStudents have raised conerns about the amount of course content and the demanding assignment requirements. Modifications have been made tothe course content and the number of assignments has been reduced. Supplementary material on chemistry will be prepared to assist students whoenrol in this course before doing the first year chemistry course.


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

1.3 Course StaffConvenor Dr Qin Li

EMAIL [email protected]

CAMPUS Nathan Campus

BUILDING Environment 2 (N13)

ROOM 1.21

Course Moderator Prof Bofu Yu

PHONE 07 3735 7486 or 07 5552 9296



BUILDING Science 1 (N25)

ROOM 1.26

1.4 TimetableTimetables are available on the Griffith Timetables website.

NB: Details contained in this section of the course profile and section 4.1 Learning Activities are to be read in conjunction with the official classtimetable. The published class timetable located at https://intranet.secure.griffith.edu.au/student/timetable-support is the authoritative source fortimetabling information for all campuses.

Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationSummary of student contact hours in the semester:Total number of lectures (hours): 26Total number of tutorials/workshops (hours): 13Total number of labs (hours): 4Grand total number of contact hours: 43

The lectures will enable the students to understand the theoretical and practical aspects of the course matter. The tutorial sessions will providestudents with the opportunity to discuss and clarify their own ideas on the course material, as well as to ascertain their analytical and computationalskills. The laboratory sessions are compulsory. Students must attend and participate in the experiments in order to submit the laboratory report.

1.5 Lecture CaptureIt is standard practice at Griffith University that lectures timetabled in lecture capture-enabled venues are recorded and made available to studentson the relevant course site, in accordance with the University's Lecture Capture Policy.The lecture series delivered as part of this course will be recorded and accessible via the Learning@Griffith course site.


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

mailto:[email protected]


http://www.griffith.edu.au/students/timetables

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Lecture%20Capture%20Policy.pdf

2. Aims, Outcomes & Graduate Attributes2.1 Course Aims

The aims of this course are (1) to provide students with basic knowledge of the theory and applications of engineering mechanics (statics) and (2)to provide students with a sound background in the properties and behaviour of important classes of engineering materials.During the course, students will have the opportunity to develop a range of generic skills including problem identification and solution, computationalskills, written communication and critical evaluation.

2.2 Learning OutcomesAfter successfully completing this course you should be able to:

1 Apply conventional approaches to solving problems involving static equilibrium in two- and three-dimensions;2 Distinguish different types of supports, calculate support reactions, and determine structural stability and determinacy;3 Describe the atomic structure and micro-structure of metals, ceramics, polymers and composites, as well as the effects of micro-structure on themechanical properties of materials;4 Solve problems on the mechanical properties of metals, ceramics, polymers and composites;5 Demonstrate a basic understanding of the corrosion and degrdation of materials.

2.3. Graduate AttributesGriffith University aims to prepare its graduates to be leaders in their fields by being:

• Knowledgeable and Skilled in their Disciplines• Effective Communicators and Team Members• Innovative and Creative with Critical Judgement• Socially Responsible and Engaged in their Communities• Competent in Culturally Diverse and International Environments

University wide attributes

GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4, 5A2. An interdisciplinary perspectiveA3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 4, 5A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 1, 4, 5B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 3B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 3, 5B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contextsC. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 1, 5C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 1, 4

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findingsC4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thedisciplineD. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrityD2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communitiesD3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainability 5D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional developmentE. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

Engineers Australia Stage 1 Competencies & Elements of Competency

GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMES1. KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL BASE1.1.

Comprehensive, theory based understanding of the underpinning natural and physical sciences and theengineering fundamentals applicable to the engineering discipline

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

1.2.Conceptual understanding of the mathematics, numerical analysis, statistics and computer and informationsciences which underpin the engineering discipline.

1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge within the engineering discipline.

1.4.Discernment of knowledge development and research directions within the engineering discipline.

1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineering discipline. 5

1.6.Understanding the scope, principles, norms, accountabilities and bounds of contemporary engineeringpractice in the specific discipline.

2. ENGINEERING APPLICATION ABILITY2.1.

Application of established engineering methods to complex engineering problem solving.

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools and resources. 1, 2, 4

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and design processes.

2.4.Application of systematic approaches to the conduct and management of engineering projects.

3. PROFESSIONAL AND PERSONAL ATTRIBUTES3.1.

Ethical conduct and professional accountability.

3.2.Effective oral and written communication in professional and lay domains.

3.3.Creative, innovative and proactive demeanour.

3.4.Professional use and management of information.

3.5.Orderly management of self, and professional conduct.

3.6.Effective team membership and team leadership

Additional ENG Griffith School of Engineering Information on Graduate AttributesEngineers Australia accredits B Engineering programs adjudged against Stage 1 Competencies for a Professional Engineer as preparing theirgraduates adequately for entry to the profession and admission to membership of Engineers Australia.Graduates from accredited programs also receive international recognition of their qualifications through the Washington Accord.Successfully completing this course will contribute to the confirmation of the students' attainment of the above Engineers Australia Stage 1Competencies for a Professional Engineer.

Additional Course Information on Graduate AttributesProfessional SkillsListed below are the discipline specific graduate skills:

• Engineering fundamentals• Problem identification, formulation and solution• Professional responsibilities


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

3. Learning Resources3.1 Required Resources

Hibbeler, R.C. (2007). Engineering Mechanics - Statics, Prentice-Hall, N.J., 11th EditionCallister, WD and Rethwish DG. (2010), Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, 8th Edition + Wileyplus Registration Card(ISBN: 9780470419977), John Wiley & Sons.

WileyPLUS for Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, 8th Edition.

3.2 Recommended ResourcesMeriam, J.L. and Kraige, L.G., Engineering Mechanics, V.1 Statics, Wiley, New York, 6th Edition, 2008.Loo, Y.C. and Guan, H., Statics and Structures, School of Engineering, Griffith University Gold Coast Campus, 3rd Edition, 2009.Loo, Y.C., A Concise Reference Book for Mechanics & Structures, School of Engineering, Griffith University Gold Coast Campus, 2nd Edition,1998Beer, F. P.; Johnston, Jr., E. R.; Flori, Jr, R. E. (2008). Mechanics for Engineers - Statics, McGraw Hill, 5th Edition.Gere, J.M. and Timoshenko, S.P., (1999). Mechanics of Materials, Stanley Thornes, Cheltenham, 4th SI Edition.Morrow, H.W. and Kokernak, R.P., (2001). Statics and Strength of Materials, Prentice-Hall, N.J.Sheppard, S.D. and Tongue, B.H. (2005). Statics: Analysis and Design of Systems in Equilibrium, Wiley, N.J.

3.3 University Learning ResourcesThe University provides many facilities and support services to assist students in their studies. Links to information about University supportresources that are available to students are included below for easy reference.Learning@Griffith - there is a dedicated website for this course via the Learning@Griffith student portal.Student Services - facilitate student access to and success at their academic studies. Student Services includes: Careers and Employment Service;Chaplaincy; Counselling Services; Health Service; Student Equity Services (incorporating the Disabilities Service) and the Welfare Office.Information Services (Workshops and Training) - provides learning skills support in three key areas: academic skills, computing skills and libraryresearch skills. The study skills resources on this website include self-help tasks focusing on critical thinking, exam skills, note taking, preparingpresentations, referencing, writing and time management.Support for learning - the University provides access to common use computing facilities for educational purposes.Code of Practice - Griffith Information Technology Resources.

3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationCopies of the lecture presentations, lecture handouts, solutions to some of the tutorial problems and information about the WileyPLUS resourcesmay be posted to the Learning@Griffith website on a weekly basis. Students should visit the website regularly to keep up-to-date with the coursematerials.


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

http://www.wiley.com/college/callister

http://www.wiley.com/college/callister

http://catalog.wileyplus.com/help/students/register.html

http://catalog.wileyplus.com/help/students/register.html

http://learning.griffith.edu.au/

http://www.griffith.edu.au/student-services

http://www.griffith.edu.au/library/workshops-training

http://www.griffith.edu.au/student-computing

http://www.griffith.edu.au/griffith-portal-support/code-practice

4. Teaching & Learning Activities4.1 Learning Activities

Week Commencing Activity Learning Outcomes

28 Jul 14 - 27 Oct 14Weekly tutorial (Tutorial): The weekly tutorial session will be related to the lecturetopic for that week.Readings/Ref: Callister, WD ;

1, 4, 5

28 Jul 14 - 29 Aug 14

Statics (Lecture Series): The following topics will be covered in the lecture series onStatics:1. Fundamentals of statics: forces, moments, loading, structures and elements,equilibrium.2. Supports and support reactions.3. Free body diagram.4. Analysis of trusses.5. Stress and strain.

Readings/Ref: Hibbeler, R. C. ; Meriam, J.L. ; Sheppard, S.D. ; Loo and Guan ; LooY.C.

1, 2

8 Sep 14 - 31 Oct 14

Materials Science and Engineering (Lecture Series): The following topics will becovered in the Materials lecture series:1. Overview of the properties of materials: classification, structure, crystalline solids.2. Properties of materials: Diffusion in solids, mechanical properties, phase diagrams,metals, ceramics, polymers, composites.4. Degradation and corrosion of materials.5. Other material properties: electrical, thermal, optical and magnetic; sustainability.

Readings/Ref: Callister, WD ;

3, 4, 5

15 Sep 14 - 27 Oct 14Weekly practical work (Laboratory): Laboratory sessions start in Week 8 andcontinue until Week 12. The practical work will involve five experiments on theproperties of materials which are done in two laboratory sessions.

3

23 Sep 14 11:00Mid-Semester Exam (Exam): Mid-semester examination on Statics; closed book; 100mins.Readings/Ref: Meriam, J.L. ; Sheppard, S.D. ; Loo and Guan ; Loo Y.C.

1, 2

28 Oct 14Revision (Review):Readings/Ref: Callister, WD ; WileyPLUS (Self-assessment exercises); Hibbeler, R. C.;

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationStatics is the first course in engineering mechanics and its primary function is to help the students develop an understanding of the physical lawsgoverning the response of engineering systems to forces. Beyond that, the study of statics enhances the students' reasoning power as applied tothe field of engineering, in that the students learn to solve problems logically, using the concept of mathematical models for physical systems.Statics theory and principles are covered in the lectures in a progressive sequence, and are consolidated by demonstrating practical examples inthe tutorial classes.The purpose of the materials component of this course is to introduce students to the various types of engineering materials. The course isdesigned for first year students in engineering, and is intended to relate the fundamental properties of both metals and non-metallic materials toengineering practice. This is supported by the laboratory activities which provide students with the opportunity to clarify their own ideas on theconcepts presented, to develop teamwork and necessary problem solving skills, and to develop written communication skills. In addition thelaboratory sessions will assist students to develop competency in laboratory skills and the interpretation of the results of laboratory measurements.Problem solving exercises elaborating on the lecture material will be introduced during the lecture time.The lectures will enable the students to understand the theoretical and practical aspects of the course matter. The tutorial sessions will providestudents with the opportunity to discuss and clarify their own ideas on the course material, as well as to ascertain their analytical and computationalskills. The impacts of the use of materials on the environment and society, especially with respect to sustainability, are discussed in the last week ofthe course.


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

5. Assessment Plan5.1 Assessment Summary

This is a summary of the assessment in the course. For detailed information on each assessment, see 5.2 Assessment Detail below.

ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMESAssignment - Problem Solving Assignment

Part A & Part B 18 Aug 14 16:00 15% 1, 2

Assignment - Problem Solving AssignmentTwo on-line assignments on materials

engineering22 Sep 14 - 31 Oct 14 15% 3, 4, 5

Test or quizmid-semester test 22 Sep 14 15% 1, 2

Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportTwo laboratory reports on Materials 31 Oct 14 - 7 Nov 14 15% 3, 4

Exam - constructed responseFinal Exam Examination Period 40% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

5.2 Assessment DetailPart A & Part BType: Assignment - Problem Solving AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2Due Date:

18 Aug 14 16:00Weight: 15%Task Description:

Part A: a one-page essay on your understanding of Statics and how it may be applied in your future engineering profession. 3%. Submit viaTurnItIn by 4pm, Aug. 18, 2014PartB: calculation. 12%. Submit via Library by 4pm, Sep. 8, 2014

Criteria & Marking:Descriptive answers are graded on demonstrated understanding of the concepts and clarity of expression.Quantitative answers are graded on:

1. Accuracy of solution methodology. This will include an assessment of the structure and clarity of the solutions presented.2. Accuracy of answer.3. Appropriate use of units.

Submission: Part A submit via TurnItIn

Part B submit via On-campus assignment handling services.

This assessment item:• is a school based activity• is an individual activity• does not include a self assessment activity

Two on-line assignments on materials engineeringType: Assignment - Problem Solving AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 3, 4, 5Due Date:

22 Sep 14 - 31 Oct 14Weight: 15%Task Description:

Answer on-line multiple choice questions on a range of topics on the properties of materials.Time 45 - 60 minutes.

Criteria & Marking:Selection of the correct answer from the choices offered.

Submission: on-line

This assessment item:• is a school based activity• is an individual activity• includes a self assessment activity

mid-semester testType: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

Due Date:22 Sep 14

Weight: 15%Task Description:

The in-class mid-semester test will take place in Week 9. Peer-assessment will be applied.

Criteria & Marking:accuracy

Submission: It will be submitted in class.


Two laboratory reports on MaterialsType: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 3, 4Due Date:

31 Oct 14 - 7 Nov 14Weight: 15%Task Description:

The first report only requires to compile the results and it should be completed in the lab. Weighting 5%The second report is comprehensive analysis report which should follow the format and style as described in the lab manual. 10%

Criteria & Marking:Length: 5-7 pages including graphs & tables.Laboratory Reports are assessed on:(1) Report structure and presentation(2) Results: data analysis, accuracy of calculations and presentation (graphs, tables)(3) Quality of discussion including responses to questions posed in the Laboratory Manual(4) Use of English.

Submission: TurnItIn

This assessment item:• is a school based activity• is a group activity• does not include a self assessment activity

Final ExamType: Exam - constructed responseLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:

Examination PeriodWeight: 40%Perusal: 10 minutesDuration: 120 minutesFormat: Closed BookTask Description:

The final examination is of two hours duration and 10 minutes perusal time. It will be divided into two parts: Part A will consist of questions onStatics (~20%) and Part B will consist of questions on Materials (~80%).

Criteria & Marking:Descriptive answers are graded on demonstrated understanding of the concepts and clarity of expression.Quantitative answers are graded on:

1. Accuracy of solution methodology. This will include an assessment of the structure and clarity of the solutions presented.2. Accuracy of answer. All numeric answers are to have a minimum accuracy of 3 significant figures.3. Appropriate use of units.

This assessment item:• is a centrally organised activity• is an individual activity• does not include a self assessment activity

5.3 Late SubmissionAn assessment item submitted after the due date, without an approved extension from the Course Convenor, will be penalised. The standardpenalty is the reduction of the mark allocated to the assessment item by 10% of the maximum mark applicable for the assessment item, for eachworking day or part working day that the item is late. Assessment items submitted more than five working days after the due date are awarded zeromarks.


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

5.4 Other Assessment Informationa.) Assessment results will be available on Blackboard in two weeks after the assessment. Marked assignments will be returned to studentsin tutorial sessions. Midsemester exam will be discussed in lecture after marking completes.b.)To be eligible to pass the course, students are required to attempt and complete all types of assessment and must demonstrate a reasonabledegree of competence in the required learning objectives for each type of assessment.Therefore, to obtain a pass or better grade for the course, the student must:

1. achieve an aggregate mark of at least 50% overall;2. attend all lab practices.

c.) Deferred Exams:Deferred Mid-Semester Exams

Mid-semester exams for the Griffith School of Engineering will be held on Saturday 21 September 2013.Students who are approved to sit a deferred mid-semester exam will be emailed final details (i.e. venue and time ofexam) by the Course Convenor during the week prior to the exam.The Griffith School of Engineering does not support deferred, deferred exams.d.) Supplementary assessment is available in this course in accordance with section 7 of the University AssessmentPolicy. A Pass mark (50% or greater) must be achieved in the supplementary item or exam to achieve a grade of 4.


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

6. Policies & GuidelinesThis section contains the details of and links to the most relevant policies and course guidelines. For further details on University Policies pleasevisit the Policy Library

6.1 Assessment Related Policies and GuidelinesUniversity Policies & GuidelinesUniversity Policies & Guidelines

The University's assessment-related policies can be found in the Griffith Policy Library.The Assessment policy covers topics including: assessment requirements; award of grades; supplementary assessment; special consideration;extensions and deferred assessment; conduct of students in examinations; cheating; plagiarism; notification of results; appeals against the award ofgrades.Academic MisconductStudents must conduct their studies at the University honestly, ethically and in accordance with accepted standards of academic conduct. Any formof academic conduct that is contrary to these standards is academic misconduct and is unacceptable.Some students engage deliberately in academic misconduct, with intent to deceive. This conscious, pre-meditated form of cheating is one of theworst forms of fraudulent academic behaviour, for which the University has zero tolerance and for which penalties, including exclusion from theUniversity, will be applied.However, the University recognises many students commit academic misconduct without intent to deceive. These students may be required toundertake additional educational activities to remediate their behaviour.Specifically, it is academic misconduct for a student to:

• Cheat in examinations and tests by communicating, or attempting to communicate, with a fellow individual who is neither an invigilator ormember of staff; by copying, or attempting to copy from a fellow candidate; attempting to introduce or consult during the examination, anyunauthorised printed or written material, or electronic calculating or information storage device; or mobile phones or other communicationdevice, or impersonates another.

• Fabricate results by claiming to have carried out tests, experiments or observations that have not taken place or by presenting results notsupported by the evidence with the object of obtaining an unfair advantage.

• Misrepresent themselves by presenting an untrue statement or not disclosing where there is a duty to disclose in order to create a falseappearance or identity.

• Plagiarise by representing the work of another as their own original work, without appropriate acknowledgement of the author or thesource. This category of cheating includes the following:

◦ collusion, where a piece of work prepared by a group is represented as if it were the student's own;◦ acquiring or commissioning a piece of work, which is not his/her own and representing it as if it were, by purchasing a paper from

a commercial service, including internet sites, whether pre-written or specially prepared for the student concerned and submittinga paper written by another person, either by a fellow student or a person who is not a member of the University;

◦ duplication of the same or almost identical work for more than one assessment item;◦ copying ideas, concepts, research data, images, sounds or text;◦ paraphrasing a paper from a source text, whether in a manuscript, printed or electronic form, without appropriate

acknowledgement;◦ cutting or pasting statements from multiple sources or piecing together work of others and representing them as original work;◦ submitting, as one's own work, all or part of another student's work, even with the student's knowledge or consent.

A student who willingly assists another student to plagiarise (for example, by willingly giving them their own work to copy from) is also breachingacademic integrity and may be subject to disciplinary action.Reasonable Adjustments for Assessment - Students with DisabilitiesThis policy sets out the principles and processes that guide the University in making reasonable adjustments to assessment for students withdisabilities while maintaining the academic integrity of its programs.Griffith University Disclosure StatementThe Griffith University Disclosure Statement has been developed to identify and negotiate whether necessary and reasonable accommodations andadjustments can be made, wherever possible, to enable students with disabilities and/or health conditions to undertake required learning activities.Course Convenors are encouraged to reference the Griffith University Disclosure Statement in the Learning Activities and Assessment Plansections of their course profiles.Application for Special Consideration, Extensions or Deferred AssessmentStudents applying for deferred assessment or special consideration on medical grounds must submit a Griffith University Student MedicalCertificate completed by a registered medical or dental practitioner.Text Matching SoftwareThe University uses text matching software. Students should be aware that your Course Convenor may use software to check submittedassessment tasks. If this is the case, your Course Convenor will provide more detailed information about how the software will be used forindividual assessment items.Related links:

• Academic Integrity website• Academic Standing, Progression and Exclusion Policy• Assessment Policy• Assessment Submission and Return Procedures• End of Semester Centrally Administered Examinations Policy and Procedures• Institutional Framework for Promoting Academic Integrity among Students• Reasonable Adjustments for Assessment - Students with Disabilities Policy• Student Academic Misconduct Policy


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

http://www62.gu.edu.au/policylibrary.nsf/

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/adminservices/Assessment%20and%20Examinations/Griffith%20University%20Disclosure%20Statement.pdf

http://www.griffith.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/174381/Student-medical-certificate.pdf


http://www.griffith.edu.au/academic-integrity

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Academic%20Standing%20Policy.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Assessment%20Policy.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Assessment%20Submission%20and%20Return%20Procedures.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/End%20of%20Semester%20Centrally%20Administered%20Examinations%20Policy%20and%20Procedures.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Framework%20for%20Promoting%20Academic%20Integrity.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Assessment%20Reasonable%20Adjustments.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Student%20Academic%20Misconduct%20Policy.pdf

6.2 Other Policies and GuidelinesUniversity Policies and GuidelinesUniversity Policies and Guidelines

Students are responsible for ensuring that they have read all sections of the Course Profile for the course/s in which they are enrolled in anyenrolment period. The published online version of the Course Profile is the authoritative version and by the publication of the Course Profile online,the University deems the student has been notified of and read the course requirements. Variations to the Course Profile during the semester ofoffer are not permitted except in exceptional circumstances and will be advised in writing to all enrolled students and via the Learning@Griffithwebsite. Additional information regarding the content of this course may be published on the Learning@Griffith website.Health and SafetyGriffith University is committed to providing a safe work and study environment. However, all students, staff and visitors have an obligation toensure the safety of themselves and those whose safety may be affected by their actions. Staff in control of learning activities will ensure as far asreasonably practical, that those activities are safe and that all safety obligations are being met. Students are required to comply with all safetyinstructions and are requested to report safety concerns to the University.General and laboratory health and safety information is available on the Griffith Safe and Well website.Other Key Student-Related PoliciesAll University policy documents are accessible to students via the Griffith Policy Library and links to key policy documents, in addition to those listedin 6.1 above, are included below for easy reference:

• Examinations Timetabling Policy and Procedures• Guideline on Student Email• Health and Safety Policy• Student Administration Policy• Student Charter• Student Grievances and Appeals Policy


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

https://intranet.secure.griffith.edu.au/security-safety-emergency/griffith-safe-well


http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Examinations%20Timetabling%20Policy%20and%20Procedures.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Guideline%20on%20Student%20Email.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Health%20and%20Safety%20Policy.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Student%20Administration%20Policy.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Student%20Charter.pdf

http://policies.griffith.edu.au/pdf/Student%20Grievances%20and%20Appeals%20Policy.pdf

Learning SummaryBelow is a table showing the relationship between the learning outcomes for this course and the broader graduate attributes developed, thelearning activities used to develop each outcome and the assessment task used to assess each outcome.

Learning OutcomesAfter successfully completing this course you should be able to:

1 Apply conventional approaches to solving problems involving static equilibrium in two- and three-dimensions;2 Distinguish different types of supports, calculate support reactions, and determine structural stability and determinacy;3 Describe the atomic structure and micro-structure of metals, ceramics, polymers and composites, as well as the effects of micro-structure on themechanical properties of materials;4 Solve problems on the mechanical properties of metals, ceramics, polymers and composites;5 Demonstrate a basic understanding of the corrosion and degrdation of materials.

Assessment & Learning ActivitiesLEARNING OUTCOMES

LEARNING ACTIVITIES1 2 3 4 5

Weekly tutorial (Tutorial) • • •Statics (Lecture Series) • •Materials Science and Engineering (Lecture Series) • • •Weekly practical work (Laboratory) •Mid-Semester Exam (Exam) • •Revision (Review) • • • • •

ASSESSMENT TASKS

Part A & Part B • •Two on-line assignments on materials engineering • • •mid-semester test • •Two laboratory reports on Materials • •Final Exam • • • • •

Graduate AttributesGriffith University aims to prepare its graduates to be leaders in their fields by being:• Knowledgeable and Skilled in their Disciplines• Effective Communicators and Team Members• Innovative and Creative with Critical Judgement• Socially Responsible and Engaged in their Communities• Competent in Culturally Diverse and International Environments


GRADUATE ATTRIBUTES LEARNING OUTCOMES


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

1 2 3 4 5A KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINES

A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines • • • • •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective

A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace • • •B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS

B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing • •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contextsC INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT

C1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions tounfamiliar problems • •C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidenceappropriate to their disciplines (eg collect, analyse and interpret dataand information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise andorganise information)

• •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings

C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline

D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES

D1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academicintegrity

D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities

D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability •D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professionaldevelopment

E COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTS

E1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges ofAustralian Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander First Peoples

E2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectivelyin culturally or linguistically diverse contexts

E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines


LEARNING OUTCOMESGRADUATE ATTRIBUTES

1 2 3 4 5


26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15

1 KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL BASE1.1.

Comprehensive, theory based understanding of theunderpinning natural and physical sciences and the engineeringfundamentals applicable to the engineering discipline

• • • • •1.2.

Conceptual understanding of the mathematics, numericalanalysis, statistics and computer and information scienceswhich underpin the engineering discipline.

1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge withinthe engineering discipline.

1.4.Discernment of knowledge development and research directionswithin the engineering discipline.

1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineeringdiscipline. •

1.6.Understanding the scope, principles, norms, accountabilitiesand bounds of contemporary engineering practice in the specificdiscipline.

2 ENGINEERING APPLICATION ABILITY2.1.

Application of established engineering methods to complexengineering problem solving.

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools andresources. • • •

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and designprocesses.

2.4.Application of systematic approaches to the conduct andmanagement of engineering projects.

3 PROFESSIONAL AND PERSONAL ATTRIBUTES

3.1.Ethical conduct and professional accountability.

3.2.Effective oral and written communication in professional and laydomains.






26 April 2015, 04:55AM /15




3. LEARNING RESOURCES .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 73.1 REQUIRED RESOURCES ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 73.3 UNIVERSITY LEARNING RESOURCES................................................................................................................................................................................................... 73.5 OTHER LEARNING RESOURCES & INFORMATION .............................................................................................................................................................................. 7


5. ASSESSMENT PLAN ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 105.1 ASSESSMENT SUMMARY...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 105.2 ASSESSMENT DETAIL ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10



Physics 1A 1031SCG - Sem 1 2015 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 1/16


1. General Course Information1.1 Course DetailsCOURSE CODE 1031SCG

COURSE TITLE Physics 1A

ACADEMIC ORGANISATION SET Griffith Sciences


MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:The course provides an introduction to classical physics, based on mechanics, waves, electricity and magnetism. Co-Assumed: 1201BPSMathematics 1A or 1011SCG Mathematics 1A. Incompatible: 1301BPS Physics 1A

Assumed Background:Exposure to physical sciences at high school level. Maths B.

1.2 Course IntroductionThis course aims to expose students to the power of physics for the understanding and control of natural phenomena, both at an empirical,

experimental level and also at a deductive, theoretical and mathematical level. It further aims to use these insights to provide practical tools foranalysis of problems in applied disciplines such as engineering, aviation and the sciences. It aims to do this for students from a variety ofeducational backgrounds.

Previous Student FeedbackStudents have found this course provides a sound foundation in the understanding and application of modern physics. They have particularlycommented positively about the lab experiments and the online pre-lab instructional videos.


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 2/16

1.3 Course StaffPrimary Convenor Dr Jim Webb

PHONE (07) 373 55023


HOMEPAGE www.griffith.edu.au/science-aviation/school-biomolecular-physical-sciences/staff/jim-webb



ROOM 2.14

CONSULTATION Please email to arrange a time.

Lecturer Prof John Dobson

PHONE 373 57441


HOMEPAGE www.griffith.edu.au/science-aviation/school-biomolecular-physical-sciences/staff/professor-john-dobson



ROOM 0.23

CONSULTATION Details will be available on Learning@Griffith

Lecturer Prof Evan Gray


HOMEPAGE www.griffith.edu.au/science-aviation/school-biomolecular-physical-sciences/staff/evan-gray



ROOM 2.12



26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 3/16


http://www.griffith.edu.au/science-aviation/school-biomolecular-physical-sciences/staff/jim-webb


http://www.griffith.edu.au/science-aviation/school-biomolecular-physical-sciences/staff/professor-john-dobson

http://www.griffith.edu.au/science-aviation/school-biomolecular-physical-sciences/staff/professor-john-dobson


http://www.griffith.edu.au/science-aviation/school-biomolecular-physical-sciences/staff/evan-gray

Lecturer APro Robert Sang




ROOM 2.14B



NB: Details contained in this section of the course profile and section 4.1 Learning Activities are to be read in conjunction with the official classtimetable. The published class timetable which is the authoritative source for timetabling information for all campuses can be located by clicking onthe link above.

Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationA detailed week by week semester timetable will be uploaded onto learning@griffith at the commencement of o-week. This timetable will bediscussed at the first lecture in week 1.



26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 4/16





The aim of this course is to introduce students to the power of physics for the understanding and control of natural phenomena so that they can:• Explain physical phenomena at a deductive, theoretical and mathematical level• Relate that knowledge to empirical observations at the experimental level• Apply their knowledge of physics to provide a practical tools for analysis of problems in

◦ Engineering◦ Aviation◦ Sciences (including Science education).


1 Perform simple uncertainty analysis and apply analytical tools to solve problems in mechanics, wave physics and electromagnetism, all of which areimportant fundamental concepts in nature.2 Perform basic laboratory experiments, apply report writing skills and quantify the uncertainties that inevitably accompany measurement.




GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplinesA2. An interdisciplinary perspective 1A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 1, 2A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 2B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 1B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 2B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contexts 1, 2

C. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 1, 2C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 1, 2

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findingsC4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thediscipline 2

D. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrity 2D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communitiesD3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainabilityD4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional development 1, 2E. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines 1, 2


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 5/16

ALTC Threshold Learning Outcomes (Science) Upon completion of a bachelor of science, graduates will:

GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMES1. DEMONSTRATE A COHERENT UNDERSTANDING OF SCIENCE BY:1.1.

articulating the methods of science and explaining why current scientific knowledge is bothcontestable and testable by further inquiry

1.2.explaining the role and relevance of science in society

2. EXHIBIT DEPTH AND BREADTH OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE BY:2.1.

demonstrating well-developed knowledge in at least one disciplinary area 1, 2

2.2.demonstrating knowledge in at least one other disciplinary area 1, 2

3. INQUIRY & PROBLEM SOLVING SKILLS ALIGNED WITH CRITICAL ANALYSIS & SOLVING SCIENTIFIC PROBLEMS BY:3.1.

gathering, synthesising and critically evaluating information from a range of sources 1, 2

3.2.designing and planning an investigation

3.3.selecting and applying practical and/or theoretical techniques or tools in order to conduct aninvestigation

1, 2

3.4.collecting, accurately recording, intepreting and drawing conclusions from scientific data 1, 2

4. BE EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS OF SCIENCE BY:4.1.

communicating scientific results, information, or arguments, to a range of audiences, for a rangeof purposes, and using a variety of modes

5. EXHIBIT PERSONAL & PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR LEARNING & SCIENTIFIC WORK THROUGH:5.1.

being independent and self-directed learners 1, 2

5.2.working effectively, responsibly and safely in an individual or team context 1, 2

5.3.demonstrating knowledge of the regulatory frameworks relevant to their displinary area andpersonally practicisng ethical conduct.


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 6/16


Fundamentals of Physics, 10th Edition, by Halliday, Resnick and Walker. Various electronic and print options available which are explained in thefirst lecture.Available on-line and in the University Bookshop

3.3 University Learning ResourcesThe University provides many facilities and support services to assist students in their studies. Links to information about University supportresources that are available to students are included below for easy reference.Readings - New online service enabling students to access Required and Recommended Learning resources. It connects to the library catalogue toassist with quickly locating material held in Griffith libraries and enables students to manage and prioritise their readings, add personal study notesand export citations.Learning@Griffith - there is a dedicated website for this course via the Learning@Griffith student portal.Student Services - facilitate student access to and success at their academic studies. Student Services includes: Careers and Employment Service;Chaplaincy; Counselling Services; Health Service; Student Equity Services (incorporating the Disabilities Service) and the Welfare Office.Information Services (Workshops and Training) - provides learning skills support in three key areas: academic skills, computing skills and libraryresearch skills. The study skills resources on this website include self-help tasks focusing on critical thinking, exam skills, note taking, preparingpresentations, referencing, writing and time management.Support for learning - the University provides access to common use computing facilities for educational purposes.Code of Practice - Griffith Information Technology Resources.

3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationAdditional notes, laboratory notes and problem sheets will be uploaded onto the Learning@griffith site for the course.


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 7/16

https://griffith.rl.talis.com/search.html?q=1031scg








2 Mar 15 - 6 Mar 15Week 1 (Lecture): Introductory Lecture, Units, Measurement and Uncertainties,Introduction to mechanics(Lecturers: Jim Webb and Tim Gould)

1

9 Mar 15 - 13 Mar 15

Week 2 (Lecture): 1D motion - Average motion, instantaneous velocity, acceleration,constant acceleration, acceleration of gravity 2D motion - Vectors, and accelerationvectors, relative motion, constant acceleration, projectile motion, uniform circular motion.(Lecturer: Prof Dobson)

1

16 Mar 15 - 20 Mar 15

Week 3 (Lecture): Force and motion - Newton's first and second laws, forces, force ofgravity, using Newton's second law and Newton's third law, multiple objects, circularmotion friction and drag forces. Work, energy, power, varying forces, Kinetic andpotential energy, conservation of mechanical energy and potential energy curves.Gravity, universal gravitation, orbital motion, gravitational energy, gravitational field.(Lecturer: Prof Dobson)

1

23 Mar 15 - 27 Mar 15Week 4 (Lecture): Systems of particles - centre of mass, momentum, kinetic energy ofa system, collisions, totally inelastic collisions and elastic collisions.(Lecturer: Prof John Dobson)

1

30 Mar 15 - 3 Apr 15Week 5 (Lecture): Rotational motion - angular velocity and acceleration, torque,rotational inertia, rotational energy, rolling motion.(Lecturer: Dr Jim Webb)

1

13 Apr 15 - 17 Apr 15

Week 6 (Lecture): Rotational vectors and angular momentum - angular velocity andacceleration vectors, torque and the vector cross product, angular momentum,conservation of angular momentum, gyroscopes and precession.(Lecturer: Dr Jim Webb)

1

20 Apr 15 - 24 Apr 15 Week 7 (Lecture): Mid-Semester Exam week (no-lectures or problem classes)

27 Apr 15 - 1 May 15Week 8 (Lecture): Static equilibrium - conditions for equilibrium, centre of gravity,stability.(Lecturer :Dr Jim Webb)

1

4 May 15 - 8 May 15 Week 9 (Lecture): Waves, Interference(Lecturer: Prof Evan Gray) 1

11 May 15 - 15 May 15 Week 10 (Lecture): Waves: Doppler effect, interference(Lecturer: Prof Evan Gray) 1

18 May 15 - 22 May 15Week 11 (Lecture): Electricity. Electric charge, Coulomb's law, electric field, electricpotential. Electric current, Capacitors and dielectrics.(Lecturer: Assoc Prof Rob Sang)

1

25 May 15 - 29 May 15Week 12 (Lecture): Resistance and Ohm's law, series and parallel resistors, DCcircuits.(Lecturer:Assoc Prof Rob Sang)

1

1 Jun 15 - 5 Jun 15

Week 13 (Lecture): Sources of magnetic field, Ampere's law, displacement current. Halleffect. Transformers, electric motors. Revision(Lecturer: Assoc Prof Rob Sang) 1

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationCampus-Specific Arrangements:For Degree students, this course is taught on two campuses (Gold Coast and Nathan). You are required to enrol and participate at one campusONLY. Most concerns will be dealt with on a local campus basis.Make sure that you check the learning@griffith website regularly, and make sure that the information you note is the version appropriate to yourcampus.For students studying in the Diploma of Engineering at QIBT, the arrangements will be different from those listed below These students are advisedto obtain their Course Outline from: http://www.qibt.qld.edu.au and for any difficulty contact QIBT staff on (07) 3735 6900.If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities inthis course, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.Contact SummaryLectures: The basic concepts and analytic skills will be taught via a set of 36 lectures, usually 3 per week with an extra lecture in the first fewweeks. Students are expected to attend the lectures - information may be given to students in lectures that will not necessarily reproduced on theLearning@griffith site for the course.


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 8/16

http://www.qibt.qld.edu.au


Research lectures: Students are expected to attend the research lectures given by physics academic staff at this University. The lectures will bedesigned so that students gain an understanding of what research is carried out at the University as well as the relevance of the content from theirown lectures as applied to interesting world class research.There will be 12 sets of 50-minute problem classes in which the lecturer for the module will work through problems. Attendance is compulsory.Students are required to attend 8 hours of laboratory (2 hours per week for 4 specified weeks during the semester). A mark for performance will alsobe given at the end of every laboratory session. These laboratory activities carry a total of 20% of the credit for the course. Students MUST attend all8 hours of laboratory. Failure to attend all laboratory sessions may result in failing the course.There will be 10 online assignments announced at the end of each week excluding week 7 and the mid-semester break. These assignments have aweighting of 20% of the course. Notice of when the assignments are available and their due date will be provided on the learning@griffith website. Atthe discretion of a member of the Course Staff a student may be asked to demonstrate in person a portion or the entirety of the work in a submittedassessment item or similarly equivalent tasks with an alternative assignment.There will be an end-of-semester written examination worth 50% of the credit for the course. To pass the course students must achieve at least 20%of the total marks for the exam. Students who do not sit the exam will not pass the course. Students who sit the exam and do not achieve at least20% of the total marks for the exam will not pass the course.


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 9/16



ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMESTest or quiz

10 Online Assignments9 Mar 15

Throughout semester 20% 1

Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory Report4 Lab book/performance assessments

9 Mar 15At end of each lab session 30% 2

Exam - selected and constructed responsesEnd of Semester Exam Examination Period 50% 1

5.2 Assessment Detail10 Online AssignmentsType: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1Due Date:

9 Mar 15 Throughout semesterWeight: 20%Task Description:

Length: 60-120 mins each

Criteria & Marking:• Understanding of concepts as delivered in lectures• Problem solving skills

Submission: Assignments will be submitted online using the Wiley online tutorial system through the Blackboard on Learning@Griffith.


4 Lab book/performance assessmentsType: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 2Due Date:

9 Mar 15 At end of each lab sessionWeight: 30%Task Description:

To pass this course students are required to attend four 2 hour laboratories throughout the semester.

Criteria & Marking:Students will be assessed on the following criteria:

• Ability to recognise and deal with uncertainties• Problem solving skills• Data collection skills• Ability to critically asses data and present the results in an appropriate manner

This assessment item:• is a school based activity• is a group activity• includes a self assessment activity

End of Semester ExamType: Exam - selected and constructed responsesLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1Due Date:


The exam is compulsory. Students must achieve a minimum of 20 marks of the total marks of the exam (100 marks) to pass the course.

Criteria & Marking:Students will be assessed on their knowledge of the concepts of elementary physics as well as their ability to solve problems using that knowledge.


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 10/16



5.4 Other Assessment InformationFor further details of all assessment items see the Learning@griffith website under “Assessment”. To pass this course you must attend the end of

semester exam and achieve at least 20% of the possible marks on this exam, and overall must achieve 50% of the total marks.Supplementary assessment is not available in this course.If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities inthis course, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.To pass the course students must achieve at least 20% of the total marks for the exam. Students who do not sit the exam will not pass the course.Students who sit the exam and do not achieve at least 20% of the total marks for the exam will not pass the course.To pass this course students are required to attend four 2 hour laboratories throughout the semester.


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 11/16
















26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 12/16


















26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 13/16











1 Perform simple uncertainty analysis and apply analytical tools to solve problems in mechanics, wave physics and electromagnetism, all of which areimportant fundamental concepts in nature.2 Perform basic laboratory experiments, apply report writing skills and quantify the uncertainties that inevitably accompany measurement.


LEARNING ACTIVITIES1 2

Week 1 (Lecture) •Week 2 (Lecture) •Week 3 (Lecture) •Week 4 (Lecture) •Week 5 (Lecture) •Week 6 (Lecture) •Week 7 (Lecture)

Week 8 (Lecture) •Week 9 (Lecture) •Week 10 (Lecture) •Week 11 (Lecture) •Week 12 (Lecture) •Week 13 (Lecture) •

ASSESSMENT TASKS

10 Online Assignments •4 Lab book/performance assessments •End of Semester Exam •


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 14/16




1 2A KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINES

A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines

A2. An interdisciplinary perspective •A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace •B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS

B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contexts • •C INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT



C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline •D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES

D1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academicintegrity •D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities

D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability

D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professionaldevelopment • •E COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTS


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 15/16



E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines • •ALTC Threshold Learning Outcomes (Science) Upon completion of a bachelor of science, graduates will:


1 21 DEMONSTRATE A COHERENT UNDERSTANDING OF SCIENCE BY:1.1.

articulating the methods of science and explaining whycurrent scientific knowledge is both contestable and testableby further inquiry

1.2.explaining the role and relevance of science in society

2 EXHIBIT DEPTH AND BREADTH OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE BY:2.1.

demonstrating well-developed knowledge in at least onedisciplinary area • •

2.2.demonstrating knowledge in at least one other disciplinaryarea • •

3 INQUIRY & PROBLEM SOLVING SKILLS ALIGNED WITH CRITICAL ANALYSIS & SOLVING SCIENTIFIC PROBLEMS BY:3.1.

gathering, synthesising and critically evaluating informationfrom a range of sources • •

3.2.designing and planning an investigation

3.3.selecting and applying practical and/or theoretical techniquesor tools in order to conduct an investigation • •

3.4.collecting, accurately recording, intepreting and drawingconclusions from scientific data • •

4 BE EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS OF SCIENCE BY:4.1.

communicating scientific results, information, or arguments, toa range of audiences, for a range of purposes, and using avariety of modes

5 EXHIBIT PERSONAL & PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR LEARNING & SCIENTIFIC WORK THROUGH:

5.1.being independent and self-directed learners • •

5.2.working effectively, responsibly and safely in an individual orteam context • •

5.3.demonstrating knowledge of the regulatory frameworksrelevant to their displinary area and personally practicisngethical conduct.


26 April 2015, 04:43AM Page 16/16









Hydrology 2004ENG - Sem 2 2014 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 1/15



COURSE TITLE Hydrology



MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:Hydrology is concerned with the distribution and dynamics of water and water quality on or near the surface of earth. As fundamental engineeringsciences, hydrology plays an important role in developing technical skills in water engineering and in understanding many of the contemporarywater management issues. The course covers fundamental hydrologic processes such as rainfall, evaporation, infiltration, surface and groundwater, and hydrologic extremes ie floods and droughts. In addition, the course develops technical skills to apply some basic techniques forhydrologic analysis and design with particular emphasis on flood estimation, flood frequency analysis, and flood routing. Learning activities includelectures and workshops.

Assumed Background:Successful completion of 1st Year BEng or 1st Year BSc is assumed

1.2 Course IntroductionHydrology is concerned with the distribution and dynamics of water and water quality on or near the surface of earth. As fundamental engineeringsciences, hydrology plays an important role in developing technical skills in water engineering and in understanding many of the contemporarywater management issues as a core course in Civil and Environmental Engineering as well as some B Sc Majors. The course covers fundamentalhydrologic processes such as rainfall, evaporation, infiltration, surface and ground water, and hydrologic extremes ie floods and droughts. Inaddition, the course develops technical skills to apply some basic techniques for hydrologic analysis and design with particular emphasis on floodestimation, flood frequency analysis, and flood routing. Learning activities include lectures and workshops.

Previous Student FeedbackGenerally students were most happy with the course and the way in which the course was delivered at Nathan campus over the last few years. For2014 offering, in response to students feedback and internal review by teaching staff, the relative weighting of student participation and work duringworkshops has been kept at 10%; and the weighting of the mid-term examination at 20% accordingly.


26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 2/15

1.3 Course StaffPrimary Convenor Prof Bofu Yu

PHONE (07) 373 57486




ROOM 2.14



Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationLearning activities consists of lectures and workshops. The total number of contact hours for the course is 60.Lectures: Usually four hours of lectures (40 hrs)Workshops: Two hours of workshop for ten weeks (10 hrs)CAMPUS-SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENTS: This course is taught on Nathan campus this semester.



26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 3/15





Water and water resources management are important issues in Australia and have enjoyed greater public awareness in recent years. As anintroductory course on hydrology as a scientific discipline and its engineering applications, the primary educational objectives are 1) to increasestudents' knowledge of important hydrologic processes operating at a catchment scale, and basic concepts and principles that can be used todescribe and quantify them; 2) to enable students to use some well-established methods for hydrological analysis and design; and 3) to develop anin-depth understanding of the implications of Australia's climate systems for the availability of water resources, both in time and space, and the issuesand options in water resources management. This is a core course in Civil and Environmental programs, as well as in some Majors in Bachelor ofScience.


1 understand basic hydrologic processes such as rainfall, evaporation, transpiration, infiltration, and runoff;2 conduct water balance for any well-defined hydrological systems, in particular for a natural catchment;3 estimate flood hydrographs using rational and unit hydrograph methods, carry out flood routing and flood frequency analysis;4 be aware of the availability and limits of Australia's water resources including an understanding of the nature and impacts of droughts and lowstreamflow; contemporary issues and options in water resources management in urban and rural environments.




GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4A2. An interdisciplinary perspective 4A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 1, 2, 4A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 1, 2, 3B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orallyB2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writingB3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contextsC. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 1, 2, 3C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 1, 2, 3

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findingsC4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thedisciplineD. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrity 4D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communities 1, 2, 3, 4D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainability 4D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional developmentE. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines


26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 4/15




1, 2, 4


1, 2, 3

1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge within the engineering discipline. 1, 2, 3

1.4.Discernment of knowledge development and research directions within the engineering discipline. 1, 2

1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineering discipline. 1, 4



Application of established engineering methods to complex engineering problem solving. 1, 2, 4

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools and resources. 3

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and design processes. 1






3.4.Professional use and management of information. 1, 4





26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 5/15


Hard copies of a workbook will be provided free of charge to all students enrolled.

3.2 Recommended ResourcesPilgrim, D. H. (Rev. ed. 1998) Australian Rainfall and Runoff: A guide to flood estimation, Vol. 1. Institution of Engineers, Australia.The above text is freely available in electronic form via any common use computer room on the Gold Coast campus. Download instructions: Openthe Network applications folder on the desktop and click on the RRL Pub icon. Then go to Start -> Programs -> Engineers Australia -> AustralianRainfall and Runoff.

Chow et al. (1988) Applied Hydrology, McGraw-Hill Publishers.Ladson, T. (2008) Hydrology: an Australian introduction, Oxford University Press, 2008.Mays (2001, 2005, 2010) Water Resources Engineering, Wiley Publishers.


3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationLearning@Griffith is the primary mode of communication for this course.A study guide containing weekly homework problems and the workshop conntent will be distributed in hardcopy at the start of semester. In additon,pdfs of the lecture notes will be made available on Learning@Griffith. Students should refer to the Learning@Griffith website for further informationabout this course.


26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 6/15






mailto:Learning@Griffith



DATE LECTURE WORKSHOP

28 Jul - 3 Aug Introduction and PrecipitationLearning Outcomes: 1

Catchment rainfallLearning Outcomes: 1

4 Aug - 10 Aug Evaporation and InfiltrationLearning Outcomes: 1

EvaporationLearning Outcomes: 1

11 Aug -17 Aug

Soil and Ground WaterLearning Outcomes: 1

InfiltrationLearning Outcomes: 1

18 Aug -24 Aug

Overland and channel flowLearning Outcomes: 1

Soil and groundwaterLearning Outcomes: 1

25 Aug -31 Aug

Hydrograph AnalysisLearning Outcomes: 1

Stream gauging and hydraulicsLearning Outcomes: 1

1 Sep - 7 Sep Catchment Water BalanceLearning Outcomes: 2

Hydrograph analysisLearning Outcomes: 1

8 Sep - 14 Sep Flood Frequency AnalysisLearning Outcomes: 3

Catchment Water BalanceLearning Outcomes: 2

15 Sep -21 Sep

Mid-term Test Flood Frequency AnalysisLearning Outcomes: 3

22 Sep -28 Sep

Introducing the assignmentLearning Outcomes: 2, 3

Flood routingLearning Outcomes: 3

29 Sep - 5 Oct Flood RoutingLearning Outcomes: 3

6 Oct - 12 Oct Semester Break

13 Oct - 19 Oct Unit HydrographLearning Outcomes: 1, 3

Unit hydrographLearning Outcomes: 3

20 Oct - 26 Oct Water Resources ManagementLearning Outcomes: 2, 4

27 Oct - 2 Nov Course Review

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationLearning activities consists of lectures and workshops.Please note that the lecture plan above is approximate only and may be subject to slight changes during the semester,CAMPUS-SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENTS: This course is taught on Nathan campus this semeter.It is important to note that students are expected to attend all the lectures and workshops.


26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 7/15



ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMESLog of Learning Activities

Workshop participation and student work28 Jul 14 - 17 Oct 14

Workshops 10% 1, 2, 3, 4

Test or quizMid-term test 18 Sep 14 20% 1, 2, 3

Assignment - Problem Solving AssignmentHydrologic Analysis of the Hinze Dam

Upgrade

24 Oct 14 16:00Friday of Week 12, 4pm 20% 2, 3

Exam - selected and constructed responsesEnd-of-semester examination Examination Period 50% 1, 2, 3, 4

5.2 Assessment DetailWorkshop participation and student workType: Log of Learning ActivitiesLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4Due Date:

28 Jul 14 - 17 Oct 14 WorkshopsWeight: 10%Task Description:

Students are expected to actively participate in workshops and produce quality academic work during the workshops with assistance from thedemonstrators.

Criteria & Marking:One mark for participation in the scheduled workshops. Two marks for active participation and demonstrated understanding and learning outcomefor these workshops. Total marks: 20


Mid-term testType: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3Due Date:

18 Sep 14Weight: 20%Task Description:

The mid-semester test will be closed book and will be held in Week 8. The test will consist of 4-5 questions, at least half of the questions will bebroadly similar to the homework questions from the first 7 workshops.

Criteria & Marking:Quality of work, understanding, accuracy of results


Hydrologic Analysis of the Hinze Dam UpgradeType: Assignment - Problem Solving AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 2, 3Due Date:

24 Oct 14 16:00 Friday of Week 12, 4pmWeight: 20%Task Description:

This assignment will entail a hydrologic design analysis of the Hinze Dam Stage 3 Upgrade using the various methods covered in the lectures. Theassignment details and marking criteria will be made available on Learning@Griffith by week 7 and will be introduced during week 9. Theassignment is due at 4pm on Friday of Week 12.

Criteria & Marking:See assignment handout on L@G for details.


26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 8/15


Submission: See assignment handout on L@G for details.


End-of-semester examinationType: Exam - selected and constructed responsesLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4Due Date:


The final exam will be a 2.5 hour closed book exam based on all topics covered during the lectures and workshops.

Criteria & Marking:Quality of work, understanding, accuracy of results



5.4 Other Assessment InformationSummary of AssessmentThe assessment in this course consists of a combination of a mid-semester quiz, one assignment, workshop participation and a final exam.Participation in the workshops will develop the student's problem solving ability in addition to enhancing their skills in the application of the theorycovered in the lectures. The assignment will assess the students' technical abilities, interpretation skills and written communication skills. The mid-semester and end of semester examinations test the student's understanding and knowledge of the range of topics covered in the course.Return of Assessment ItemsThe marked mid-term quiz and assignment will be returned to students within 2 weeks from the time when they are due. Marks will be released viaMy Marks and students will be invited to collect their papers from the convenor.

Deferred Mid-Semester Exams

Students who are approved to sit a deferred mid-semester exam will be emailed final details (i.e. venue and time of exam) bythe Course Convenor during the week prior to the exam. The University no longer permits deferred, deferred exams.

Passing Grade Requirements

To be eligible to pass the course, students are required to attempt and complete all types of assessment and must demonstrate a reasonabledegree of competence in the required learning objectives for each type of assessment.

To receive a grade of 4 or better for the course, the student must:

1) achieve an aggregate mark of at least 50% overall and

2) achieve at least 40% for the end of semester exams

Supplementary Assessment

Supplementary assessment or resubmission is not avilable in this course

Students with disabilities

If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake requiredlearning activities in this course, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise theirCourse Convenor

Back to top


26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 9/15

https://courseprofile.secure.griffith.edu.au/student_section_loader.php?section=5&profileId=68995#toolbar















26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 10/15

















Other Course GuidelinesOther Course Guidelines

Students should refer to the Learning@Griffith website for further information about this course.


26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 11/15











1 understand basic hydrologic processes such as rainfall, evaporation, transpiration, infiltration, and runoff;2 conduct water balance for any well-defined hydrological systems, in particular for a natural catchment;3 estimate flood hydrographs using rational and unit hydrograph methods, carry out flood routing and flood frequency analysis;4 be aware of the availability and limits of Australia's water resources including an understanding of the nature and impacts of droughts and lowstreamflow; contemporary issues and options in water resources management in urban and rural environments.


LEARNING ACTIVITIES1 2 3 4

Catchment rainfall (Workshop) •Introduction and Precipitation (Lecture) •Evaporation (Workshop) •Evaporation and Infiltration (Lecture) •Infiltration (Workshop) •Soil and Ground Water (Lecture) •Soil and groundwater (Workshop) •Overland and channel flow (Lecture) •Hydrograph Analysis (Lecture) •Stream gauging and hydraulics (Workshop) •Catchment Water Balance (Lecture) •Hydrograph analysis (Workshop) •Flood Frequency Analysis (Lecture) •Catchment Water Balance (Workshop) •Flood Frequency Analysis (Workshop) •


26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 12/15

LEARNING OUTCOMESLEARNING ACTIVITIES

1 2 3 4

Mid-term Test (Lecture)

Introducing the assignment (Lecture) • •Flood routing (Workshop) •Flood Routing (Lecture) •Semester Break (Lecture)

Unit hydrograph (Workshop) •Unit Hydrograph (Lecture) • •Water Resources Management (Lecture) • •Course Review (Lecture)

ASSESSMENT TASKS

Workshop participation and student work • • • •Mid-term test • • •Hydrologic Analysis of the Hinze Dam Upgrade • •End-of-semester examination • • • •




1 2 3 4A KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINES

A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines • • • •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective •A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace • • •


26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 13/15

B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS

B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally

B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing

B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contextsC INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT

C1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions tounfamiliar problems • • •C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidenceappropriate to their disciplines (eg collect, analyse and interpret dataand information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise andorganise information)

• • •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings

C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline


D1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academicintegrity •D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities • • • •D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability •D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professionaldevelopment







1 2 3 41 KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL BASE1.1.


• • •1.2.


• • •1.3.

In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge withinthe engineering discipline. • • •


26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 14/15

1.4.Discernment of knowledge development and research directionswithin the engineering discipline. • •

1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineeringdiscipline. • •



Application of established engineering methods to complexengineering problem solving. • • •

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools andresources. •

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and designprocesses. •






3.4.Professional use and management of information. • •




26 April 2015, 06:26AM Page 15/15









Ecology 2051ENV - Sem 2 2014 Griffith University

27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 1/18

Printed: 27 April 2015, 04:26PMThe published on-line version of the Course Profile is the authoritative version and by the publication of the Course Profile on-line the Universitydeems the student has been notified of and read the course requirements.

1. General Course Information1.1 Course DetailsCOURSE CODE 2051ENV

COURSE TITLE Ecology

ACADEMIC ORGANISATION ENV Griffith School of Environment


MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:This course provides knowledge of ecological principles, experience with practical techniques, and an understanding of the application of these toenvironmental problems. Topics include processes at the individual, population and community levels, characteristics of ecosystems (terrestrial,freshwater, marine, and global) methods of ecological sampling, survey and research design, and the application of concepts and techniques tocurrent ecological management issues. Incompatible: 2603ENV Ecology; 2603EAS Ecology; AES2054 Ecological Theory and Practice; 2051AESEcological Theory and Practice Advised Prerequisite: 1005ENV Diversity of Life OR 1001BPS Human Biology OR 1005BPS Cell Biology &Biological Systems OR 2202ENG Env Microbiology & Ecology; AND 1003ENV Statistics OR 2271ENV Research Methods for Social Science(statistics course may be undertaken as a co-requisite); OR equivalent as approved by Course Convenor.

Assumed Background:Pre-requisite knowledgeEnrolment in this course is granted on the basis that a grade of "P" (Pass) or better has been achieved inthe pre-requisite courses, or their approved equivalents. The advised prerequisite courses are: 1005ENV Diversity of Life OR 1001BPS HumanBiology OR 1005BPS Cell & Molecular Biology OR 1041SCG Biological Systems OR 2202ENG Env Microbiology & Ecology AND 1003ENVStatistics OR 1014SCG Statistics OR 2271ENV Research Methods for Social Science (statisics course may be undertaken as a co-requisite) ORequivalent as approved by course convenor. (see "pre-requisite knowledge" in Section B).Failure to meet this requirement may result in your having difficulty with the course material and not being able to successfully completeassessment items. Any additional support or special assistance or special consideration in relation to assessment items cannot be expected orrequested if the prerequisite is waived, or if prior-knowledge requirements have not been met.

1.2 Course IntroductionEcology is the study of the relationships between organisms and the environment. With humans rapidly changing the earths environment, anunderstanding of the consquences of these changes is ever more urgent. Within the broad field of ecology we explore relationships between theenvironment and individual organisms, populations, communities and ecosystems. This allows us to discuss how changes in the environment canthen influence various aspects of ecological systems.This course covers concepts within (i) population ecology, including the distribution and abundance of populations along with their dynamics andgrowth; (ii) community ecology, including the concepts of species diversity and the biotic and abiotic factors that influence diversity; (iii) ecosystemecology, specifically the flow of nutrients in ecosystems; (iv) marine, terrestrial and freshwater ecosystems, exposing students to the breadth ofecological concepts across different ecosystem types.Course content will be delivered through online resources and a weekly tutorial, aAssessment includes an end of semester examination, tutorialexcercises and three reports based on workshop activities.

Previous Student FeedbackIn past years course evaluations for 2051ENV have been positive. The course has received ‘good’ to ‘very good’ for most areas, with no questionsstanding out as receiving particularly high or low scores. In 2013 we 'flipped' the course offering more content online and introducing a greatertutorial component for more face-to-face discussion. Students liked the flexibility that online content offered but also requested some face-to-face


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 2/18

lectures as well as the tutorials. All previous feedback about the workshop content has been positive, however, one area that students have raisedconcerns relates to data analysis in some of the workshop sessions, the data analysis skills required are minimal, however, we are supportingstudents by offering extra help within the workshop sessions. In 2012 we reduced the weighting of the exam from 55% to 45%. We continually takestudent feedback on the course seriously.

1.3 Course StaffPrimary Convenor A/Prof Fran Sheldon

PHONE 3735 3914




ROOM 1.13

CONSULTATION By appointment through email, or during workshops and after lectures

Convenor Dr Guillermo Diaz-Pulido

PHONE (07) 373 53840




ROOM 2.15

CONSULTATION Times will be posted on Learning@Griffith

Lecturer Prof Carla Catterall





Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationLectures: There is one formal lecture per week for this course. Attendance at this lecture is compulsory. Other required lecture course contentwill be loaded onto the Learning@Griffith course site by 5pm of the Friday BEFORE the next weeks lecture and tutorial. It is a REQUIREMENT thatyou have viewed the online lectures (equivalent to 2 hours contact time) and read the relevant parts of the textbook BEFORE coming to yourallocated tutorial session.Tutorials: Attendance is compulsory at a weekly one-hour tutorial for the 13 weeks of semester. While the lecture content will be delivered throughthe one hour face-to-face and related online mateirla through Learning@Griffith the tutorials will provide you with a forum for interactive discussionof the course content and prepare you for questions within the final end of semester exam. Examination content will be based both the face-to-facelecture, online lecture content AND the tutorial content.Workshops: Attendance is compulsory at one three-hour workshop per week. You must be signed up for a particular workshop timeslot. There arethree (3) workshop themes and each theme comprises three (3) workshops. Allocated throughout the semester are three broader tutorial sessionsthat will be run during workshop time if you require extra help with either the course content or workshop content - see the Learning Activitiessection for more detail.


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 3/18







27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 4/18


2. Aims, Outcomes & Graduate Attributes2.1 Course AimsThis course provides a sound foundation of ecological knowledge and/or skills, both for students who planto study further in ecology, and for those who intend to concentrate on other programs of study. Its centralpurposes are to provide knowledge of, and experience with:- ecological facts, concepts and principles,- practical techniques of ecological sampling, survey and research design,- application of ecological knowledge and techniques to real-world environmental problems,- independent and team-based field and literature research in ecology,- communication of ecological ideas and techniques.


1 Describe the key ecological principles and processes operating at the individual, population, community and ecosystem levels.2 Explain the major concepts relating to population distribution, dynamics, growth and dispersal3 Explain the major biotic and abiotic influences on community diversity4 Explain how nutrients move through ecosystems5 Discuss how ecological knowledge can help interpret current environmental problems, such as increased nutrient loadings associated with agriculturein the landscape or a change in disturbance regime caused by increased fire frequency.6 Participate in ecological problem-solving through discussion and debate.7 Use your understanding of practical ecological techniques, including ecological sampling, survey and research design and basic data analysis toparticipate effectively in basic ecological research.8 Participate in the research process by preparing basic scientific reports relating to workshops, including literature searching and communicatingresults in a scientific way.




27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 5/18


GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4, 5A2. An interdisciplinary perspective 5, 6A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 6B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 6, 8B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 8B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contexts 6, 8

C. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 6, 7C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 5, 6, 7

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findings 1, 5, 6, 7C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thediscipline 7, 8

D. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrity 7D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communities 1D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainabilityD4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional development 6E. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines 1, 5, 6


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 6/18


Molles, M.C. 2012. Ecology: Concepts and Applications. SixthEdition. McGraw-Hill. You can purchase either the soft cover textbook or the eBook.

3.2 Recommended ResourcesAttiwill, P. and Wilson, B. 2003. Ecology. An Australian Perspective. Oxford.Burgman, M.A. and Lindenmayer, D.B. 2005. Practical Conservation Biology. CSIRO Publishing.Catterall and Wallace. 1987. An Island in Suburbia. The Natural and Social History of Toohey Forest.Institute of Applied Environmental Research, Griffith University.Krebs, C.J. 2001. Ecology, the Experimental Analysis of Distribution and Abundance. Fifth Edition.Benjamin Cummings, San Francisco. (Useful for students who intend to study further ecologycourses).


3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationComputer software.It is assumed that all students have access to software capable of basic statistical analyses (ANOVA, ttest,correlation) and graph construction. Minimum assumed capability is the statistical toolbox andgraphing capability within Microsoft Excel (Professional edition). Students may also obtain copies of sitelicensedstatistical packages (e.g., SAS) through the GU Information Services section.

Supporting materials.The 'recommended' texts would also be useful, especially to students who plan to pursue further study inecology, as some lecture and workshop material is not fully covered by Molles (2009). Individual lecturersmay also provide specific information about other supporting texts, either within lectures or throughLearning@Griffith.


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 7/18







DATE LECTURE WORKSHOP OTHER ACTIVITIES

28 Jul - 3 Aug

Introduction to Ecology: How thecourse will work. Ecology - its role in theworld. Includes both face-to-face andonline content.Learning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapter 1);

No workshop Introduction to ecology (Tutorial): Whystudy ecology, the importance of ecologyacross disciplinesLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 1);

4 Aug - 10 Aug

Population Ecology I: Distribution andabundance. Includes both face-to-faceand online content.Learning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 9);

Population analysis workshop I.: BasicTechniques of Population Sampling.Workshop 1 - Simple Mark-RecaptureLearning Outcomes: 6

Population Ecology 1 (Tutorial):Participate in questions and discussionsabout the distribution and abundance oforganismsLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapter 9);

11 Aug -17 Aug

Population Ecology II: Dynamics andGrowth. Includes both face-to-face andonline content.Learning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 10 &11);

Population analysis workshop II.: Markrecapture with mealwormsLearning Outcomes: 6Readings/Ref: Molles ;

NO TUTORIAL - PUBLIC HOLIDAY(Tutorial): NO Tutorial this week due toEkka Public HolidayLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 10 &11);

18 Aug -24 Aug

Population Ecology III: Life histories.Includes both face-to-face and onlinecontent.Learning Outcomes: 1, 7Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapter 12);

Population Analysis Workshop III:Writing up the Mark-recapture workshopsLearning Outcomes: 6

Population Ecology III (Tutorial):Participate in questions and discussionsabout how life history attributes oforganisms influence populationsLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapter 12);

25 Aug -31 Aug

Community Ecology I: Species diversitymeasures, sampling communities,diversity relationships. Includes both face-to-face and online content.Learning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 16);

Drop-in Tutorial Session Community Ecology I (Tutorial):Participate in discussions around theconcepts associated with speciesdiversityLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapter 16);

1 Sep - 7 Sep

Community Ecology II: InterspecificInteractions, Competition. Includes bothface-to-face and online content.Learning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 13, 14 &15);

Plant Ecology Workshop I: Fieldmeasurements of vegetation associationLearning Outcomes: 6, 7

Community Ecology II (Tutorial):Participate in discussions around thebiotic controls on species diversity incommunities, including competition andother interspecific interactions.Learning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 13, 14 &15);

8 Sep - 14 Sep

Community Ecology III: Disturbance andSuccession. Includes both face-to-faceand online content.Learning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapter 20);

Plant Ecology Workshop II: FieldExercises in Plant Ecology: Measurementand classification of vegetation structureLearning Outcomes: 6, 7

Community Ecology III (Tutorial):Participate in discussions associated withconcepts of abiotic control on speciesdiversity, including concepts ofdisturbance and succession.Learning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapter 20);

15 Sep -21 Sep

Ecosystem Ecology: Nutrient cyclingand biogeochemical cycles. Includes bothface-to-face and online content.Learning Outcomes: 5Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapter 19);

Plant Ecology Workshop III: Finalisevegetation workshops

Ecosystem Ecology (Tutorial): Whatconstitutes an ecosystem? Discuss hownutrients move through ecosystems andhow human landuse change hasimpacted nutrient cycles.Learning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapter 19);

22 Sep -28 Sep

System Ecology 1: Includes both face-to-face and online content.Learning Outcomes: 5Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 2 & 3);

Drop-in Tutorial Session Systems Ecology 1 (Tutorial)Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 2 & 3);

6 Oct - 12 Oct

Public Holiday: No lecture or tutorial thisweek as the Monday is a Public Holiday

Community Analysis Workshop I:Collection of community data fromToohey ForestLearning Outcomes: 7, 8

Public Holiday (Tutorial): Public Holidayon Monday so no lecture or tutorialsessions


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 8/18


13 Oct - 19 Oct

Systems Ecology 2: Includes both face-to-face and online content.Learning Outcomes: 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapter 3);

Community Analysis Workshop II:Finalise data collection and commenceinitial analysisLearning Outcomes: 7, 8

Systems Ecology 2 (Tutorial)Learning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 2 & 3);

20 Oct - 26 Oct

Systems Ecology 3Learning Outcomes: 1, 5Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 2 & 3);

Community Analysis Workshop III:Finalise data analysis and commencewriting of scientific reportLearning Outcomes: 7, 8

Systems Ecology 3 (Tutorial)Learning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Molles (Chapters 2 & 3);

27 Oct - 2 NovRevision LectureLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Molles ;

Drop-in Tutorial Session Revision Sessions (Tutorial)

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationLectures (Face-to-face and online) (Weeks 1-13):Learning from lectures is achieved in conjunction with use of the textbook, and the recorded online material along with other nominatedreading sources, notes posted on Learning@Griffith, and preparation for assessment.

Workshops (Weeks 2-12):Learning in workshops is achieved through participation in practical exercises and assignments duringwhich staff are available to give personalised instruction. Workshop content is in three parts.Part 1 consists of three structured laboratory exercises in techniques of ecological sampling andsurvey.

Part 2 consists of structured workshop exercises in vegetation ecology, undertaken in Toohey Forest, followed by an individually-written writtenreport, concerning methods used in the description and analysis of biological communities, and methods of interpreting and communicating theresults.

Part 3 consists of a field research project. Project work is done by students working in small groups, which will contribute to a class dataset. Eachstudent then writes an individual report. .

The table above gives an indication of the probable content. Details of lectures may differ from that shownabove, but will follow the same broad themes. The specific lecture content will be posted on theLearning@Griffith website at the start of semester.If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 9/18





Tutorial Tasks 28 Jul 14 20% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportVegetation Assessment report

25 Sep 14 17:00Thursday of Week 9 15% 2, 3, 7, 8

Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportCommunity Ecology Report

30 Oct 14 17:00Friday of Week 13 20% 1, 3, 7, 8

Exam - constructed responseFinal Examination Examination Period 45% 1, 5, 6, 7

5.2 Assessment DetailTutorial TasksType: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Due Date:

28 Jul 14Weight: 20%Task Description:

During the semester there will be four (4) set Tutorial question tasks that will be undertaken during weeks 2, 4, 6 and 8 during the tutorial time.Each task will summarise the contents of a Unit (or part of a unit) of work and constitute 10 questions.

Criteria & Marking:Answers to questions will be marked electronically and marks uploaded to the Marks Centre. The cumulative total of all Homework tasks (40questions worth 1 mark each) will be worth 40 marks and make up 10% of the Final Grade.

Submission: In person to the tutor at the end of the relevant tutorial session


Vegetation Assessment reportType: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 2, 3, 7, 8Due Date:

25 Sep 14 17:00 Thursday of Week 9Weight: 15%Task Description:

The Vegetation Laboratory sessions run for three weeks and this assignment will relate to aspects of vegetation structure and vegetationassociations as outlined in the workshop manual. Students will be required to write the Results and Discussion section of a Field Report. Detailswill be provided in the Workshop Manual.

Criteria & Marking:The report will be marked out of 50 and have 15% weighting in the overall assessment.

Submission: Assignment will be submitted via a TurnItIn Submission Point on Learning@Griffith


Community Ecology ReportType: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 3, 7, 8Due Date:

30 Oct 14 17:00 Friday of Week 13Weight: 20%Task Description:

The Community Analysis Report will relate to the Community Analysis Workshops. The Report length should be approximately 1500 words, notincluding Tables or Figures. It will be written as a complete scientific report with Introduction, Results, Discussion and Abstract as per a scientificpaper; the Methods section has been previously written and provided to you through Learning@Griffith. Guidelines for the preparation of scientificpapers will also be provided on the Learning@Griffith course site.

Criteria & Marking:


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 10/18

Marks on the Community Ecology Report will be allocated according to both: (1) substantive content (concise but clear and thorough description ofmethods; quality of presentation of results; logic of interpretation of results; logical integration/comparison/contrast with the literature; depth andbreadth of literature reviewed; original thinking; and overall quality); and (2) presentation style and format (general adherence to scientificpaper format including the correct separation of methods, results and discussion; as well as overall conformity with required details of presentationstyle). The reports must be typed; marks will be deducted for illegible or poorly-presented reports.

Submission: Students should make two copies of each report: submit one and keep one.All assignments are to be submitted by the due date to the Nathan Campus Assignment Handling Service.Submissions by fax or email will not be accepted.


Final ExaminationType: Exam - constructed responseLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 5, 6, 7Due Date:


The final examination tests and develops the overall grasp of ecological concepts and their applications,and understanding of practical techniques. It will be a 2-3 hour closed-book examination, consisting of anumber (around 30) of short-answer questions. The questions will cover the following two areas: (1) allaspects of lecture material and (2) workshops, especially Sections 1 and 2 .

Criteria & Marking:The marking criterion will be the correctness of answers.



5.4 Other Assessment InformationMinimum requirements to pass the course

In order to obtain a grade of P or above for the course, students must:1. submit all assessment items;2. gain sufficient marks overall (normally 50%); and3. perform adequately (normally defined as gaining at least 44%) in the final examination.

In order to obtain a grade of PC or above for the course, students must:1. submit all assessment items;2. gain sufficient marks overall (normally 48%); and3. perform adequately (normally defined as gaining at least 40%) in the final examination.

Submission and Return of Assessment ItemsAssessment items should be submitted electronically as a PDF via the assignment link on the Learning@Griffith site. Assignments submittedelectronically will be marked and returned electronically.Students must keep a copy of their assessment items.

Assignmments submitted through Learning@Griffith and therefore marked electronically will be returned immediately upon marking. Thoseassignments submitted in hard copy will be made available for collection during workshop sessions two weeks after submission.

All marks will be uploaded into the Mark Centre on [email protected] AssessmentSupplementary assessment is available in this course in accordance with Section 7 of the University Assesment Policy. A Pass mark (50% orgreater) must be achieved in the supplementary assessment item or exam to achieve the grade of 4. Supplementary assessment is limited to 3courses per student in a 240CP program and 4 courses per student in a 320CP program, and is only granted to students who have submitted allthe assessment requirements of the course and meet the criteria outlined under the University's Assessment Policy.Disclosure Statement


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 11/18

If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 12/18
















27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 13/18

















Other Course GuidelinesOther Course Guidelines

COURSE COMMUNICATIONSThe course convenors will handle queries relating to general issues such as enrolments, pre-requisiteknowledge, requests for special consideration, timetabling, personal circumstances, and grading ofassignments. They will post announcements concerning course scheduling, content, assessment,andother matters, on Learning@Griffith. If the course outline and website material do not provide theinformation sought, make your query to course convenors either in person or by email or telephone.

The course is taught be a series of different lecturers, covering different topics. Individual lecturerswill posttheir lecture notes, possibly in abbreviated form, on Learning@Griffith. Each lecturer will beresponsiblefor answering queries which relate to the specific content of their lectures.

Questions about workshop content should be asked of staff during the formally-scheduled workshophours.There will be ample staff present in workshops during Weeks 2-12 to answer such questions. Casualworkshop tutors are not employed to answer questions outside of workshop hours.


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 14/18











1 Describe the key ecological principles and processes operating at the individual, population, community and ecosystem levels.2 Explain the major concepts relating to population distribution, dynamics, growth and dispersal3 Explain the major biotic and abiotic influences on community diversity4 Explain how nutrients move through ecosystems5 Discuss how ecological knowledge can help interpret current environmental problems, such as increased nutrient loadings associated with agriculturein the landscape or a change in disturbance regime caused by increased fire frequency.6 Participate in ecological problem-solving through discussion and debate.7 Use your understanding of practical ecological techniques, including ecological sampling, survey and research design and basic data analysis toparticipate effectively in basic ecological research.8 Participate in the research process by preparing basic scientific reports relating to workshops, including literature searching and communicatingresults in a scientific way.


LEARNING ACTIVITIES1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Introduction to ecology (Tutorial) •No workshop (Workshop)

Introduction to Ecology (Lecture) •Population analysis workshop I. (Workshop) •Population Ecology I (Lecture) •Population Ecology 1 (Tutorial) • • •Population analysis workshop II. (Workshop) •Population Ecology II (Lecture) •NO TUTORIAL - PUBLIC HOLIDAY (Tutorial) • • •Population Ecology III (Lecture) • •Population Analysis Workshop III (Workshop) •Population Ecology III (Tutorial) • • •Community Ecology I (Lecture) • • •Drop-in Tutorial Session (Workshop)


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 15/18


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Community Ecology I (Tutorial) • • •Community Ecology II (Lecture) •Community Ecology II (Tutorial) • • •Plant Ecology Workshop I (Workshop) • •Community Ecology III (Lecture) • • •Plant Ecology Workshop II (Workshop) • •Community Ecology III (Tutorial) • • •Ecosystem Ecology (Lecture) •Plant Ecology Workshop III (Workshop)

Ecosystem Ecology (Tutorial) • • •System Ecology 1 (Lecture) •Systems Ecology 1 (Tutorial)

Drop-in Tutorial Session (Workshop)

Community Analysis Workshop I (Workshop) • •Public Holiday (Lecture)

Public Holiday (Tutorial)

Community Analysis Workshop II (Workshop) • •Systems Ecology 2 (Lecture) • •Systems Ecology 2 (Tutorial) • • •Community Analysis Workshop III (Workshop) • •Systems Ecology 3 (Tutorial) • • •Systems Ecology 3 (Lecture) • •


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 16/18


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Drop-in Tutorial Session (Workshop)

Revision Sessions (Tutorial)

Revision Lecture (Lecture) •ASSESSMENT TASKS

Tutorial Tasks • • • • • •Vegetation Assessment report • • • •Community Ecology Report • • • •Final Examination • • • •




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8A KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINES

A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines • • • • •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective • •A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • • • • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace •B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS

B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally • •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contexts • •C INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT

C1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions tounfamiliar problems • •


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 17/18

C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidenceappropriate to their disciplines (eg collect, analyse and interpret dataand information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise andorganise information)

• • •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings • • • •C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline • •D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES

D1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academicintegrity •D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities •D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability

D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professionaldevelopment •E COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTS



E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines • • •


27 April 2015, 04:26PM Page 18/18









Engineering Thermodynamics 2201ENG - Sem 2 2014 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 1/17



COURSE TITLE Engineering Thermodynamics



MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:This course introduces students to the basic concepts and principles of thermodynamics, and its selected engineering applications. Topics includethe first law of thermodynamics, volumetric properties of pure substances, heat effects, the second law of thermodynamics, thermodynamicproperties of fluids, and thermodynamic analysis of processes. Pre-requisites: 1021SCG Chemistry 1A or 1009ENV General Chemistry or 1101BPSChemistry 1A AND 1012SCG Mathematics 1B or 1202BPS Maths 1B. Prior Assumed Knowledge: 1031SCG Physics 1A or 1301PBS Physics 1Aand 2203BPS Mathematics 2A.

Assumed Background:It is generally expected that students have passed first year chemistry, physics and mathematics (calculus and differential equations) courses.

1.2 Course IntroductionThermodynamics is the science of energy and entropy. Its laws govern all natural and industrial processes and have extensive applications inengineering. It is therefore important for all engineering students to understand the basic of thermodynamics. This course introduces students to thebasic concepts and principles of thermodynamics, and its selected engineering applications. The skills of thermodynamic analysis is alsodeveloped. Topics include the first law of thermodynamics, volumetric properties of pure substances, heat effects, the second law ofthermodynamics, thermodynamic properties of fluids, and thermodynamic analysis of processes.

Previous Student FeedbackOverall students expressed a degree of satisfaction for the course and no significant changes to the contents were made. Sections of the coursematerials were restructured to put less emphasis on the thermodynamic framework. New learning activities on experiments and design wereintroduced to increase student engagements and assessments were change to reflect the new learning activities.


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 2/17

1.3 Course StaffConvenor Dr Jimmy Yu

PHONE 07 3735 5289




ROOM 2.13

CONSULTATION To be advised in classCourse communications are through the following:General course issues: lecture and tutorial classes and announcement at [email protected] lecture notes and tutorial sheets: lecture class and at [email protected] to tutorial problems: tutorials classes and [email protected] enquiries and issues: consultation times and emails.



Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationThis course will be presented with weekly lectures (2 hours) and tutorials (2 hours). The total contact time for the course is 52 hours. The weeklylectures will cover the topics described in the weekly teaching schedule, and the tutorials will focus on solving problem sets that are related to thelecture materials.Contact SummaryBoth lectures and tutorials are compulsory. In particular, students are expected to have attempted the problems in the tutorial sheets before thetutorial sessions, as the tutorials will focus on discussing problems and difficulties students may encounter in solving the tutorial problems.Individual students may also be required to work through selected tutorial problems in class.



26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 3/17





The aim of the course is to introduce students to the basic concepts and principles of thermodynamics, and its selected engineering applications.Topics include the first law of thermodynamics, volumetric properties of pure substances, heat effects, the second law of thermodynamics,thermodynamic properties of fluids, and thermodynamic analysis of processes.


1 describe and explain the basic concepts and laws of thermodynamics2 calculate the volumetric properties of pure substances with selected equation of state.3 calculate the heat and work effects of steady state processes.4 describe and process design selected engineering applications including heat engines and refrigeration processes.5 perform thermodynamic analysis for selected engineering processes.




GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4, 5A2. An interdisciplinary perspectiveA3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 1, 2, 3, 4, 5A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orallyB2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writingB3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contextsC. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 1, 2, 3, 4, 5C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findingsC4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thediscipline 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

D. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrityD2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communitiesD3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainabilityD4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional developmentE. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 4/17




1, 2, 3, 4, 5


1, 2, 3, 4, 5

1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge within the engineering discipline. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5


1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineering discipline.



Application of established engineering methods to complex engineering problem solving. 2, 3, 4, 5

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools and resources. 2, 3, 4, 5

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and design processes. 2, 3, 4, 5






3.4.Professional use and management of information. 2, 3, 4, 5




Additional Course Information on Graduate AttributesThis course provides students with skills of thermodynamic analysis of engineering processes.


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 5/17


Smith, van Ness and Abbott, Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, 7th ed, McGraw Hill, 2005.

Weekly tutorial sheets available at Learning@Griffith

3.2 Recommended ResourcesHimmelblau and Riggs, Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering, 7th ed, Prentice Hall 2004.Kyle, Chemical and Process Thermodynamics, 3rd ed, Prentice Hall, 2005.CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 84th ed, CRC Press, 2003/4.

Poling, The Properties of Gases and Liquids, 5th ed, McGraw Hill, 2001.


3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationSupplementary materials such as some lecture notes and tutorial sheets are available at Learning@Griffith.


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 6/17

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0073104450/

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0073104450/








28 Jul 14 Week 1 (Lecture): Baisc concepts and the first law of thermodynamics - part 1Readings/Ref: Smith (chapter 1.1 - 1.9 and 2.1 - 2.4); 1, 5

28 Jul 14 Week 1 (Tutorial): Basic concepts and the first law of thermodynamics - part 1Readings/Ref: tutorial sheets (week 1 tutorial); 1, 5

4 Aug 14Week 2 (Lecture): Basic concepts and the first law of thermodynamics - part 2.Joule's Experiment briefing.Readings/Ref: Smith (chapter 2.5 - 2.11);

1, 5

4 Aug 14 Week 2 (Tutorial): Basic concepts and the first law of thermodynamics - part 2Readings/Ref: tutorial sheets (week 2 tutorial); 1, 5

11 Aug 14 Week 3 (Lecture): Basic concepts and the first law of thermodynamics - part 3Readings/Ref: Smith (chapter 1.1-1.9, 2.12); 2, 5

11 Aug 14 Week 3 (Tutorial): Basic concepts and the first law of thermodynamics - part 3Readings/Ref: tutorial sheets (week 3 tutorial); 2, 5

18 Aug 14 Week 4 (Lecture): Volumetric properties of pure fluidsReadings/Ref: Smith (chapter 3.1 - 3.5); 2, 5

18 Aug 14 Week 4 (Lecture): Volumetric properties of pure fluidsReadings/Ref: tutorial sheets (week 4 tutorial); 2, 5

25 Aug 14 Week 5 (Exam): Course review and mid-semester exam (exam in tutorial time)Readings/Ref: Smith (chapter 1 - 3); tutorial sheets (week 1 - 4 tutorials); 1, 2, 5

1 Sep 14Week 6 (Lecture): The second law of thermodynamics - part 1.External heat engine design briefing.Readings/Ref: Smith (chapter 5.1-5.3);

3, 5

1 Sep 14 Week 6 (Tutorial): The second law of thermodynamics - part 1Readings/Ref: tutorial sheets (week 6 tutorial); 3, 5

8 Sep 14 Week 7 (Lecture): The second law of thermodynamics - part 2Readings/Ref: Smith (chapter 5.4 - 5.5); 1, 5


15 Sep 14 Week 8 (Lecture): The second law of thermodynamics - part 3Readings/Ref: Smith (chapter 5.7 - 5.11); 1, 5


22 Sep 14 Week 9 (Lecture): Application of thermodynamics to flow processesReadings/Ref: Smith (chapter 2.12, 7.1-7.3); 4, 5

22 Sep 14 Week 9 (Tutorial): Application of thermodynamics to flow processesReadings/Ref: tutorial sheets (week 9 tutorial); 4, 5

29 Sep 14 Week 10 (Exam): Joule's experiment and external heat engine design display andpresentation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

13 Oct 14 Week 11 (Lecture): Production of power from heat - part 1Readings/Ref: Smith (chapter 2.12, 8.1); 4, 5

13 Oct 14 Week 11 (Tutorial): Production of power from heat - part 1Readings/Ref: tutorial sheets (week 11 tutorial); 4, 5

20 Oct 14 Week 12 (Lecture): Production of power from heat - part 2Readings/Ref: Smith (chapter 8.2); 4, 5

20 Oct 14 Week 12 (Tutorial): Production of power from heat - part 2Readings/Ref: tutorial sheets (week 12 tutorial ); 4, 5

27 Oct 14 Week 13 (Lecture): Refrigeration and liquefactionReadings/Ref: Smith (chapter 9.1 -9.5); 4, 5

27 Oct 14 Week 13 (Tutorial): Refrigeration and liquefactionReadings/Ref: tutorial sheets (week 13 tutorial); 4, 5

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationThe course materials are broadly organised into three parts. Part 1 covers first law and its applications (week 1-6), Part 2 covers second law and itsapplications (week 6-10), and Part 3 covers applications to selected engineering processes.


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 7/17

Both lectures and tutorials are highly recommended. In particular, students are expected to have attempted the problems in the tutorial sheetsbefore the tutorial sessions, as the tutorials will focus on discussing problems and difficulties students may encounter in solving the tutorialproblems. Individual students may also be required to work through selected tutorial problems in class.


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 8/17



ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMESExam - constructed response

Mid-semester examination25 Aug 14 09:00 - 25 Aug 14 10:40

Week 5 20% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Assignment - Practice-based AssignmentJoule's Experiment

30 Sep 14 - 30 Sep 14Week 10 15% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Assignment - Practice-based AssignmentExternal heat engine design

2 Oct 14 - 2 Oct 14Week 10 15% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Exam - constructed responseEnd of semester examination Examination Period 50% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

5.2 Assessment DetailMid-semester examinationType: Exam - constructed responseLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:

25 Aug 14 09:00 - 25 Aug 14 10:40 Week 5Weight: 20%Perusal: 10 minutesDuration: 90 minutesFormat: Closed BookTask Description:

The mid-semester examination will cover course materials for weeks 1-4.The length of the exam is 1 hr 30 minClosed book.Total Marks: 20

Criteria & Marking:The exam questions will be marked against standard solutions.


Joule's ExperimentType: Assignment - Practice-based AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:

30 Sep 14 - 30 Sep 14 Week 10Weight: 15%Task Description:

Joule’s Experiment: This is one of the most important experiments in thermodynamics in establishing the equivalence between work and heat. Inthis activity, student will first design an experimental set up based on review of historical apparatus, and then build the experimental set up that willbe suitable for experimentation.

Criteria & Marking:An experimental mannual will be designed and submitted. The experimental design will be displayed in class in week 10. Both the experimentalmannual and display will be marked against design specification, innovation, and functionality of the set up.

Submission: Submitted in class.


External heat engine designType: Assignment - Practice-based AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:

2 Oct 14 - 2 Oct 14 Week 10Weight: 15%Task Description:


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 9/17

Process Design of an External Heat Engine: In this activity students will design an external heat engine that will utilise an external heat source thatare readily available (eg on campus) and produce sufficient work that is suitable to charge an iPhone.

Criteria & Marking:A design mannual will be submitted. The design will be displayed in class in week 10. Both the mannual and display will be marked against designspecification, innovation, and functionality and feasibility of the design.

Submission: Submitted in class.


End of semester examinationType: Exam - constructed responseLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:


The final examination will cover all the materials of the course materials with an emphasis on the materials for weeks 6-13.

Criteria & Marking:The exam questions will be marked against standard solutions.Total Marks: 50



5.4 Other Assessment InformationAssessment DetailsThe assessments of the course include a mid-semester, two design/experimental projects, and one end of semester examinations as summarizedabove. The examinations will be in form of a closed book written examination, with data sheets provided. Non-programmable calculators areessential. The project work will include a design submission and a design display.Examination questions will test students understanding of the relevant course materials and problem solving skills. The questions will be markedagainst standard solutions. It can be expected that the examination questions will be in a similar nature and style to the problems in the tutorialssheets. The mid-semester examinations will cover course materials for weeks 1-4 and the final examination will cover all the materials of the coursematerials with an emphasis on the materials for weeks 6-13. The project work will engage student in applying the learning to solving practicalproblems, and the associated assessment will test the students' understanding of the relevant course materials, skills in experiment and processdesign.Return of Assessment ItemsExamination papers will be distributed in class for review and feedbacks within two weeks of the exam date, but will not be returned to students.Project work will be collected in each display sessions and marked work will be returned in class within two weeks.To be eligible to obtain a grade of 4 or better for the course, students are required to attempt and complete all types of assessment and mustdemonstrate a reasonable degree of competence in the required learning objectives for each type of assessment.To obtain a grade of 4 or better for the course, the student must:1) achieve an aggregate mark of at least 50% overall,2) achieve at least 40% in the final exam.

Supplementary AssessmentSupplementary assessment is available in this course in accordance with Section 8 of the University Assessment Policy. A Pass mark (50% orgreater) must be achieved in the supplementary assessment item or exam to achieve the grade of 4.

Deferred Mid-Semester Exams


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 10/17

Deferred mid-semester exams for the Griffith School of Engineering will be held on Saturday 11 October 2014 (End of week 10). Pleasenote that at least 7 working days are required to process deferred exam applications, (students have 3 working days after the date of theexam to submit their application).Students who are approved to sit a deferred mid-semester exam will be emailed final details (i.e. venue and time of exam) by the Course Convenorduring the week prior to the exam. The University no longer permits deferred, deferred exams.


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 11/17















26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 12/17

















Other Course GuidelinesOther Course GuidelinesStudents should refer to the Learning@Griffith website for further information about this course.


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 13/17











1 describe and explain the basic concepts and laws of thermodynamics2 calculate the volumetric properties of pure substances with selected equation of state.3 calculate the heat and work effects of steady state processes.4 describe and process design selected engineering applications including heat engines and refrigeration processes.5 perform thermodynamic analysis for selected engineering processes.



Week 1 (Lecture) • •Week 1 (Tutorial) • •Week 2 (Lecture) • •Week 2 (Tutorial) • •Week 3 (Lecture) • •Week 3 (Tutorial) • •Week 4 (Lecture) • •Week 4 (Lecture) • •Week 5 (Exam) • • •Week 6 (Lecture) • •Week 6 (Tutorial) • •Week 7 (Lecture) • •Week 7 (Tutorial) • •Week 8 (Lecture) • •Week 8 (Tutorial) • •


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 14/17


1 2 3 4 5

Week 9 (Lecture) • •Week 9 (Tutorial) • •Week 10 (Exam) • • • • •Week 11 (Lecture) • •Week 11 (Tutorial) • •Week 12 (Lecture) • •Week 12 (Tutorial) • •Week 13 (Lecture) • •Week 13 (Tutorial) • •

ASSESSMENT TASKS

Mid-semester examination • • • • •Joule's Experiment • • • • •External heat engine design • • • • •End of semester examination • • • • •






A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace • • • • •


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 15/17



B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing


C1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions tounfamiliar problems • • • • •C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidenceappropriate to their disciplines (eg collect, analyse and interpret dataand information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise andorganise information)

• • • • •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings

C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline • • • • •D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES




D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professionaldevelopment







1 2 3 4 51 KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL BASE1.1.


• • • • •1.2.


• • • • •1.3.

In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge withinthe engineering discipline. • • • • •


26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 16/17


1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineeringdiscipline.



Application of established engineering methods to complexengineering problem solving. • • • •

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools andresources. • • • •

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and designprocesses. • • • •






3.4.Professional use and management of information. • • • •




26 April 2015, 06:21AM Page 17/17









Environmental Microbiology and Ecology 2202ENG - Sem 1 2015 to Sem 1 2015 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 1/20



COURSE TITLE Environmental Microbiology and Ecology


SEMESTER Semester 1 2015 to Semester 1 2015

MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:This course introduces the importance of miroorganisms to natural and man made ecosystems, biogeochemical cylces , trophic pathways and theirbeneficial applications to modern industry. The course provides an understanding of the relationships of living organisms- microorganisms , plantsand animals with each other and their abiotic environment. Fundamentals include microbial metabolism (aerobic and anaerobic respiration,photosynthesis, chemosynthesis, energy transformation); cellular transport ( diffusion, osmosis and active uptake); microbial growth; microbialgenetics and environmentally significant biochemical pathways. The taxonomic classification of autotrophic and heterotrophic organisms will becovered together with their resource requirements - light, oxygen and nutrients.. Ecosystem concepts of food webs, energy flow and mineral cycles,including the bioaccumulation and biomagnification of pollutants. Particular emphasis is placed on the role of micro-organisms in decomposition,biogeochemical cycles, waste water treatment, bioremediation, water quality and human and ecosystem health. The laboratories cover microbialbiodiversity, techniques for the culture , staining and emumeration of microorganisms, animal and plant diversity with emphasis on bioindicators,water quality and macroinvertebrate sampling.

Assumed Background:No assumed background required

1.2 Course IntroductionThis course introduces the importance of miroorganisms to natural and man made ecosystems, biogeochemical cylces , trophic pathways andtheir beneficial applications to modern industry. The course provides an understanding of the relationships of living organisms- microorganisms ,plants and animals with each other and their abiotic environment. Fundamentals include microbial metabolism (aerobic and anaerobic respiration,photosynthesis, chemosynthesis, energy transformation); cellular transport ( diffusion, osmosis and active uptake); microbial growth; microbialgenetics and environmentally significant biochemical pathways. The taxonomic classification of autotrophic and heterotrophic organisms will becovered together with their resource requirements - light, oxygen and nutrients.. Ecosystem concepts of food webs, energy flow and mineral cycles,including the bioaccumulation and biomagnification of pollutants. Particular emphasis is placed on the role of micro-organisms in decomposition,biogeochemical cycles, waste water treatment, bioremediation, water quality and human and ecosystem health. The laboratories cover microbialbiodiversity, techniques for the culture , staining and emumeration of microorganisms, animal and plant diversity with emphasis on bioindicators,water quality and macroinvertebrate sampling.

Previous Student FeedbackThis course has had consistently high SEC and SET scores from student evaluations. Students particulary enjoy the practical laboratories and thepond ecology field trip. SEC comments 2014- interesting lab content, great course lecturer; passoniate guest lectuers; the best thing about thiscourse were the labs we took each week, they emphasised our learning from that week's lecture and helped us gain a better understanding withvisible proof and examples; the applications to real life were very important. Laboratories where engaging and informative, highly recommend it foranyone interested in the environment or microbiology.The labs as these emphasised our learning’s from that week's lecture and helped gain abetter understanding with visible proof/examples.The applications in real life, made me appreciate the importance of microorganisms


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 2/20

1.3 Course StaffPrimary Convenor APro Margaret Greenway




ROOM 2.15

CONSULTATION Mondays 2-4pm

Demonstrator Dr Kees Hulsman



Demonstrator Ms Carolyn Polson





Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationContact hours per student per week: 2h lectures; 1h tuotorial; 3h laboratorySummary of Student Contact HoursTotal Lectures 2hX 13 weeks = 26hours LecturesTotal Tutorials 1X13 weeks = 13hours tutorialsTotal Labs 3 x 12 weeks = 36 hours labsGrand Total Contact Hours : 75



26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 3/20







As environmental engineers and scinetists it is important to have knowledge and understanding of relevant microbiological and ecological conceptsand processes in both natural and engineered environments, and industrial applications. In order to provide solutions to improve the design andefficiency of wastewater treatment systems and assist in bioremediation and rehabilitation of contaminated water and land it is necessary tounderstand the relevance of environmental microbiology and ecology. The aim of this course is to provide students with a fundamental knowledgeand understanding of environmental microbiology and ecology. This is a preparatory course for understanding processes in wastewater treatment,water pollution control and land restoration.


1 Describe basic microbial processes of metabolism and growth related to ecological and industrial applications2 Describe the microbial diversity of soil and water in relation to ecological and industrial applications .3 Describe and discuss the role of microorganisms in biogeochemical cycles; in particular the carbon cylce and nitrogen cycle in relation to ecologicaland industrial applications; and the global implications4 Describe basic ecological concepts and discuss their engineering applications5 Describe and discuss the role of microorganisms in natural and engineered systems6 Describe and discuss the environmental requirements of living organisms and the consequences of altering environmental conditions on ecosystemhealth7 Write a scientific report including review of literature, interpretation and discussion of experimental data8 Learn practical skills in observation , recording and identification; learn microbial laboratory techniques; use instrumentation for water qualitysampling; use taxonomic keys for identification.




26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 4/20


GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8A2. An interdisciplinary perspective 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 8B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 7, 8B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contextsC. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 4, 5, 6, 8C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 4, 6, 7, 8

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findings 4, 8C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thediscipline 4, 7, 8

D. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrity 7D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communities 7D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainabilityD4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional developmentE. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines 3


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 5/20




1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6


7

1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge within the engineering discipline.

1.4.Discernment of knowledge development and research directions within the engineering discipline. 2, 3, 5, 7, 8

1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineering discipline. 3, 4, 6



Application of established engineering methods to complex engineering problem solving.

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools and resources.





3.2.Effective oral and written communication in professional and lay domains. 7, 8



3.5.Orderly management of self, and professional conduct. 8


Additional ENG Griffith School of Engineering Information on Graduate AttributesEngineers Australia accredits Bachelor of Engineering with Honours programs adjudged against Stage 1 Competencies for a Professional Engineeras preparing their graduates adequately for entry to the profession and admission to membership of Engineers Australia.Graduates from accredited programs also receive international recognition of their qualifications through the Washington Accord.Successfully completing this course will contribute to the confirmation of the students' attainment of the above Engineers Australia Stage 1Competencies for a Professional Engineer.


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 6/20


Environmental Microbiology and Ecology Practical Manual.

3.2 Recommended ResourcesAtlas, R.M. and Bartha, R. . Microbial Ecology. Fundamentals and Applications (4th Edition). Benjamin Cummings, Redwood City, California.Copies in libraryMaier, R.M., Pepper, I.L. and Gerba, C.P. . Environmental Microbiology. Academic Press, London. Copies in libraryTortora, G.J., B.R. Funke and C.L. Case. 2010. "Microbiology - An Introduction", 10th edition. Benjamin Cummings. Highly reommended. Alsoother editions in the libraryVarnam, A.H. and Evans M.G. Environmental Microbiology, Manson, London. Copies in librbary


3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationPractical notebook:All students will be required to purchase a Botany Exercise Book (preferably 64 page) from the University Cooperative Bookshop.


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 7/20

https://griffith.rl.talis.com/search.html?q=2202eng







DATE LECTURE TUTORIAL OTHER ACTIVITIES

2 Mar - 8 Mar

Topic 1: Course OverviewEnvironmental microbiology and itssignificance to environmentalmanagement and engineeringMicrobial biodiversity:form and functionLearning Outcomes: 2, 5

Week 1: Video: Environmental andEcological Importance of MicroorganismsLearning Outcomes: 2, 3, 5

Week 1 (Laboratory): NO LAB

9 Mar - 15 Mar

Topic 2: Cell structure and function.Transport processesLearning Outcomes: 1

Week 2: Lab briefing- OccupationalHealth and Safety (Jane Gifkinslaboratory scientific officer).

Week 2 (Laboratory): Use of themicroscope, size measurements,introduction to aseptic techniquesLearning Outcomes: 8

16 Mar - 22 Mar

Topic 3: Microbial growth- nutrition;limiting factors.Learning Outcomes: 1

Week 3: Microbial growth - lab briefingand Report WritingBRING PRACTICAL MANUAL to thistutorialLearning Outcomes: 1, 7, 8

Week 3 (Laboratory): Culture ofmicroorganisms and staining techniquesLearning Outcomes: 2, 8

23 Mar - 29 Mar

Topic 4: Microbial metabolsm -bioenergetics.Photosynthesis and respirationLearning Outcomes: 1

Week 4: Overview and revision weeks1-4.Learning Outcomes: 1, 7

Week 4 (Laboratory): Enumeration ofbacteriaLearning Outcomes: 2, 8

30 Mar - 5 AprTopic 5: Biogeochemical Cycles Week 5: QUIZ 1

Learning Outcomes: 1Week 5 (Laboratory): Scientific ReportManuscriptLearning Outcomes: 1, 7

13 Apr - 19 Apr

Topic 6: Ecological concepts-energy flow;mineral cyclingLearning Outcomes: 3, 4

Week 6: Recent findings in microbiologyand ecologyLearning Outcomes: 4, 5Week 7: General Feedback on ScientificReport Manuscript .

Learning Outcomes: 7

Week 6 (Laboratory): Diversity ofMicroorganismsLearning Outcomes: 2, 5, 8Week 7 (Laboratory): Individual feedbackon Scientific Report Manuscript.Learning Outcomes: 2, 7

20 Apr - 26 AprTopic 7: Toxicity of Persistent OrganicPollutantsLearning Outcomes: 4, 5, 6

27 Apr - 3 May

Topic 8: Microbiology of water andwastewater

Learning Outcomes: 2, 4, 5, 6

Week 8: Healthy Waterways ReportCardsLearning Outcomes: 4, 5, 6

Week 8 (Laboratory):Diversity of microorganisms in activatedsludgeLearning Outcomes: 2, 6

4 May - 10 May

Topic 9: Aquatic microbiology andecologyLearning Outcomes: 2, 5, 6

Week 9: Healthy waterways and BioticIndices of stream healthLearning Objectives: 6Learning Outcomes: 6

Week 9 (Laboratory): Diversity of animalswith emphasis on aquatic macro-invertebratesLearning Outcomes: 6, 8

11 May -17 May

Topic 10: Soil microbiology.BioremediationLearning Objectives: 2, 5

Week 10: Quiz 2Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Week 10 (Laboratory): Water qualitytesting and Sampling aquatic macro-invertebratesLearning Outcomes: 4, 6, 8

18 May -24 May

Topic 11: Wetland ecosystems and theirrole in water pollution controlLearning Outcomes: 3, 5

Week 11: Video IWA- Diffuse PollutionLearning Outcomes: 6

Week 11 (Laboratory): Diversity of plantswith emphasis on aquatic plantsLearning Outcomes: 8

25 May -31 May

Topic 12: Phytoremediation ;Learning Outcomes: 4, 6

Week 12: PhytoremediationLearning Outcomes: 4, 5, 6

Week 12 (Laboratory): Revision LabLearning Outcomes: 8

1 Jun - 7 JunTopic 13: Microbial interactions, industrialapplicationsLearning Outcomes: 3, 4, 5, 6

Week 13: exam briefing and revision.Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Week 13 (Laboratory): PracticalExaminationLearning Outcomes: 8

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationLectures: Two lectures per week refer to Table for weekly content and readingsTutorial: One hour per week refer to Table for weekly activities.


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 8/20

Laboratories: One three-hour laboratory per week COMPULSORY (NB: Marks will be lost for non-attendance)

CONTENT SUMMARYThis course introduces students to the importance of microorganisms in natural ecological systems and industrial applications. Concepts ofmineral cycling and energy flow provide an understanding of the relationships of living organisms with each other and their abiotic environment.The taxonomic classification of autotrophic and heterotrophic organisms is covered together with their resource requirements - oxygen andnutrients, transport process (diffusion, osmosis and active uptake) and metabolic processes (aerobic and anaerobic respiration, photosynthesis,chemosynthesis). Particular emphasis is placed on the role of microorganisms in biogeochemical cycles, waste-water treatment, bioremediation,water quality and industrial processes. Students are introduced to plant and animal diversity, the application of biotic indices for stream health; anduse of plants for phytoremediation

Additional teaching team membersDr Kees Hulsman : tutor for labs weeks 2--7Ms Carolyn Polson: tutor for labs weeks 9-11Ms Jane Gifkins Scientific Officer for all practical laboratories


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 9/20




Quiz 130 Mar 15

Week 5 10% 1, 5

Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportInitial Scientific Report 13 Apr 15 0% 7, 8

Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportFinal Scientific Report

4 May 15 10:00Monday, Week 9 20% 7, 8

Test or quizQuiz 2

11 May 15Week 10 10% 2, 4, 5, 6

Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportPractical Book

27 May 15 - 28 May 15Week 12 5% 8

Assignment - Practice-based AssignmentPractical Exam

3 Jun 15 - 4 Jun 15Week 13 20% 8

Exam - constructed responseFinal Exam Examination Period 35% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

5.2 Assessment DetailQuiz 1Type: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 5Due Date:

30 Mar 15 Week 5Weight: 10%Task Description:

Item 1: Quiz 1Date: Week 5 (in tutorial session)Length: 20 MinutesWeighting: 10%Conditions: Multiple choice

Criteria & Marking:multiple choice


Initial Scientific ReportType: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 7, 8Due Date:

13 Apr 15Weight: 0%Task Description:

Students are required to submit their Scientfic Report for feedback.Incorpation of feedback into your final submission will accounf for 5%Scientific ReportThe objective of this item of assessment is to familiarise students with how to conduct experimental research and write up a scientific report.The project report will be written up in a scientific-paper format (guidelines are provided in the Practical Manual) and will be based on work carriedout in Practicals 2 and 3. Although students will work in pairs in the laboratory, each student must submit a separate report in which all text is to beindividually written.Your Scientific Report will be submitted in 2 stages: both reports must be submitted through Off-Campus and Assignment HandlingServices.Stage 1 Preliminary Scientific Report due Monday 13 April 2015 at 10am ( WEEK 6)Stage 2 Final Scientific Report due Monday 4 May 2015 at 10am (WEEK 9)Your Preliminary Scientific Report will be marked and returned to you during the practical laboratory in Week 7 with feedback. You will berequired to edit as recommended for your final submission.Your Final Scientific Report together with your preliminary marked up report must both be submittedattached together on 4 May.A marking scheme is provided in the Practcial Manual. Reports must be submitted to Off-Campus and Assignment Handling Services.


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 10/20

Criteria & Marking:Guidelines and Marking Citeria are provided in the Practical Manual.An assignment checklist is alo provided and should be submitted with your report


Final Scientific ReportType: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 7, 8Due Date:

4 May 15 10:00 Monday, Week 9Weight: 20%Task Description:

Scientific ReportThe objective of this item of assessment is to familiarise students with how to conduct experimental research and write up a scientific report.The project report will be written up in a scientific-paper format (guidelines are provided in the Practical Manual) and will be based on work carriedout in Practicals 2 and 3. Although students will work in pairs in the laboratory, each student must submit a separate report in which all text is to beindividually written.Your Scientific Report will be submitted in 2 stages: both reports must be submitted through Off-Campus and Assignment HandlingServices.Stage 1 Preliminary Scientific Report due Monday 13 April 2015 at 10am ( WEEK 6)Stage 2 Final Scientific Report due Monday 4 May 2015 at 10am (WEEK 9)Your Preliminary Scientific Report will be marked and returned to you during the practical laboratory in Week 7 with feedback. You will berequired to edit as recommended for your final submission.Your Final Scientific Report together with your preliminary marked up report must both be submitted attached together on 4 May.A marking scheme is provided in the Practcial Manual. Reports must be submitted to Off-Campus and Assignment Handling Services.

Criteria & Marking:Weighting: 20% ( includes 5% for incorporating feedback into your Final Report)Marking Criteria are given in the Practical Manual


Quiz 2Type: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 2, 4, 5, 6Due Date:

11 May 15 Week 10Weight: 10%Task Description:

Item 2: Quiz 2Date: Week 10 (in tutorial session)Length: 20 MinutesWeighting: 10%Conditions: Multiple choice

Criteria & Marking:Multiple choice


Practical BookType: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 8Due Date:

27 May 15 - 28 May 15 Week 12Weight: 5%Task Description:

Item: Practical BookDue Date: All semester- final assessment in week 11Weighting: 5%Conditions: Completion of records during practical sessions


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 11/20

The objective of this assessment item is to test students' skills in:• developing a systematic approach to observation, collection, recording and interpretation of data• demonstrating an ability to follow laboratory procedures• demonstrating an ability to observe and record accurately by drawings, making brief notes, constructing graphs and tables.Each student will be required to purchase a Botany Exercise Book (48 page is usually adequate) from the University Cooperative Bookshop for thispurpose. Drawings and graphs should be entered on the plain pages and the ruled pages used for notes and answers to questions (other thanthose written in the laboratory manual). Frequent checks will be made to ensure that students' practical books are up to date. Students shouldconsult the practical manual for further details.

Criteria & Marking:Attendance/ Particpation;Completion of activities including: good drawings; tables; review questionsOverall Presentaion of Practical Book


Practical ExamType: Assignment - Practice-based AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 8Due Date:

3 Jun 15 - 4 Jun 15 Week 13Weight: 20%Task Description:

Item 5: Practical ExamDue Date: Practical session: Week 12Weighting: 20%Conditions: Two-hour practical exam. Students will be permitted to consult their practical notebooks and laboratory manual during the exam.

Criteria & Marking:Length: 2hWeighting: 20%See copy of Past Practcial Exam paper


Final ExamType: Exam - constructed responseLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Due Date:

Examination PeriodWeight: 35%Duration: 90 minutesFormat: Closed BookTask Description:

Item 6: Final ExaminationDue Date: Examination weekLength: 1.5 hoursWeighting: 35%Conditions: Short-answer questions

Criteria & Marking:Length: 1.5hWeighting: 35%Short answers


5.3 Late SubmissionAn assessment item submitted after the due date, without an approved extension from the Course Convenor, will be penalised. The standardpenalty is the reduction of the mark allocated to the assessment item by 10% of the maximum mark applicable for the assessment item, for each


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 12/20

working day or part working day that the item is late. Assessment items submitted more than five working days after the due date are awarded zeromarks.

5.4 Other Assessment InformationReturn of Assessment Items and Feedback on AssessmentQuiz results will be returned to students during lectures within one week of assessment.Feedback on the Prelimary Scientific Report will be during the practical session in week 7Feedback on the Final Scientific Report will be within 2 weeks of submission.There will be no resubmission of the Final Scienctific Report. Your Preliminary Scientific Report will be marked up to provide all the necessaryfeedback to improve your Final Report, therefore no further resubmissions will be accepted.Practical Book will be marked during the practical in week 11.

Marks for all assessment items including the final exam will be recorded in the Marks Centre and made available to students through MyMarks on [email protected] Assessment Information:To be eligible to recieve a grade of 4 or better for the course, students are required to attempt and complete all types of assessment anddemonstrate a reasonable degree of competence in the learning outcomes for each type of assessment.Competency in the practical component is essential in this course and must be demonstrated by achieving an overall PASS for thepractical assessment tasks. There will be no supplementary assessment for the practical components.Special Note: Practical Component : Attendance at laboratory sessions is compulsory. Failure to attend such sessions will result in a penalty ofup to 60% of marks awarded for practical work. In particular, a specific penalty is associated with failure to attend the practical sessions associatedwith the project report (see note under ‘Practical Project Report’).There will be no supplementary assessment for the practical components.A PASS must be obtained in the practical component (ie combined laboratory scientific report; practical book , practical exam ) in order to passthe course.ie students must achieve a minimum of 22.5/45. There will be no supplementary assessment for the practical components.Supplementary Assessment: Since this is a lab-intensive/practical-intensive course Supplementary Assessment is not available for thiscourse.Resubmission of assessment is not available for this course.Overall requirents to pass this course:To recieve a grade of 4 or better for the course, the student must:

1. achieve an aggregate assessment mark of at least 50% overall2. achieve an aggregate assessment mark of at least 50% for the practical component items ie laboratory scientific report; practical book ,

practical exam

Learning Skills• Problem solving skills – development of these skills will be facilitated by regular revision questions relating to both lecture material and practical

laboratory work and in the practical sessions via activities such as identifying organisms. Assessment will be via written examination questions,in the practical project report and in the practical exam.

• Communication skills – development of oral skills should occur in the practical sessions during discussions with tutors and other students.Ample opportunity for development of written skills will be given via tutor feedback relating to the practical project report. Assessment of writtencommunication skills will be via written examination questions and the practical project report.

• Teamwork skills should be developed throughout the laboratory session and particularly during the execution and preliminary analysis stagesof the practical report.

• Technical skills – development of technical, laboratory and analytical skills including use of the microscope and other laboratory tools, shouldoccur in the practical sessions. Skills will be assessed mainly in the practical exam and the results section of the project report.

• Observation and recording – these skills will be assessed in the practical sessions via accurate drawings in your laboratory note book and inthe practical exam.

• Analytical and synthesizing skills - development of these skills will be facilitated particularly during the practical sessions and the writing of theproject report. Assessment will be by examination questions, the practical project report and the practical exam..

Disclosure StatementIf any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required assessment in this course,they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 13/20
















26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 14/20

















Other Course GuidelinesOther Course Guidelines1. Assessment items ( Scientific Reports) must be submitted to Off-Campus and Assignment Handling Services, but not by email.2. If students wish to submit assessment items with any similar material for two or more courses, they must first seek approval of all courseconvenors. Failure to do so could be interpreted as cheating.3. Students should note that submission of an assignment represents an affirmation that it is all their own work and that nothing has beencopied from the work of others except where appropriately referenced. The Griffith University Policy on Academic Misconduct lists examples ofplagiarism under item 2.0, pages 1-2. These are:

• “word for word copying of sentences or paragraphs from one or more sources which are the work or data of other persons (including books,articles, theses, unpublished works, working papers, seminar and conference papers, internal reports, lecture notes or tapes) without clearlyidentifying their origin by appropriate referencing” (Note: Appropriate referencing means using quotation marks and providing precise details as tothe location of the original, e.g. page number(s));• “closely paraphrasing sentences or paragraphs from one or more sources without appropriate acknowledgment in the form of a reference to theoriginal work or works” (Note: This means providing page numbers or other detailed location information);• “using another person’s ideas, work or research data without appropriate acknowledgment”;• “submitting work which has been produced by someone else on the student’s behalf as if it were the work of the student”;• “copying computer files in whole or in part without indicating their origin”;• “submitting work which has been wholly or partially derived from another student’s work by a process of mechanical transformation; for example,changing variable names in computer programs”.4. Late Penalties: The penalty for late submission of assessment items is 10% of the total assessment mark for the item per day, unless otherwisespecified in the course outline. No assignments will be accepted after the one-week period. A Special Consideration form must be completed andsubmitted to the Student Administration Office if students request waiver of the late penalty or an extension to an assessment item. Extensions maybe granted for medical conditions, however extensions will not be granted for work commitments, family commitments or computer failure.5. Special Consideration: Students applying for special consideration (due to medical or other grounds) for assessment items must complete theappropriate application form available from a Student Administration Centre. Special consideration is not retrospective and students shouldsubmit Special Consideration forms as soon as they experience any difficulties which may interfere with study or examination performance. It isexpected that any applications for special consideration will be received within three days after the date of assessment.6. Enrolment in this course is granted on the basis that a grade of "P" (Pass) or better has been achieved in any prerequisite or assumed-prior-knowledge course, as specified in Section 1 of this course outline. Failure to meet this requirement may result in your having difficulty with thecourse and not being able to complete it successfully. Any additional support or special assistance cannot be expected or requested if theprerequisite is waived, or if prior-knowledge requirements have not been met.


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 15/20











1 Describe basic microbial processes of metabolism and growth related to ecological and industrial applications2 Describe the microbial diversity of soil and water in relation to ecological and industrial applications .3 Describe and discuss the role of microorganisms in biogeochemical cycles; in particular the carbon cylce and nitrogen cycle in relation to ecologicaland industrial applications; and the global implications4 Describe basic ecological concepts and discuss their engineering applications5 Describe and discuss the role of microorganisms in natural and engineered systems6 Describe and discuss the environmental requirements of living organisms and the consequences of altering environmental conditions on ecosystemhealth7 Write a scientific report including review of literature, interpretation and discussion of experimental data8 Learn practical skills in observation , recording and identification; learn microbial laboratory techniques; use instrumentation for water qualitysampling; use taxonomic keys for identification.


LEARNING ACTIVITIES1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Topic 1 (Lecture) • •Week 1 (Laboratory)

Week 1 (Tutorial) • • •Week 2 (Tutorial)

Week 2 (Laboratory) •Topic 2 (Lecture) •Week 3 (Laboratory) • •Week 3 (Tutorial) • • •Topic 3 (Lecture) •Week 4 (Laboratory) • •Topic 4 (Lecture) •Week 4 (Tutorial) • •Topic 5 (Lecture)

Week 5 (Tutorial) •


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 16/20


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Week 5 (Laboratory) • •Week 6 (Laboratory) • • •Topic 6 (Lecture) • •Week 6 (Tutorial) • •Week 7 (Laboratory) • •Week 7 (Tutorial) •Topic 7 (Lecture) • • •Topic 8 (Lecture) • • • •Week 8 (Laboratory) • •Week 8 (Tutorial) • • •Week 9 (Laboratory) • •Topic 9 (Lecture) • • •Week 9 (Tutorial) •Topic 10 (Lecture)

Week 10 (Laboratory) • • •Week 10 (Tutorial) • • •Week 11 (Laboratory) •Week 11 (Tutorial) •Topic 11 (Lecture) • •Week 12 (Laboratory) •Week 12 (Tutorial) • • •Topic 12 (Lecture) • •


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 17/20


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Week 13 (Laboratory) •Week 13 (Tutorial) • • • • • •Topic 13 (Lecture) • • • •

ASSESSMENT TASKS

Quiz 1 • •Initial Scientific Report • •Final Scientific Report • •Quiz 2 • • • •Practical Book •Practical Exam •Final Exam • • • • • •




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8A KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINES

A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines • • • • • • • •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective • • • • • • •A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • • • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace • • • • • •B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS

B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing • •


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 18/20


C1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions tounfamiliar problems • • • •C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidenceappropriate to their disciplines (eg collect, analyse and interpret dataand information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise andorganise information)

• • • •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings • •C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline • • •D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES

D1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academicintegrity •D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities •D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability





E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines •Engineers Australia Stage 1 Competencies & Elements of Competency


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 81 KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL BASE1.1.


• • • • • •1.2.


•1.3.

In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge withinthe engineering discipline.

1.4.Discernment of knowledge development and research directionswithin the engineering discipline. • • • • •

1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineeringdiscipline. • • •


26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 19/20



Application of established engineering methods to complexengineering problem solving.

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools andresources.





3.2.Effective oral and written communication in professional and laydomains. • •



3.5.Orderly management of self, and professional conduct. •



26 April 2015, 05:14AM Page 20/20









Engineering Fluid Mechanics 2203ENG - Sem 1 2015 to Sem 1 2015 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 1/18



COURSE TITLE Engineering Fluid Mechanics



MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:This course presents the principles of fluid mechanics and the application of these principles to practical, engineering problems. Topics covered inthe course will include fluid properties, fluid statics, fluid flow in closed conduits, fluid viscosity and turbulence, forces developed by fluids in motion,introduction to flow around submerged objects, lift and drag, open channel flow, pumps and turbines. Applications relevant to environmentalengineering fields such as water and wastewater treatment, fluid storage and distribution systems and open channel flow are investigated. Inaddition, the study of energy processes for turbines and pumps provides an introduction to fluid power analysis. Incompatible: 2155EVE FluidMechanics and Hydraulics; 2002ENG Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics

Assumed Background:It is assumed that students undertaking this course have completed mathematics and physics courses to at least that equivalent to a first yearundergraduate standard.All students are required to have successfully completed both the General and Laboratory WH&S Induction online modules prior to commencementof laboratory activities.

1.2 Course IntroductionUnless otherwise stated, the normal course administration policies and rules of the School of Engineering apply. Students should refer to theLearning@Griffith website for further information about this course.Course practical activities are undertaken in laboratory environment and involve interaction with physical (equipment) hazards. These activitieshave been assessed and controlled to an acceptable level of risk for learning and teaching.

Previous Student FeedbackThe feedback from students in 2014 about this course was quite positive. Students were pleased with the organisation of the course, coursematerial and laboratories. Small changes have been made to the course assessment items: the number of lab reports have been reduced fom 4 to3; Multiple choice questions and online quiz were excluded from 2015 course assessment items.


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 2/18

1.3 Course StaffConvenor Dr Prasad Kaparaju




ROOM 2.25



Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationSummary of student contact hours in the semester:Total number of lectures (hours): 39Total number of tutorials/workshops (hours): 12Total number of labs (hours): 18Grand total number of contact hours: 69



26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 3/18





The aim of this course is to develop in students an understanding of the basic principles of fluid mechanics and of the application of these principlesto civil, environmental and energy systems engineering problems. This course adds to the knowledge base of the engineering student and reflectsthe primary purpose of the Bachelor of Engineering programme to provide a practical and professional engineering education.During the course, opportunities will be given to develop a range of generic skills including written communication, problem identification, problemanalysis and critical evaluation. Students will also have the opportunity to practise and enhance their ability to work effectively as a member of ateam.As the first of the fundamental courses in water engineering, this course will form the basis for subsequent courses such as Hydrology, IndustrialWater Treatment, and Water and Wastewater Treatment. It will allow students to further develop the skills necessary for the analysis and design ofhydraulic structures in civil, coastal and environmental engineering.


1 Describe and analyse various fluid properties and flow phenomena;2 Apply the basic principles of fluid mechanics including fluid statics, kinematics and dynamics;3 Solve typical hydraulic problems such as flow in pipes and open channel using analytical methods; and4 Follow appropriate procedures to carry out and to report on laboratory activities.




GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3A2. An interdisciplinary perspectiveA3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 1, 2, 3, 4A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 2, 4B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 4B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 2, 3, 4B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplines 4

B4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contexts 4

C. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 1, 2, 3C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 3, 4

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findings 4C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thedisciplineD. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrity 4D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communitiesD3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainabilityD4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional development 4E. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 4/18




1, 2, 3, 4


1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge within the engineering discipline. 2, 3





Application of established engineering methods to complex engineering problem solving. 2, 3

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools and resources. 3, 4

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and design processes. 3




3.2.Effective oral and written communication in professional and lay domains. 4




3.6.Effective team membership and team leadership 4


Additional Course Information on Graduate AttributesThe course will provide students with the knowledge and skills to approach the solution of practical problems in fluid mechanics and engineeringhydraulics with confidence and with proficiency in the use of the specialised, technical vocabulary of the science of fluid mechanics.


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 5/18


Elger DF, Williams BC, Crowe CT and Roberson, JA , 2012, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, 10th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

Laboratory Manual, Nathan Campus, 2015, Griffith School of Engineering.

3.2 Recommended ResourcesFinnemore, EJ and Franzini, JB, 2002, Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Applications, 10th ed., WCB/MCGraw-Hill.Munson, BR, Young, DF and Okiishi, TH, 2006, Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, 5th ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc.


3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationThe textbook will be available from the campus bookshop and other technical bookshops in Brisbane.Supporting materials required:All supporting materials such as lecture slides, tutorial problems, assignment questions and the Laboratory Manual 2015 will be available [email protected] course site on Learning@Griffith will be the primary course communication method to students. The site contains an electronic version of thecourse materials. Students can download course materials such as lecture slides, assignments, sample solutions to the tutorial problems andlaboratory information from the site.The course announcements folder on the course website will be used to convey important information to students such as assignment updates andavailability of assessment results.Students should visit the course website at least three times per week to check for updates and lecture material.


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 6/18

http://au.wiley.com/WileyCDA/WileyTitle/productCd-1118542932.html

http://au.wiley.com/WileyCDA/WileyTitle/productCd-1118542932.html









2 Mar - 8 Mar

Lecture 01: Course descriptionIntroduction to fluid mechanicsFluid propertiesLearning Outcomes: 1, 2Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch. 1 - Ch. 2);

9 Mar - 15 Mar

Lecture 02:Fluid properties (contd)Unit conversionDimensionsLearning Outcomes: 1, 2Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch. 1 - Ch. 2);

Problem solving: Unit conversionDimensionsLearning Outcomes: 1, 2

Experiment 1 (Laboratory): FlowVisualisation, Hydrostatic Pressure andCalibrationLearning Outcomes: 3, 4Readings/Ref: Lab manual (Experiment1);

16 Mar - 22 Mar

Lecture 03:PressureHydrostatic forcesBuoyancyLearning Outcomes: 1, 2Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch.3);

Problem solving:PressureHydrostatic forcesBuoyancyLearning Outcomes: 1, 2

Experiment 2 (Laboratory): FlowVisualisation, Hydrostatic Pressure andCalibrationLearning Outcomes: 3, 4Readings/Ref: Lab manual (Experiment2);

23 Mar - 29 Mar

Lecture 04:Fluid motionEuler's equationBernoulli equationLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch. 4);

Problem solving:Fluid motionEuler's equationBernoulli equationLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Experiment 3 (Laboratory): FlowVisualisation, Hydrostatic Pressure andCalibrationLearning Outcomes: 3, 4Readings/Ref: Lab manual (Experiments3);

30 Mar - 5 Apr

Lecture 05:Control volume approachContinuity equationLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch.4 - Ch.5);

Problem solving:Control volume approachContinuity equationLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

6 Apr - 12 Apr

Lecture 06:Momentum principleLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch.6);

Problem solving:Momentum principleLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Experiment 4 (Laboratory): Bernoulli,Orifice Flow and Laminar & TurbulentFlowLearning Outcomes: 3, 4Readings/Ref: Lab manual (Experiment4);

13 Apr - 19 Apr

Lecture 07:Energy principleLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch.7);

Problem solving:Energy principleLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3


27 Apr - 3 May

Lecture 08:Flow in conduitsLaminar flow in pipesTurbulent flow in pipesLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch.10);

Problem solving:Flow in conduitsLaminar flow in pipesTurbulent flow in pipesLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3


4 May - 10 May

Lecture 09:Flow in conduitsPumpsPipe systemsLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch.10);

Problem solving:Flow in conduitsPumpsPipe systemsLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

11 May -17 May

Lecture 10:Open channel flowEnergy relations in open channel flowLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch. 15);

Problem solving:Open channel flowEnergy relations in open channel flowLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Experiments 7 (Laboratory): OpenChannel Flow, Pipe Friction and StreamGaugingLearning Outcomes: 3, 4Readings/Ref: Lab manual (Experiment7);


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 7/18


18 May -24 May

Lecture 11:Open channel flowCritical depthHumps and contractionsHydraulic controlsHydraulic jumpLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch.15);

Problem solving:Open channel flowCritical depthHumps and contractionsHydraulic controlsHydraulic jumpLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Experiment 8 (Laboratory): OpenChannel Flow, Pipe Friction and StreamGaugingLearning Outcomes: 3, 4Readings/Ref: Lab manual (Experiment8);

25 May -31 May

Lecture 12:Open channel flowUniform flowCompound channelsLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Elger et al (Ch.15);

Problem solving:Open channel flowUniform flowCompound channelsLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Experiment 9 (Laboratory): OpenChannel Flow, Pipe Friction and StreamGaugingLearning Outcomes: 3, 4Readings/Ref: Lab manual (Experiment9);

1 Jun - 7 Jun

Lecture 13:Course review and examinationpreparationLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Problem solving:Review of course and examinationpreparation.Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationThe course content is presented through lectures, tutorials and laboratory sessions. The details of the course content for each activity will beavailable on the course website on [email protected] lectures are delivered in a series of modules which are developed in a systematic manner and lead from basic theoretical constructs topractical applications to cover the broad range of fluid flow phenomena encountered in engineering practice. The weekly tutorial sessions will assiststudents to develop an understanding of the basic principles of fluid mechanics and to apply these principles to solve the practical problems.Problem solving skills will be enhanced through active participation in the tutorial activities. The laboratory sessions will provide students theopportunity to gain hands-on experience in setting up and conducting experiments that demonstrate typical fluid mechanics phenomena. Suchexperimental investigation skills will benefit students in their future study of more advanced courses in the Bachelor of Engineering programme.The chapter readings refer to the textbook for this course (Elger et al., 2012). Additional information on or an alternative presentation of some topicsmay be found in the reference text by Finnemore and Franzini (2005) or in other introductory textbooks on Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics.For the details of the laboratory work, including full descriptions of the apparatus and experiment procedures, refer to the Laboratory Manual 2014for this course. The class will be divided into groups before the first laboratory session and the schedule for each group will be posted on theLearning@Griffith site in the first week of the semester.If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 8/18




ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMESAssignment - Laboratory/Laboratory Report

LAB REPORTS AND PARTICIPATION20 Mar 15

Ongoing (see further details below) 20% 2, 4

Test or quizIn-semester Quiz 1

23 Mar 15Week 3 15% 1, 2

Test or quizIn-Semester Quiz-2

20 Apr 15Week 7 15% 1, 2

Exam - selected and constructed responsesFINAL EXAMINATION Examination Period 50% 1, 2, 3

5.2 Assessment DetailLAB REPORTS AND PARTICIPATIONType: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 2, 4Due Date:

20 Mar 15 Ongoing (see further details below)Weight: 20%Task Description:

You are required to attend nine (9) laboratory sessions and to submit full laboratory reports on ANY THREE (3) of these sessions. The experimentsfor which the full laboratory reports are required are listed in the Laboratory Manual for 2015. A report cannot be submitted if you were not presentat the laboratory session. Each report is worth 5% of the overall course mark. Attendance and participation contribute 5% in total to the overallcourse mark. Reports must be submitted through Turnitin at Learning@Griffith (you must include an assingment coversheet) by Friday 4 pm of theweek immediately after the week of the lab session.

Criteria & Marking:Reports are due at 4pm of Friday of the week immediately after the week of the lab session.Laboratory reports are assessed on:1. Report structure and presentation;2. Results: application of appropriate theory, data analysis, accuracy of calculations, illustrations (graphs, tables) and appropriate use of units;3. Quality of discussion including responses to questions posed in the Laboratory Manual; and4. Use of English.

Laboratory attendance and participation will be assessed on:1. Responses to questions asked during the laboratory session;2. Extent of participation in the practical work;3. Accuracy of experimental observations and recording of laboratory data; and4. Data analysis and presentation in the laboratory.

Submission: Reports are due on Friday (4 pm) of the week immediately after the week of the lab session.Submit assignment directly to the Turnitin at Learning@Griffith. Do not forget to keep a receipt of the submission. You must include an assignmentcover sheet.


In-semester Quiz 1Type: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2Due Date:

23 Mar 15 Week 3Weight: 15%Task Description:

The in-semester quiz-1 carries 15% of the marks for the course and will be held during the lecture time in Week 04. This quiz will be an one-hour,closed book examination, and will cover the topics taught from Week 1 up to and including Week 03. This test will comprise questions requiringshort descriptive answers and problems requiring quantitative answers. Electronic calculators will be permitted and a formula sheet will beprovided.

Criteria & Marking:Descriptive answers are graded on demonstrated understanding of the concepts being discussed and the clarity of expression. Quantitativeanswers are graded on accuracy and clarity of the solution method, accuracy of answer and appropriate use of units.

Submission: This test is to be submitted to the test invigilator.


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 9/18


In-Semester Quiz-2Type: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2Due Date:

20 Apr 15 Week 7Weight: 15%Task Description:

The in-semester quiz-1 carries 15% of the marks for the course and will be held during the lecture time in Week 07. This quiz will be an one-hour,closed book examination, and will cover the topics taught from Week 4 up to and including Week 06. This test will comprise questions requiringshort descriptive answers and problems requiring quantitative answers. Electronic calculators will be permitted and a formula sheet will beprovided.

Criteria & Marking:Descriptive answers are graded on demonstrated understanding of the concepts being discussed and the clarity of expression. Quantitativeanswers are graded on accuracy and clarity of the solution method, accuracy of answer and appropriate use of units.

Submission: This test is to be submitted to the test invigilator.


FINAL EXAMINATIONType: Exam - selected and constructed responsesLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3Due Date:


The final examination is a three-hour examination with 10 minutes of perusal time. The examination will consist of questions requiring short andessay type descriptive answers and questions requiring numerical answers. It is a closed book examination but data and formulae sheets will beprovided. Non-programmable calculators are permitted.

Criteria & Marking:Descriptive answers are graded on demonstrated understanding of the concepts and clarity of expression. Quantitative answers are graded on:accuracy and clarity of the solution method, accuracy of answer and appropriate use of units.



5.4 Other Assessment InformationTo be eligible to receive a grade of 4 or above for the course, students are required to attempt and complete all types of assessment and mustdemonstrate a reasonable degree of competence in the required learning objectives for each type of assessment.To receive a grade of 4 or above for the course, the student must:1) achieve an aggregate mark of at least 50% overall2) achieve at least 40% for the in-semester quizzes and the end-of-semester examination combinedSupplementary assessment is available in this course in accordance with Section 8 of the University Assessment Policy.Ressubmission of assessment is not available for this course.

Marks for all assessment items including the final exam will be recorded in the Marks Centre and made available to students through MyMarks [email protected]:Marked in-semester quizzes will be returned to students within 10 working days.


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 10/18


Marked laboratory reports will be available for perusal by students in the laboratory session three weeks after the due date. All reports may becollected by students after Week 13.If students encounter difficulties that prevent them from attending their scheduled, compulsory laboratory sessions then they should contact theCourse Convenor immediately to make suitable alternative arrangements. Problems with understanding the course content should be raised in thetutorial sessions or by consultations at the allocated consultation times - refer to Learning@Griffith for these times.Deferred in-semester quizzes for the Griffith School of Engineering will be held on second Saturday of May 2015.Students who are approved to sit a deferred in-semester quiz will be emailed the final details (i.e. venue and time of test) by the course convenorduring the week prior to the quiz test. The University no longer permits deferred, deferred tests.If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required assessment in this course,they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 11/18
















26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 12/18


















26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 13/18











1 Describe and analyse various fluid properties and flow phenomena;2 Apply the basic principles of fluid mechanics including fluid statics, kinematics and dynamics;3 Solve typical hydraulic problems such as flow in pipes and open channel using analytical methods; and4 Follow appropriate procedures to carry out and to report on laboratory activities.



Lecture 01 (Lecture) • •Experiment 1 (Laboratory) • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • •Lecture 02 (Lecture) • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • •Lecture 03 (Lecture) • •Experiment 2 (Laboratory) • •Experiment 3 (Laboratory) • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • • •Lecture 04 (Lecture) • • •Lecture 05 (Lecture) • • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • • •Lecture 06 (Lecture) • • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • • •Experiment 4 (Laboratory) • •Lecture 07 (Lecture) • • •


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 14/18


1 2 3 4

Problem solving (Tutorial) • • •Experiment 5 (Laboratory) • •Experiment 6 (Laboratory) • •Lecture 08 (Lecture) • • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • • •Lecture 09 (Lecture) • • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • • •Lecture 10 (Lecture) • • •Experiments 7 (Laboratory) • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • • •Lecture 11 (Lecture) • • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • • •Experiment 8 (Laboratory) • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • • •Lecture 12 (Lecture) • • •Experiment 9 (Laboratory) • •Lecture 13 (Lecture) • • •Problem solving (Tutorial) • • •

ASSESSMENT TASKS

LAB REPORTS AND PARTICIPATION • •In-semester Quiz 1 • •In-Semester Quiz-2 • •FINAL EXAMINATION • • •


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 15/18





A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines • • •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective

A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace • •B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS

B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing • • •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplines •B4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contexts •C INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT

C1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions tounfamiliar problems • • •C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidenceappropriate to their disciplines (eg collect, analyse and interpret dataand information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise andorganise information)

• •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings •C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline


D1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academicintegrity •D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities




26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 16/18








• • • •1.2.


1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge withinthe engineering discipline. • •





Application of established engineering methods to complexengineering problem solving. • •

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools andresources. • •

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and designprocesses. •




3.2.Effective oral and written communication in professional and laydomains. •




3.6.Effective team membership and team leadership •


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 17/18


26 April 2015, 05:06AM Page 18/18




3. LEARNING RESOURCES .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 63.1 REQUIRED RESOURCES ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 63.2 RECOMMENDED RESOURCES............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 63.3 UNIVERSITY LEARNING RESOURCES................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6





Project Management Principles 3004ENG - Sem 2 2014 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 1/16



COURSE TITLE Project Management Principles



MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate

LOCATION Gold Coast, On Campus


Course Description:This course provides engineering and architecture students with an overview of the principles, skills and techniques required for the evaluation,planning, and management of projects from inception through to completion."

1.2 Course IntroductionIt is widely acknowledged that projects play an important role in many sectors of industry; successful projects are considered a critical driving forcefor many organisations’ operations. And because of the unique nature of a project, a particular set of managerial knowledge, skills and abilities(KSAs) is required to successfully managing the project. Understanding and being able to apply these KSAs is therefore important for graduates intheir future careers to effectively perform as a leader or member of the project teams. As a result, 3004ENG Project Management Principles hasbeen developed as a core course to provide engineering and architecture students an overview of the basic principles and techniques required forthe evaluation, planning and management of projects from inception through to completion. Although this course was developed within theengineering context, its core element is largely concerned with generic project management framework. Therefore students will be able to apply theKSAs developed in this course to the broader project management context, such as architecture, business and technology.

Previous Student FeedbackBased on previous student feedback, this course was perceived to be well structured and practical. The students also found that the content waseasy to understand and tailored to suit students from various disciplines. Lecture notes were well developed and readily available [email protected] response to the students' comments, the following changes have been made to the course in this current semester:

• Extra drop-in tutorial session has been added and drop-in tutorials are now scheduled consecutively within the three study weeks prior to boththe mid-semester and final exams.

• Two group assignments that are due in Weeks 9 and 13, rather than one major assignment due in Week 12 as was in the previous semester.• Group assignment component is weighted 10% more compared to that of the previous semester.


26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 2/16


1.3 Course StaffConvenor Dr Kriengsak Panuwatwanich

PHONE (07) 555 27357


HOMEPAGE www.griffith.edu.au/engineering-information-technology/griffith-school-engineering/staff

CAMPUS Gold Coast Campus

BUILDING Engineering (G09)

ROOM 1.10

CONSULTATION While queries may be addressed to the course team in person or by email, lectures and tutorialsare the primary course communication method with students. The Course Convenor is availablefor consultation at times that are displayed on the Convenor's office notice board. Consultationtimes may also be arranged via email.

Course Moderator Dr Anisur Rahman



BUILDING Engineering (G09)



Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationContact SummaryLecture: Weeks 1-6, 8-13; 2 hours per week = 24Drop-in Tutorials: Weeks 4,5,6,11, 12 and 13; 2 hours per week = 12Maximum contact hours = 36



26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 3/16


http://www.griffith.edu.au/engineering-information-technology/griffith-school-engineering/staff





This course deals with the general principles of project management such as project definition, project evaluation and selection, project planningand monitoring and project close out. The core elements taught in the course complements the material taught in the program and therefore helpsthe student to gain comprehensive knowledge about project management fundamentals. The primary aim of the course is to provide engineeringand architecture students with basic principles of project management and their applications to real-life projects.


1 Identify preferred meanings or definitions of a range of project management concepts, techniques and terminologies2 Apply numerical techniques to solve project management problems and make appropriate recommendations3 Describe key project management concepts/techniques and link them to real-world context4 Effectively work in a team to analyse project management practices of real-world projects, identify good and poor practices, and summarise keylessons learnt




GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4A2. An interdisciplinary perspective 1, 2, 3, 4A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 4A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplaceB. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 4B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 2, 4B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplines 4


C. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 2C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 2, 4

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findingsC4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thediscipline 2, 4

D. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrityD2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communitiesD3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainabilityD4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional developmentE. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines 4


26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 4/16




1, 3, 4


2

1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge within the engineering discipline. 1, 2, 3, 4


1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineering discipline. 1, 2, 3, 4


1, 3, 4


Application of established engineering methods to complex engineering problem solving. 2

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools and resources. 2


2.4.Application of systematic approaches to the conduct and management of engineering projects. 2



3.2.Effective oral and written communication in professional and lay domains. 4


3.4.Professional use and management of information. 4





26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 5/16


3004ENG Project Management Principle Lecture Modules (available in PDF on Learning@Griffith)

3.2 Recommended ResourcesMeredith, J. R. and Mantel, S. J. (2009), Project Management: A Managerial Approach, 7th edition, John Wiley and Sons.

Nicholas, J.M. and Steyn, H. (2012), Project Management for Business, Engineering, and Technology, 4th edition, Elsevier.

Project Management Institute (2013), A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK), 5th edition, PMI.

Smith, N. J. (2008), Engineering Project Management, 3rd edition, Blackwell Publishing.



26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 6/16


http://librarycatalogue.griffith.edu.au/record=b1609271















28 Jul - 3 Aug

Week 1: Course Orientation:Introduction to the course, including theexplanations of lecture contents to becovered, general rules, requirements andassessment items.Readings/Ref: Lecture Notes ;

4 Aug - 10 Aug

Week 2: Introduction to ProjectManagement: Introduction to projectmanagement (basic definitions, the needfor project managements, types oforganisational structure and their impactson project management, etc)Readings/Ref: Lecture Notes (Module 1);Meredith, J.R. ; Nicholas, J.M. ; PMI

11 Aug -17 Aug

Week 3: Project Lifecycle: Projectlifecycles, Project scoping and integrationReadings/Ref: Lecture Notes (Module 2);Meredith, J.R. ; Nicholas, J.M. ; Smith, N.J.

18 Aug -24 Aug

Week 4: Project StakeholderManagement: Project stakeholdersdefinitions, Identifying project stakeholderand requirements, Project stakeholdermanagement framework.Readings/Ref: Lecture Notes (Module 3);Smith, N. J.

Drop-in tutorial #1

25 Aug -31 Aug

Week 5: Project Selection:Fundamentals of project selectionReadings/Ref: Lecture Notes (Module 4);Meredith, J.R.

Drop-in tutorial #2

1 Sep - 7 Sep

Week 6: Project Selection (cont'd):Fundamental of engineering economics,economic evaluation techniques/cash flowanalysis, decision analysisReadings/Ref: Lecture Notes (Module 4);Meredith, J.R.

Drop-in tutorial #3

8 Sep - 14 SepWeek 7: Mid Semester Exam (Exam)Readings/Ref: Lecture Notes ; Meredith,J.R. ; Nicholas, J.M. ; Smith, N. J. ; PMI

15 Sep -21 Sep

Week 8: Project ProcurementManagement: Project procurement andproject supply chain, types of contract,project procurement strategy andprocess.Readings/Ref: Lecture Notes (Module 5);Smith, N. J. ; PMI

22 Sep -28 Sep

Week 9: Project Planning: Fundamentalof project planning, project schedulingusing deterministic approachReadings/Ref: Lecture Notes (Module 6);Nicholas, J.M. ; Smith, N. J.

6 Oct - 12 Oct

Week 10: Project Planning (cont'd):Project resource planning andmanagement, Project risk management.Readings/Ref: Lecture Notes (Module 6);Meredith, J.R. ; Nicholas, J.M.


26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 7/16


13 Oct - 19 Oct

Week 11: Project Monitoring andControl: Project Monitoring and Controlusing Earned Value Analysis (EVA)techniqueReadings/Ref: Lecture Notes (Module 7);Nicholas, J.M. ; PMI

Drop-in tutorial #4

20 Oct - 26 Oct

Week 12: Project Audit andTermination: Project audit andtermination processes.Readings/Ref: Meredith, J.R. (Module 8);Nicholas, J.M.

Drop-in tutorial #5

27 Oct - 2 NovWeek 13: Lecture ReviewReadings/Ref: Meredith, J.R. ; Nicholas,J.M. ; Smith, N. J. ; PMI

Drop-in tutorial #6

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationThe course content is offered on campus and is developed through a lecture series.The lecture materials are directly prepared from internationallyrecognised textbooks and leading edge published papers. This should provide theoretical understanding of the topics covered in the course. Thelectures incorporate sound managerial practices as well as case studies. Group assignments are given so that students can work on specific projectof interest to them. This provides the opportunity for the students to develop deeper understanding into the theory, critical analysis and writtencommunication skills.


26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 8/16



ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMESExam - selected and constructed responses

Mid Semester Examination13 Sep 14 09:00

Week 7 20% 1, 2

Assignment - Written AssignmentGroup assignment 1

26 Sep 14Week 9 20% 3, 4

Assignment - Written AssignmentGroup assignment 2

20 Oct 14Week 13 20% 3, 4

Exam - selected and constructed responsesFinal examination Examination Period 40% 1, 2

5.2 Assessment DetailMid Semester ExaminationType: Exam - selected and constructed responsesLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2Due Date:

13 Sep 14 09:00 Week 7Weight: 20%Perusal: 5 minutesDuration: 90 minutesFormat: Closed BookTask Description:

The mid-semester examination is designed to test your knowledge of the lecture modules covered in the first six weeks of this course.

Criteria & Marking:Accuracy of answers.


Group assignment 1Type: Assignment - Written AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 3, 4Due Date:

26 Sep 14 Week 9Weight: 20%Task Description:

In this assignment, you will be given a choice of case projects to choose from. Based your chosen project, you are required to develop a workbreakdown structure and to perform a stakeholder analysis of the project.

Criteria & Marking:You are required to prepare a written group report to a professional standard suitable for technical audiences. Specific requirements and markingcriteria will be made available on Learning@Griffith.

Submission: To be advised.

This assessment item:• is a school based activity• is a group activity• includes a self assessment activity

Group assignment 2Type: Assignment - Written AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 3, 4Due Date:

20 Oct 14 Week 13Weight: 20%Task Description:

In this assignment, you are required to analyse a given set of case studies of various real-world projects. You will be asked to compare and contrasttheir project management practices, highlight and discuss good/poor practices as well as provide a set of lessons learnt from the analysis.

Criteria & Marking:


26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 9/16

You are required to prepare a written group report to a professional standard suitable for technical audiences. Specific requirements and markingcriteria will be made available on Learning@Griffith.

Submission: To be advised


Final examinationType: Exam - selected and constructed responsesLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2Due Date:


The final examination is designed to test your knowledge of the lecture modules after the mid-semester examination. Similar to the mid-semesterexamination, the final exam questions consist of two main parts. In the first part, you will be required to answer a set of multiple choice questions. Inthe second part, you will be required to apply the given numerical techniques to solve the given project management related problems. You willneed to clearly show your calculations and discuss your results to make appropriate recommendations.

Criteria & Marking:Accuracy and clarity of explanations and discussions.



5.4 Other Assessment InformationIMPORTANTStudents must meet the following criteria to achieve at least a Pass grade (i.e. 4) in this course:

1. Achieve an aggregate mark of at least 50% overall;2. Achieve at least 40% of combined mid-semester and final exam marks; AND3. Attempt and complete all assessment items.

Deferred Mid-Semester ExaminationDeferred mid-semester exams for the Griffith School of Engineering will be held on Saturday 11 October 2014 (End of week 10). Please note that atleast 7 working days are required to process deferred exam applications (students have 3 working days after the date of the exam to submit theirapplication).Students who are approved to sit a deferred mid-semester exam willbe emailed final details (i.e.venue and time of exam) by the Course Convenorduring the week prior to the exam. The University no longer permits deferred, deferred exams.Supplementary ExaminationSupplementary assessment in this course is availalbe only for the final exam and in accordance with Section 8 of the University Assessment Policy.A Pass mark (50% or greater) must be achieved in the supplementary exam to achieve a grade of 4.Return of Assessment ItemsMarked assignment reports will be returned to the students electronically within three weeks following the due dates. Mid-semester and finalexamination scripts will not be returned to the students. Any enquiries regarding both examinations need to be made in person with the courseconvenor.


26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 10/16















26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 11/16

















Other Course GuidelinesOther Course GuidelinesSchool of Engineering Course Administration PolicyUnless otherwise stated, the normal course administration policies and rules of the School of Engineering apply. For the policy, see School ofEngineering Students Organisation on Learning@Griffith.


26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 12/16











1 Identify preferred meanings or definitions of a range of project management concepts, techniques and terminologies2 Apply numerical techniques to solve project management problems and make appropriate recommendations3 Describe key project management concepts/techniques and link them to real-world context4 Effectively work in a team to analyse project management practices of real-world projects, identify good and poor practices, and summarise keylessons learnt



Week 1: Course Orientation (Lecture)

Week 2: Introduction to Project Management (Lecture)

Week 3: Project Lifecycle (Lecture)

Drop-in tutorial #1 (Tutorial)

Week 4: Project Stakeholder Management (Lecture)


Week 5: Project Selection (Lecture)


Week 6: Project Selection (cont'd) (Lecture)

Week 7: Mid Semester Exam (Exam)

Week 8: Project Procurement Management (Lecture)

Week 9: Project Planning (Lecture)

Week 10: Project Planning (cont'd) (Lecture)


Week 11: Project Monitoring and Control (Lecture)


26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 13/16


1 2 3 4


Week 12: Project Audit and Termination (Lecture)

Week 13: Lecture Review (Lecture)


ASSESSMENT TASKS

Mid Semester Examination • •Group assignment 1 • •Group assignment 2 • •Final examination • •





A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines • • • •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective • • • •A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace


B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing • •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplines •B4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contexts •C INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT


26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 14/16

C1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions tounfamiliar problems •C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidenceappropriate to their disciplines (eg collect, analyse and interpret dataand information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise andorganise information)


C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline • •D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES












• • •1.2.


•1.3.

In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge withinthe engineering discipline. • • • •


1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineeringdiscipline. • • • •


• • •2 ENGINEERING APPLICATION ABILITY2.1.

Application of established engineering methods to complexengineering problem solving. •


26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 15/16

2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools andresources. •


2.4.Application of systematic approaches to the conduct andmanagement of engineering projects. •



3.2.Effective oral and written communication in professional and laydomains. •


3.4.Professional use and management of information. •




26 April 2015, 05:57AM Page 16/16









Environmental Assessment 3017ENV - Sem 1 2015 to Sem 1 2015 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 1/16



COURSE TITLE Environmental Assessment



MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:This course introduces the concepts and methods of evaluating the biophysical and social consequences of changes in land use or policies relatedto land use. The focus is on environmental impact assessment, but set in a wider context of development assessment, decision making andenvironmental management. This course seeks to provide students with an understanding of the legal and procedural requirements ofenvironmental assessment, identification, prediction, evaluation and mitigation. The course also aims to provide students with an awareness ofproblems and issues in environmental assessment, such as, the timing of environmental assessment within the development process, uncertaintyin impact prediction and difficulties in assessing cumulative impacts. Advised Prerequisite: Completion of 130CP Incompatible: 3304ENV EnvAssessment and Mgt Restricted: Must be listed in Program

Assumed Background:It is assumed that all students will have a good understanding of the nature of environmnetal issues, in both the biophysical and social dimensions,concepts of ecological sustainability, and current approaches to environmental management.

1.2 Course IntroductionThe focus of the course is on environmental impact assessment, but set in a wider context of development assessment, decision making andenvironmental management. This course seeks to provide students with an understanding of the legal and procedural requirements ofenvironmental assessment, identification, prediction, evaluation and mitigation. The course also aims to provide students with an awareness ofproblems and issues in environmental assessment such as the timing of environmental assessment within the development process, uncertainty inimpact prediction, difficulties in assessing cumulative impacts, the assessment of policies and plans at a strategic level, and relationships with otherenvironmental management tools.

Previous Student FeedbackStudents have liked this course in terms of its linking of the theory of environmnetal assessment to practice, with both national and internationalcontexts. Based on student feedback, guest lecturers with practical experience in the application of environmental assessment continue to be afeature of the course. Lecture capture is available.


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 2/16

1.3 Course StaffPrimary Convenor Prof Lex Brown

PHONE 0418 182 352




ROOM 2.26

CONSULTATION The preferred method of communication with the Teaching Team is during the workshops andbefore or after lectures, and arranged meetings.Email to the teaching team is ok, but students should use this primarily for special circumstancesbecause of the large class size. In particular, you should always consult the Course Profile, theLearning@Griffith site for this course, and the Announcements there, before contacting theTeaching Team on course organizational matters, because answers will be found there.

Instructor Ms Claire Gronow

PHONE 0403 601 072



BUILDING Sir Samuel Griffith Building (N78)

ROOM 3.29

CONSULTATION Please make an appointment via email for consultations outside of workshops.Note: I am to be your first point of contact for all enquiries, including email enquiries.I am always available during, and immediately before and after, each Workshop.





26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 3/16






The objective of Environmental Assessment is to develop a knowledge and understanding of theprocesses used to integrate environmental considerations into the planning and management activities ofgovernment and industry. There are many dimensions of environmental planning and management but, inpractice, much is concerned with how we use land and how changes in land use are effected andcontrolled.Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), or Environmental Assessment (EA) in the teaching-team preferrednomenclature, occupies most of the semester's work. The course develops an understanding ofprediction and evaluation of environmental consequences of development activities and the preparation ofstrategies that can be used to mitigate adverse environmental consequences through planning and designprocesses.The course develops both the theory and practice of environmental assessment. Lecture material and readings cover the development, practiceand theory of environmental assessment, issues in prediction, evaluation and mitigation, and current issues of timing of assessment, cumulativeimpacts and decision processes. The extension of EA concepts beyond the project level to the strategic environmental assessment (SEA) ofpolicies, programmes, sectors and regions, is also considered. The course places Environmental Assessment within the context of the field ofdevelopment assessment and environmental management, and links/compares EA with other environmental management tools.This course provides the opportunity to integrate knowledge and skills that students have obtained acrossother areas of their studies.


1 understand the legal and procedural requirements of environmental assessment and have an awareness of problems and issues in environmentalassessment;2 bring disciplinary knowledge to bear on evaluating specific environmental effects of a project or programme proposal, and to suggest mitigationstrategies for these effects;3 comprehend and synthesise material from different disciplinary areas on the effects of a proposed project or program and to compile and evaluatethese as input for decision making;4 understand the potential and limitations of environmental assessment in progressing towards sustainability and its place in the range of tools availableto governments and the private sector to influence policy and plan making, and project decision making, regarding the use and development of land andother resources.




26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 4/16


GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 2A2. An interdisciplinary perspective 1, 3, 4A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 1, 2, 3A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 1, 2, 3, 4B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 1, 2B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 2, 3, 4B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplines 2

B4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contexts 1, 2

C. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 2, 3C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 1, 2, 3

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findings 1, 3, 4C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thediscipline 3, 4

D. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrity 1, 4D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communities 1, 2, 3, 4D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainability 1, 2, 3, 4D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional development 1, 4E. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst Peoples 2, 3, 4

E2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contexts 2, 3, 4E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 5/16


There is a dedicated website for this course via the Learning@Griffith student portal. This contains all required readings for the course.


3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationStudents should refer to the Learning@Griffith website for this course for the full list of required readings for this course. Any updates to thereading list will be made on the Learning@Griffith site. See under Course Content.Students MUST complete all required readings.


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 6/16

https://griffith.rl.talis.com/search.html?q=3017env






https://learning.secure.griffith.edu.au/webapps/portal/frameset.jsp



2 Mar - 8 Mar

Introduction to EnvironmentalAssessment : [This is a provisionalschedule of lectures, and may beadjusted as the need arises]Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Odds Workshop: attendance markedLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

Donnelly et al. (1998) (Reading): Yourunderstanding of Donnelly et al. (1998)will be tested in Quiz 1

This is a provisional schedule of weeklyreadings, and may be adjusted as theneed arises through an Announcement onLearning@Griffith.

THE QUIZ (1, 2 OR 3), IN WHICH YOURKNOWLEDGE OF THE WEEKLYREADING(S) WILL BE INITIALLYTESTED, IS SPECIFIED IN THISCOLUMN.Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

9 Mar - 15 Mar

EA processes ILearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Evens Workshop: attendance markedLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

Morgan (2012) + Glasson et al. (2012)(Reading): Both readings will be tested inQuiz 1Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

16 Mar - 22 MarEA processes IILearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Odds Workshop: QUIZ 1 (ReadingsWeeks 1-3)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

Tennoy et al. (2006) (Reading): Readingwill be tested in Quiz 1Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

23 Mar - 29 MarEA Processes IIILearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

Evens Workshop: QUIZ 1 (ReadingsWeeks 1-3)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

30 Mar - 5 Apr

EA processes: video & lecture-baseddiscussionLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

Odds Workshop: attendance markedLearning Outcomes: 2, 3

Elliot (2014) + Tetlow & Hanusch (2012)(Reading): Both readings will be tested inQuiz 2.Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

6 Apr - 12 Apr MID SEMESTER BREAK

13 Apr - 19 Apr

Guest Lecturer - practictionerLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

Evens Workshop: attendance markedLearning Outcomes: 2, 3

Harvey & Clarke (2012) + Therivel &Brown (1999) (Reading): Both readingswill be tested in Quiz 2.Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

20 Apr - 26 Apr

Guest Lecturer - practictionerLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

NO WORKSHOPS: catch up on readings. Devlin & Yap (2008) (Reading): Devlin &Yap (2008) reading will be tested in Quiz2.Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

27 Apr - 3 MayIssues in, and achievements of EA ILearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

Evens Workshop: QUIZ 2: (ReadingsWeeks 1-8)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

4 May - 10 May

Issues in, and achievements of, EA IILearning Outcomes: 3, 4

Odds Workshop: QUIZ 2: (ReadingsWeeks 1-8)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

Ledec (2012) (Reading): Reading will betested in Quiz 3, BUT should becompleted BEFORE 13 May.Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

11 May -17 May

EA and other tools ILearning Outcomes: 3, 4

Evens Workshop: attendance markedLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

Brown & Hill (1995) (Reading): Readingwill be tested in Quiz 3.Learning Outcomes: 4

18 May -24 May

EA and other tools IILearning Outcomes: 2, 3, 4

Odds Workshop: attendance markedLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

Bond et al. (2012) + Harding et al.(2009) (Reading): Both readings will betested in Quiz 3.Learning Outcomes: 1, 4

25 May -31 May

EA and other tools III (+examinationadvice)Learning Outcomes: 2, 3, 4

Evens Workshop: QUIZ 3: (ReadingsWeeks 1-13)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

Ridgway (1999) (Reading): Reading willbe tested in Quiz 3.Learning Outcomes: 4


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 7/16


1 Jun - 7 Juntba Odds Workshop: QUIZ 3: (Readings

Weeks 1-13)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationCourse materials are presented in the lectures and workshops:Lectures: Two hours per weekWorkshops: Three hours every second week (half the class attends in even-numbered teaching weeks;half in odd-numbered teaching weeks. The method of division of the class into “even weeks” and “oddweeks” will be announced at lectures and on Learning@Griffith).Students are expected to attend the lectures and all workshops. Attendance and participation inworkshops is assessed.If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 8/16




ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMESGuided discussion with peers

Workshop Attendance & Participation2 Mar 15 - 7 Jun 15During Workshops 7.5% 1, 2, 4

Test or quizQuizzes

16 Mar 15 - 7 Jun 15During Workshops 37.5% 1, 2, 3, 4

Exam - constructed responseExam Examination Period 55% 1, 3, 4

5.2 Assessment DetailWorkshop Attendance & ParticipationType: Guided discussion with peersLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 4Due Date:

2 Mar 15 - 7 Jun 15 During WorkshopsWeight: 7.5%Task Description:

Attendance will be marked by roll signatures taken at a time of instructor’s discretion within thefirst two hours of the timetabled Workshop period. Marks are awarded (0 to 2.5%) per workshop based onthe instructor’s judgement of student’s participation in the activities of the workshop (not just the student’sphysical presence).(3 x workshops)

Criteria & Marking:7.5% weighting (2.5% per workshop)


QuizzesType: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4Due Date:

16 Mar 15 - 7 Jun 15 During WorkshopsWeight: 37.5%Task Description:

Length: 20 minutes (each quiz).Conditions: Closed book

Criteria & Marking:37.5% weighting (12.5% per quiz)

Submission: In Workshops


ExamType: Exam - constructed responseLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 3, 4Due Date:


Due Date: End of semester 1 examination periodLength: 2 hoursConditions: Closed book. Normal examination conditions apply.


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 9/16

Criteria & Marking:55% weighting.



5.4 Other Assessment InformationMuch of the assessment in this course is based on the required readings (supplemented by material in the lecture course). Students must ensurethat they complete these readings duing the course, and it is strongly recommended that at least one reading be completed each week, starting inthe first week of the semester. The particular Quiz in which your knowledge of a particular reading will be initially tested is specified in the LearningActivities.Supplementary Assessment in not available in this course.Workshop attendance/participation & Quiz marks, and final examination marks, will be recorded in the Marks Centre and made available tostudents through My Marks on [email protected] marks can not be posted until they have been sense-marked and then moderated across all students in the class. Please note that half theclass complete the Quiz one week later than the other half - but we still aim, where possible, to have marks posted for a particular quiz within 10days of all students completing that quiz.Notification of Availability of Feedback on AssessmentFeedback on the quizzes will be provided in the workshops (subsequent to the workshop in which ALL students in the class have completed thatparticular quiz).If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 10/16
















26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 11/16


















26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 12/16











1 understand the legal and procedural requirements of environmental assessment and have an awareness of problems and issues in environmentalassessment;2 bring disciplinary knowledge to bear on evaluating specific environmental effects of a project or programme proposal, and to suggest mitigationstrategies for these effects;3 comprehend and synthesise material from different disciplinary areas on the effects of a proposed project or program and to compile and evaluatethese as input for decision making;4 understand the potential and limitations of environmental assessment in progressing towards sustainability and its place in the range of tools availableto governments and the private sector to influence policy and plan making, and project decision making, regarding the use and development of land andother resources.



Odds Workshop: attendance marked (Workshop) • • • •Introduction to Environmental Assessment (Lecture) • • •Donnelly et al. (1998) (Reading) • • •EA processes I (Lecture) • • •Evens Workshop: attendance marked (Workshop) • • • •Morgan (2012) + Glasson et al. (2012) (Reading) • • •EA processes II (Lecture) • • •Tennoy et al. (2006) (Reading) • • • •Odds Workshop: QUIZ 1 (Readings Weeks 1-3) (Workshop) • • • •EA Processes III (Lecture) • • •Evens Workshop: QUIZ 1 (Readings Weeks 1-3) (Workshop) • • • •Elliot (2014) + Tetlow & Hanusch (2012) (Reading) • • • •EA processes: video & lecture-based discussion (Lecture) • • • •Odds Workshop: attendance marked (Workshop) • •


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 13/16


1 2 3 4

MID SEMESTER BREAK (Lecture)

Guest Lecturer - practictioner (Lecture) • • • •Evens Workshop: attendance marked (Workshop) • •Harvey & Clarke (2012) + Therivel & Brown (1999) (Reading) • • • •Guest Lecturer - practictioner (Lecture) • • • •Devlin & Yap (2008) (Reading) • • • •NO WORKSHOPS (Workshop)

Issues in, and achievements of EA I (Lecture) • • • •Evens Workshop: QUIZ 2 (Workshop) • • • •Issues in, and achievements of, EA II (Lecture) • •Odds Workshop: QUIZ 2 (Workshop) • • • •Ledec (2012) (Reading) • • • •EA and other tools I (Lecture) • •Brown & Hill (1995) (Reading) •Evens Workshop: attendance marked (Workshop) • • • •EA and other tools II (Lecture) • • •Bond et al. (2012) + Harding et al. (2009) (Reading) • •Odds Workshop: attendance marked (Workshop) • • • •Ridgway (1999) (Reading) •EA and other tools III (+examination advice) (Lecture) • • •Evens Workshop: QUIZ 3 (Workshop) • • • •Odds Workshop: QUIZ 3 (Workshop) • • • •


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 14/16


1 2 3 4

tba (Lecture)

ASSESSMENT TASKS

Workshop Attendance & Participation • • •Quizzes • • • •Exam • • •





A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective • • •A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace • • • •B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS

B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally • •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing • • •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplines •B4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contexts • •C INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT


• • •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings • • •


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 15/16

C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline • •D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES

D1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academicintegrity • •D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities • • • •D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability • • • •D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professionaldevelopment • •E COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTS

E1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges ofAustralian Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander First Peoples • • •E2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectivelyin culturally or linguistically diverse contexts • • •E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines • • • •


26 April 2015, 05:51AM Page 16/16




3. LEARNING RESOURCES .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 63.1 REQUIRED RESOURCES ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 63.2 RECOMMENDED RESOURCES............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 63.3 UNIVERSITY LEARNING RESOURCES................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6





Air Pollution and Noise 3111ENV - Sem 2 2014 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 1/15



COURSE TITLE Air Pollution and Noise



MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:The course examines the physical and subjective aspects of environmental noise such as traffic and aircraft noise, including measurement,prediction and methods of control. It also examines the basic principles in air pollution management, especially the indices used to regulate airpollution and the application of environmental health impact assessment strategies to air pollution problems arising from industry and traffic. Theemphasis is on the link between regional and urban planning and air pollution. Advised Prerequisite: Completion of 80CP Incompatible: 2111AESAir Pollution and Noise

1.2 Course IntroductionThis course provides an introduction to, and overview of, air pollution and noise. Each of the air pollution content and the environmental noisecontent is delivered over six (6) weeks, with a mid-semester examination in Week 7 and an end-of-semester examination during the examinationweeks. The course content to be covered is:Air Pollution (Weeks 1-7)The basic principles in air pollution management and planning will be studied, especially the indices used to regulate air pollution. The application ofmonitoring and modelling techniques, and environmental health impact assessment strategies to air pollution problems arising from industry andtraffic will be covered. The emphasis will be on the link between regional and urban planning, and air pollution. Recent development in theunderstanding and control of global air pollution problems will be discussed.

The following aspects of air pollution problems will be explored:• Air Pollution Problems and Adverse Effects• Air Pollution Monitoring and Modelling• Industrial Pollution and Motor Vehicle Pollution• Airborne particle and smog problems• Air toxics, indoor air quality and odour• Global problems• Air Pollution ManagementNoise (Weeks 8-13)The physical and subjective aspects of environmental noise will be studied. Measurement, prediction and methods of control of traffic noise, aircraftnoise, and other components of environmental noise will be covered. Emphasis in this component of the course is on competence in measurementand field investigation.

The following aspects of noise problems will be explored:• Acoustic Fundamentals• Measuring Sound - Level• Measuring Sound – Frequency• Health Effects of Noise• Motor Vehicle Noise• Aircraft Noise• Outdoor Propagation of Noise• Controlling Sound and Building Acoustics


26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 2/15

• Acoustic Environmental Impact Assessment and Legislation• Noise Management and Policy

Previous Student FeedbackCourse evaluations for Air Pollution and Noise have been consistantly positive over many years and students have indicated that the course is wellorganized and highly effective in terms of learning. The whole teaching team have been highly commended and have been regarded asenthusiastic and excellent in communication skills. The content of the course has been continually updated to reflect contemporary developments inpollution research and management... students have indicated that the course content is interesting and valuable for their professionaldevelopment.

1.3 Course StaffConvenor Dr Deanna Tomerini

PHONE 07 373 57103




ROOM 1.22

CONSULTATION Deanna is happy to meet with students who need advice about the course and encourages initalemail contact to arrange a mutually agreeable time for student consulations.Additional teaching team membersMatthew GoodfellowTyler Kelly



Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationThe course is delivered through weekly lectures (two hours per week) and workshops. The course is supported by a course web site that providesextensive resources associated with the course content.Students are expected to attend lectures and to complete readings ahead of the lecture. Students must attend all the assessable workshops.



26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 3/15




2. Aims, Outcomes & Graduate Attributes2.1 Course AimsThe aims of this course are:

1. To introduce students to scientific understanding and management of air pollution and noiseproblems.

2. To explore the scientific and socio-economic aspects of the problems and their relevance tocontemporary environmental issues in relation to air pollution and noise.

3. To develop generic skills relevant to the students' course of study and to the environmentalscience and environmental engineering professions.


1 identify and explain correctly the sources of environmental noise and air pollution.2 state and explain correctly the adverse effects of these pollution problems on the environment and human health.3 identify and explain correctly the basic principles of the conventional monitoring and modelling techniques used in the study of environmental noiseand air pollution problems.4 collect and interpret observations from workshop exercises and report the findings in written reports.5 identify and explain correctly the control strategies and policies used in the regulation and management of environmental noise and of air pollution.




26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 4/15


GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4, 5A2. An interdisciplinary perspective 1, 2, 3, 5A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 1, 2, 3, 4, 5A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 1, 5B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 4B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contexts 4

C. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 1, 2, 3, 5C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 3, 4, 5

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findings 2, 3, 5C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thedisciplineD. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrity 2, 4, 5D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communities 1, 2, 3, 5D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainability 2D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional developmentE. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contexts 4E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines 1, 2, 5


26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 5/15


Goodfellow, M and Chan, A. 3111ENV Course Material: Lectures and Workshops in Air Pollution. Griffith School of Environment, GriffithUniversity, 2014.Tomerini, D. 3111ENV Course Material: Readings in Environmental Noise, Griffith School of Environment, Griffith University, 2014.The 3111ENV course web page available via the Learning@Griffith website

3.2 Recommended ResourcesQueensland DEHP (2011) State of the Environment, Queensland 2011 Report. Available from the Queensland DEHP web site:http://www.ehp.qld.gov.au/state-of-the-environment/report-2011/United Nations Environment Program (2012) Global Environmental Outlook 5. Available from the UNEP website:www.unep.org/GEo/geo5.asp



26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 6/15

http://www.ehp.qld.gov.au/state-of-the-environment/report-2011/

http://www.ehp.qld.gov.au/state-of-the-environment/report-2011/

http://www.unep.org/GEo/geo5.asp

http://www.unep.org/GEo/geo5.asp







DATE LECTURE OTHER ACTIVITIES

28 Jul - 3 Aug

Week 1: Air Pollutants, Adverse Effects and Air QualityMonitoring (MG)Readings/Ref: Goodfellow & Chan (Chapters 1,2)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5

Week 1 (No Workshop)

4 Aug - 10 Aug

Week 2: Emission Sources of Primary Air Pollutants (MG)Readings/Ref: Goodfellow & Chan (Chapter 3)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5

Week 2 (meet at N13 -1.10/-1.15) (Workshop): PersonalExposure and Air Quality MonitoringRead Air Pollution Workshop 1 prior to attendingLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

11 Aug -17 Aug

Week 3: Air Pollution Meteorology and Dispersion of AirPollutants (MG)Readings/Ref: Goodfellow & Chan (Chapter 4)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5

Week 3 (meet at N13 -1.10/-1.15) (Workshop): Air Quality Data;Pollens and Fungal SporesRead Air Pollution Workshop 2 prior to attendingLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

18 Aug -24 Aug

Week 4: Dispersion Modelling and Airborne Particle Problems(MG)Readings/Ref: Goodfellow & Chan (Chapters 5,6)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5

Week 4 (meet at N13 2.04) (Workshop): Point Source ModellingRead Air Pollution Workshop 3 prior to attendingLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

25 Aug -31 Aug

Week 5: Other Urban Air Pollution Problems and Global AirPollution Problems (MG)Readings/Ref: Goodfellow & Chan (Chapters 6,7)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5

Week 5 (Workshop): Group A: (meet outside N13 -2.03Mechanical Workshop) Pollution from Traffic and Line SourceModellingRead Air Pollution Workshop 4 before attending

Group B: (take home exercises) Air Pollution Calculations andIndoor Air QualityExercise to be submitted by Week 6 Friday 4 pm.Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

1 Sep - 7 Sep

Week 6: Air Quality Management (MG)Readings/Ref: Goodfellow & Chan (Chapter 8)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5

Week 6 (Workshop): Group A: (take home exercises) AirPollution Calculations and Indoor Air QualityExercise to be submitted by Week 6 Friday 4 pm.

Group B: (meet outside N13 -2.03 Mechanical Workshop)Pollution from Traffic and Line Source ModellingRead Air Pollution Workshop 4 before attendingLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

8 Sep - 14 Sep Week 7 - Air Pollution Exam: Mid-Semester ExamLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5


15 Sep -21 Sep

Week 8: Introduction to Environmental Noise;Acoustic Fundamentals I (DT)Readings/Ref: Tomerini (Week 1 Readings)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2


22 Sep -28 Sep

Week 9: Acoustic Fundamentals II (DT)Readings/Ref: Tomerini (Week 2 Readings)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2

Week 9 (meet at N13 -1.10/-1.15) (Workshop): Workshop:Time-varying Noise WorkshopReadings/Ref: Tomerini (Read Workshop 1 prior to attending.)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

29 Sep - 5 Oct

Week 10: Industrial Noise; Building Acoustics (MG)Readings/Ref: Tomerini (Week 3 Readings)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5

Week 10 (meet at N13 -1.10/-1.15) (Workshop): Workshop:Time-varying Noise Workshop or Frequency Analysis WorkshopReadings/Ref: Tomerini (Read both Workshops 1 and 2 prior toattending)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

13 Oct - 19 Oct

Week 11: Road Traffic Noise -Measurement and Modelling(MG)Readings/Ref: Tomerini (Week 4 Readings)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5

Week 11 (meet at N55 1.35) (Workshop): Workshop: TrafficNoise PredictionReadings/Ref: Tomerini (Read Workshop 3 prior to attending)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

20 Oct - 26 Oct

Week 12: Aircraft Noise and Noise Effects (DT)Readings/Ref: Tomerini (Week 5 Readings)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5

Week 12 (meet at N55 1.35) (Workshop): Workshop: NoiseCalculationsReadings/Ref: Tomerini (Read Workshop 4 prior to attending)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5


26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 7/15


27 Oct - 2 NovWeek 13: Noise Assessment in Practice (DT)Readings/Ref: Tomerini (Week 6 Readings)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 5

Week 13 (No Workshop): Exam preparation: Dr DeannaTomerini will be available for consultation in her office (N131.22)

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationDisclosure StatementIf any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 8/15




ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMES

Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportAir Pollution Worshops 1-5

8 Aug 14 09:00 - 5 Sep 14 16:00Reports 1-4 due during the workshops. Report 5 by

4 pm Friday Week 6.20% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Exam - constructed responseAir Pollution Mid-Semester Examination

9 Sep 14 10:00 - 9 Sep 14 12:00Exam held during Week 7 lecture time 30% 1, 2, 3, 5

Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportNoise Workshops 1-4

26 Sep 14 09:00 - 27 Oct 14 15:00Noise workshops 1 - 3 due during the workshop.Noise workshop 4 due by 3pm Monday Week 13

20% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Exam - selected and constructed responsesNoise End-of-Semester Examination Examination Period 30% 1, 2, 3, 5

5.2 Assessment DetailAir Pollution Worshops 1-5Type: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:

8 Aug 14 09:00 - 5 Sep 14 16:00 Reports 1-4 due during the workshops. Report 5 by 4 pm Friday Week 6.Weight: 20%Task Description:

Refer to Learning@Griffith 3111ENV Course Website

Criteria & Marking:20% weighting, 100 total marks: 20 marks for each of the five reports.Marks will be assigned based on knowledge and comprehension of workhsop material and participation in workshops.


Air Pollution Mid-Semester ExaminationType: Exam - constructed responseLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 5Due Date:

9 Sep 14 10:00 - 9 Sep 14 12:00 Exam held during Week 7 lecture timeWeight: 30%Perusal: 10 minutesDuration: 90 minutesFormat: Closed BookTask Description:

The mid-semester air pollution examination will consist of short answer and short essay questions.

Criteria & Marking:The examination is a closed book examination.Length: 10 minutes perusal and 1.5 hours working.Marks will be assigned based on knowledge and comprehension of course material.


Noise Workshops 1-4Type: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:

26 Sep 14 09:00 - 27 Oct 14 15:00 Noise workshops 1 - 3 due during the workshop. Noise workshop 4 due by 3pm Monday Week 13Weight: 20%Task Description:

Refer to Learning@griffith 3111ENV Course Website


26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 9/15

Criteria & Marking:20% weighting, 20 total marks: 4 marks each for the first 3 reports, 8 marks for the last report.Marks will be assigned based on knowledge and comprehension of workshop material and participation in workshops.


Noise End-of-Semester ExaminationType: Exam - selected and constructed responsesLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 5Due Date:


The end-of-semester environmental noise examination will consist of multiple choice and short essay type questions.

Criteria & Marking:The examination is a closed book examination.Length: 10 minutes perusal and 1.5 hours working.Marks will be assigned based on knowledge and comprehension of course material.



5.4 Other Assessment InformationThe laboratory reports will be marked with comments provided and given back to the students within two weeks after the workshops. The studentsare also welcome to go through their marked examination papers with the lecturers.Minimum Achievement to Pass this Course:To be eligible to pass the course, students are required to complete all forms of assessment and must demonstrate a reasonable degree ofcompetence in the required course objectives as examined in each form of assessment. Therefore, non-submission of any one of the mainassessment items will incur a fail (F) grade for this course.To obtain a pass, the student must:1) achieve a score of at least 50% in the aggregate score for all assessment items.2) achieve a reasonable degree of competence in all major assessment items.

Supplementary AssessmentSupplementary assessment is not available in this course.Disclosure StatementIf any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 10/15
















26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 11/15


















26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 12/15











1 identify and explain correctly the sources of environmental noise and air pollution.2 state and explain correctly the adverse effects of these pollution problems on the environment and human health.3 identify and explain correctly the basic principles of the conventional monitoring and modelling techniques used in the study of environmental noiseand air pollution problems.4 collect and interpret observations from workshop exercises and report the findings in written reports.5 identify and explain correctly the control strategies and policies used in the regulation and management of environmental noise and of air pollution.



Week 1 (Lecture) • • • •Week 1 (No Workshop)

Week 2 (Lecture) • • • •Week 2 (meet at N13 -1.10/-1.15) (Workshop) • • • • •Week 3 (Lecture) • • • •Week 3 (meet at N13 -1.10/-1.15) (Workshop) • • • • •Week 4 (Lecture) • • • •Week 4 (meet at N13 2.04) (Workshop) • • • • •Week 5 (Lecture) • • • •Week 5 (Workshop) • • • • •Week 6 (Lecture) • • • •Week 6 (Workshop) • • • • •Week 7 - Air Pollution Exam (Lecture) • • • •Week 7 (No Workshop)

Week 8 (Lecture) • •


26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 13/15


1 2 3 4 5


Week 9 (Lecture) • •Week 9 (meet at N13 -1.10/-1.15) (Workshop) • • • • •Week 10 (Lecture) • • • •Week 10 (meet at N13 -1.10/-1.15) (Workshop) • • • • •Week 11 (Lecture) • • • •Week 11 (meet at N55 1.35) (Workshop) • • • • •Week 12 (Lecture) • • • •Week 12 (meet at N55 1.35) (Workshop) • • • •Week 13 (Lecture) • • • •Week 13 (No Workshop)

ASSESSMENT TASKS

Air Pollution Worshops 1-5 • • • • •Air Pollution Mid-Semester Examination • • • •Noise Workshops 1-4 • • • • •Noise End-of-Semester Examination • • • •





A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines • • • • •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective • • • •


26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 14/15

A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace • •B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS

B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing • • • • •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contexts •C INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT

C1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions tounfamiliar problems • • • •C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidenceappropriate to their disciplines (eg collect, analyse and interpret dataand information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise andorganise information)

• • •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings • • •C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline


D1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academicintegrity • • •D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities • • • •D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability •D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professionaldevelopment



E2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectivelyin culturally or linguistically diverse contexts •E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines • • •


26 April 2015, 05:38AM Page 15/15









Water and Wastewater Treatment Fundamentals 3201ENG - Sem 1 2015 to Sem 1 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 1/16



COURSE TITLE Water and Wastewater Treatment Fundamentals



MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:The supply of good quality water, together with the removal of subsequent wastewater, is essential for modern communities. This course deals withthe theory, methods, processes and design principles involved in treating and managing water and wastewater, including reticulation systems. Themain focus is on municipal use of water and municipal wastewater production. This course concentrates on providing a solid understanding ofconventional practice.

1.2 Course IntroductionWater supply and wastewater management are essential services for modern communities. This course will provide engineering students with asolid foundation in the conventional practices for the supply of these services. The course deals with the theory, methods, processes and designprinciples involved in treating and managing water and wastewater, including reticulation systems. The main focus of the course is on municipal useof water and municipal wastewater production.

Previous Student FeedbackStudents expressed a high degree of satisfaction with the course content, but expressed the desire to have more interactive teaching method. Inthis offering, we introduce hands-on workshops to enhance the engagement.

1.3 Course StaffPrimary Convenor Dr Qin Li

PHONE 07 373 57514




ROOM 2.19



26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 2/16




Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationA Study Guide and course reading materials are available at course site. The Study Guide contains information on how to study this course.Supplementary learning resources and information about assessment will be posted to Learning@Griffith.

Total number of lectures (hours): 24 (8 x 3)Total numer of tutorials/workshops (hours): 15 (5 x 3)

Grand total number of conatct hours: 39



26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 3/16



This course will provide students with a sound knowledge of the theory, strategies, management and practice associated with municipal water andwastewater systems.It serves also as a prerequisite course for students who wish to undertake further studies in this area eg in the course Advanced Water andWastewater Engineering.


1 Demonstrate an appreciation of the importance of water and wastewater systems to modern communities;2 Describe and explain the conventional municipal water and wastewater treatment methods, and infrastructure;3 Discuss the strategies, management and practices involved;4 Undertake basic problem solving and design calculations for water and wastewater treatment;5 Communicate the relevant theory and practice of water engineering.




GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4, 5A2. An interdisciplinary perspectiveA3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 2, 4, 5A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 2B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 1, 2, 3, 5B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 1, 2, 3, 5B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplines 5


C. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 4, 5C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information)C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findingsC4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thediscipline 5

D. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrityD2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communities 2D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainabilityD4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional development 5E. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines 5


26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 4/16




1, 2, 5


4, 5

1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge within the engineering discipline. 1, 2, 4, 5

1.4.Discernment of knowledge development and research directions within the engineering discipline. 3, 5

1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineering discipline. 1, 2, 4, 5


3, 5



2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools and resources.

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and design processes. 2, 4

2.4.Application of systematic approaches to the conduct and management of engineering projects. 2, 3, 4


Ethical conduct and professional accountability. 5


3.3.Creative, innovative and proactive demeanour. 4, 5

3.4.Professional use and management of information. 5





26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 5/16


The following textbook is required and can be purchased through the University bookshop, Nathan Campus.Hammer, M.J. and Hammer, M.J, (Jr), 2012, “Water and Wastewater technology" 7th edn, Pearson.

The Study Guide and Course Reader will be supplied to students, The Study Guide contains lists of Additional Resources for each unit as well asa compilation of Other Resources compiled by the Faculty Librarian.

3.2 Recommended ResourcesRelevant books and journals available in the library can be easily accessed through Subject Guides created by our libralian:Environmental Engineering http://libraryguides.griffith.edu.au/environmental-engineeringWater Resources http://libraryguides.griffith.edu.au/water


3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationThe Study Guide has a list of additional readings at the end of each unit of study. Students should consult these additional resources to gain moreknowledge about the topics covered in the particular unit. The additional resources include books, professional journals and websites.


26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 6/16









2 Mar 15

Lecture 1 (Lecture): Unit 1 Introduction to Water/WastewaterUnit 2 Water Supply SystemsReadings/Ref: Hammer (Set out in the study guide); Study Guide (Set out in the studyguide, supplemented by Learning@Griffith resources);

1, 3

9 Mar 15Workshop 1 (Workshop):Readings/Ref: Hammer (Set out in the study guide); Study Guide (Set out in studyguide, supplemented by Learning@Griffith resources);

1, 2, 3

16 Mar 15

Lecture 2 (Lecture): Unit 3 Water Treatment (part I) Coagulation, Flocculation &SedimentationUnit 4 Water Treatment (part II) Filtration, DisinfectionReadings/Ref: Hammer ; Study Guide (Set out in study guide, supplemented byLearning@Griffith resources);

2, 3, 4

23 Mar 15Workshop 2 (Workshop):Readings/Ref: Hammer ; Study Guide (Set out in study guide, supplemented byLearning@Griffith resources);

2, 3, 4

30 Mar 15

Water Treatment Plant (Field Trip): virtual field trip: Mt Crosby Water Treatment Plant,http://www.seqwater.com.au/education/virtual-tour/mt-crosby-0Readings/Ref: Hammer ; Study Guide (Set out in study guide, supplemented byLearning@Griffith resources); Subject Guides

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

13 Apr 15Mid-term Exam (Test): Venue to be confirmedReadings/Ref: Study Guide (Set out in study guide, supplemented by Learning@Griffithresources);

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

20 Apr 15Wastewater Treatment Plant (Field Trip): Details to be confirmedReadings/Ref: Hammer ; Study Guide (Set out in study guide, supplemented byLearning@Griffith resources); Subject Guides

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

27 Apr 15Report writing (Self Directed Learning):Readings/Ref: Hammer ; Study Guide (Set out in study guide, supplemented byLearning@Griffith resources); Subject Guides

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

4 May 15

Lecture 3 (Lecture): Unit 6: Wastewater characteristics, treatment objectives; Unit 7&8:Wastewater collection systems, preliminary and primary treatmentReadings/Ref: Hammer ; Study Guide (Set out in study guide, supplemented byLearning@Griffith resources); Subject Guides

2, 3, 4

11 May 15Workshop 4 (Workshop):Readings/Ref: Hammer ; Study Guide (Set out in study guide, supplemented byLearning@Griffith resources);

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

18 May 15Lecture 4 (Lecture): Unit 9: Biological treatment; Unit 10: Sludge, BiosolidsReadings/Ref: Hammer ; Study Guide (Set out in study guide, supplemented byLearning@Griffith resources); Subject Guides

1, 2, 3, 4

25 May 15Workshop 5 (Workshop):Readings/Ref: Hammer ; Study Guide (Set out in study guide, supplemented byLearning@Griffith resources); Subject Guides

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

1 Jun 15 Lecture 5 (Lecture): RevisionReadings/Ref: Hammer ; Study Guide ; 2, 3, 4

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationCONTENT, ORGANISATION AND TEACHING STRATEGIESThis course adopts three delivery modes: lectures, workshops and field trips. The lectures cover the key technical content, while the followingworkshops provide a platform for students to discuss problems and practice problem-solving skills. Active participation in the interactive classsessions will encourage skills in working and interacting with others. 10% (5 x 2 marks) of overall marks are designated to the attendance toworkshops, and another 10% (5 x 2 marks) of the overall marks are given according to your problem-solving quality in the workshops.It's highly important for students to regularly check the course site through Learning@Griffith. All course learning materials are available on coursesite. Assessment items, assessment submissions are all communicated and/or handled through the course site.The filed trips will encourage analysis and critical evaluation of complex systems. The field trip reports will develop written communication skills andthe ability to describe and discuss complex systems and processes. Information literacy skills will be enhanced through research for the reports.


26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 7/16



ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMESGuided discussion with peers

Workshop attendance and performance 1 Mar 15 08:00 - 25 May 15 11:00 10% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Test or quizQuiz 1 27 Mar 15 10:00 - 29 Mar 15 12:00 10% 2, 3, 4

Test or quizQuiz 2 13 Apr 15 10:00 - 13 Apr 15 11:10 20% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Assignment - Practice-based AssignmentReport on Field Trips 11 May 15 16:00 15% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Exam - constructed responseEnd of Semester Test Examination Period 45% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

5.2 Assessment DetailWorkshop attendance and performanceType: Guided discussion with peersLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:

1 Mar 15 08:00 - 25 May 15 11:00Weight: 10%Task Description:

Attendance to workshop 5 x 1 marks; Quality of work (active participation; contribution to solutions) 5 x 1 mark.

Criteria & Marking:Attendance to workshop 5 x 1 marks; Quality of work (active participation; contribution to solutions) 5 x 1 mark.


Quiz 1Type: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 2, 3, 4Due Date:

27 Mar 15 10:00 - 29 Mar 15 12:00Weight: 10%Task Description:

This is a 20 minutes on-line quiz.

Criteria & Marking:20 minutes on-line quiz in the format of multiple choices. It mainly tests on the concepts and some specific important facts about water treatment.


Quiz 2Type: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:

13 Apr 15 10:00 - 13 Apr 15 11:10Weight: 20%Task Description:

close-book one-hour in class test

Criteria & Marking:The purpose of this item is to assess students' understanding of the content of units 1 to 5, including the ability to undertake design calculations.The quiz has 1 hour working time with 10 minutes for perusal. It is a closed book assessment. The marking criteria are the correctness of theanswers, level of understanding displayed and ability to carry out design calculations. Only nonprogrammable calculators are permitted.The test will be discussed in class prior to week 6 and the results will be available within 2 weeks. The responses to the test will be discussed inclass and individual students may also peruse their test scripts at a convenient time.


26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 8/16


Report on Field TripsType: Assignment - Practice-based AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:

11 May 15 16:00Weight: 15%Task Description:

1000-1500 words on water treatment virtual plant visit ; 1000 - 1500 words on wastewater treatment plant vist. Compare and contrast between thetwo technologies is encouraged.

Criteria & Marking:The purpose of this item is to examine student’s critical evaluation and understanding of the processes and environmental issues associated withthe water and wastewater treatment plants. The report also provides an opportunity to evaluate a student's written communication skills through thepreparation of a suitable report. The report should be concise and must have a suitable format including at least title page, contents page,introduction, some appropriate headings, conclusions and references. Students should endeavour to use a few references to correlate the plantwith what is available in the literature.The marking criteria are weighted 60% on content; 25% on report presentation; and 15% on literature search and review. The assignment brief willbe communicated via Learning@Griffith.

Submission: TurnItIn


End of Semester TestType: Exam - constructed responseLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Due Date:


2 hours

Criteria & Marking:The purpose of this item is to assess students' understanding of the whole course, including the ability to undertake design calculations. Theweighting on units 1 - 5 is 20%, whereas the weighting on units 6 - 10 is 80%.The test has 2 hours working time with 10 minutes for perusal. It is a closed book test. The marking criteria are the correctness of the answers,level of understanding displayed and ability to carry out design calculations. Only nonprogrammable calculators are permitted.The format of the test will be discussed in class.



5.4 Other Assessment InformationPass requirementTo be eligible to pass the course, students are required to attempt and complete all types of assessment and must demonstrate a reasonabledegree of competence in the required learning objectives for each type of assessment.Therefore, to obtain a pass or better grade for the course, the student must:1. achieve an aggregate mark of at least 50% overall;2. complete the field trip or an equivalent field activity (upon course convenor's approval).


26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 9/16

Resubmission of Assessment: For assessment item 3 only, students may be permitted to substantially rework and resubmit an assessment whichyou have failed. You can receive a maximum mark of 50% for such a resubmission and resubmission must take place within 5 days from return ofthe failed assessment item to make this resubmission.Students with Disabilities (new University Policy)If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.Return of Assessment ItemsAssignments and reports with marking comments will be return to students. Examination papers will not be returned to students.Notification of Availability of Feedback on AssessmentFeedback on each assessment item will be provided to students through written comments to individual students and general comments in class.Summaries will be provided on the Learning@Griffith website.

Marks for all assessment items including the final exam will be recorded in the Marks Centre and made available to students through MyMarks onLearning@Griffith.


26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 10/16















26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 11/16

















Other Course GuidelinesOther Course GuidelinesIf any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 12/16











1 Demonstrate an appreciation of the importance of water and wastewater systems to modern communities;2 Describe and explain the conventional municipal water and wastewater treatment methods, and infrastructure;3 Discuss the strategies, management and practices involved;4 Undertake basic problem solving and design calculations for water and wastewater treatment;5 Communicate the relevant theory and practice of water engineering.



Lecture 1 (Lecture) • •Workshop 1 (Workshop) • • •Lecture 2 (Lecture) • • •Workshop 2 (Workshop) • • •Water Treatment Plant (Field Trip) • • • • •Mid-term Exam (Test) • • • • •Wastewater Treatment Plant (Field Trip) • • • • •Report writing (Self Directed Learning) • • • • •Lecture 3 (Lecture) • • •Workshop 4 (Workshop) • • • • •Lecture 4 (Lecture) • • • •Workshop 5 (Workshop) • • • • •Lecture 5 (Lecture) • • •

ASSESSMENT TASKS

Workshop attendance and performance • • • • •Quiz 1 • • •


26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 13/16


1 2 3 4 5

Quiz 2 • • • • •Report on Field Trips • • • • •End of Semester Test • • • • •






A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace •B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS

B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally • • • •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing • • • •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplines •B4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contexts •C INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT


C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings

C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline •D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES


26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 14/16


D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities •D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability






1 2 3 4 51 KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL BASE1.1.


• • •1.2.


• •1.3.

In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge withinthe engineering discipline. • • • •

1.4.Discernment of knowledge development and research directionswithin the engineering discipline. • •

1.5.Knowledge of contextual factors impacting the engineeringdiscipline. • • • •


• •2 ENGINEERING APPLICATION ABILITY2.1.


2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools andresources.

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and designprocesses. • •

2.4.Application of systematic approaches to the conduct andmanagement of engineering projects. • • •


3.1.Ethical conduct and professional accountability. •


26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 15/16


3.3.Creative, innovative and proactive demeanour. • •

3.4.Professional use and management of information. •




26 April 2015, 05:32AM Page 16/16









Solid Waste Engineering 3202ENG - Sem 1 2015 to Sem 1 2015 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 1/17



COURSE TITLE Solid Waste Engineering



MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:This course introduces students to municipal solid waste engineering. The contents include municipal solid waste characteristics, storage andcollection, transfer and transport, separation and processing, recycling, composting, incineration and landfilling.

Assumed Background:No assumed background is needed but suits students with interest in environmental issues.

1.2 Course IntroductionThe course materials are grouped into 10 Units. The first unit introduces students to solid waste by describing the solid waste dilemma andelements of a solid waste management system. The second unit deals with solid waste characteristics. It includes sources, types, composition andgeneration of solid waste together with physical, chemical and biological properties of solid waste. The third unit deals with collection of solid wasteand describes the types of collection services and systems and analysis of solid waste collection systems. This unit also deals with transfer andtransport of solid waste with main emphasis on solid waste transfer stations. The fourth unit deals with separation and processing of solid wastewith main emphasis on material recovery facilities (MRFs). The fifth unit deal with recycling and biological treatment of solid waste respectively. Theunit six deals with thermal treatment of solid waste where types of incineration systems and concept of energy recovery are discussed. The unitseven deals with landfill types and methods, landfill site selection and management of landfill gas and landfill leachate including landfill coversystems.Unit eight deals with the all important issue of waste and climate while the Unit nine deals with the development of solid waste plans ansstrategies. The final unit deals with how to move towards a resource-efficient zero waste society.

Previous Student FeedbackStudents found the material in this course engaging and encouraging. Students highly valued the formatting of the learning topics. The topicscovered were very interesting and the amount of resources available was a huge asset. Students also found the mini-lectures very helpful.Students emphasised the importance of a field trip to enhance the knowledge gained in the class. Students thought that demonstration of how alandfill works would be useful. It was pleasing to see that students found this course engaging and interesting. Due to the large class size, it hasalways been a challenge to organise a field trip. However, since this is strongly suggested, every attempt will be made to incorporate at least onesite visit commencing from 2015.


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 2/17

1.3 Course StaffPrimary Convenor Dr Sunil Herat

PHONE 37356682




ROOM 2.14

CONSULTATION TBAAdditional teaching team membersTo be announced.COURSE COMMUNICATIONSCourse communications are through the following:General course issues: teaching sessions and announcement at [email protected] course materials: resources section at [email protected] enquiries and issues: consultation times and emails.



Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable InformationTeaching and learning will be through following methods:

• Directed study, readings and activities using a study guide and selected readings• Face to face lectures or on-campus sessions• Web-based activities using the Internet and on-line communicationA Summary of Student Contact Hours in the semester:Total number of lectures (hours): 26Total number of tutorials/workshops (hours): nilTotal number of labs (hours): nilGrand total number of contact hours: 26



26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 3/17





The proper management of solid waste is a major challenge to many countries around the world. As the amount of solid waste to be disposed ofincreases, the number of available landfills decreases, concerns about risks associated with waste management rise, opposition to the siting of newwaste management facilities increases, all resulting in communities and governments grappling with problems related to the generation anddisposal of solid waste.The aim of this course is to provide the students with a sound knowledge in managing such wastes. The objective thiscourse is to provide the students with a sound background in the technical aspects of solid waste engineering.


1 Identify and describe functional elements of a solid waste management system which includes solid waste generation, sources, characteristics,collection, transfer and transport, separation and processing, treatment and final disposal.2 Identify and describe the relationship between solid waste and climate change.3 Critically analyse the concepts behind moving towards a resource-efficient zero waste societies.4 Prepare solid waste management planning and strategy development reports.5 Apply advanced and integrated understanding of a complex body of knowledge about current and emerging issues in solid waste management andapply them towards finding sustainable solutions.6 Research, investigate and apply new body of knowledge or practice towards finding solutions to existing as well as emerging problems associatedwith solid waste generation.




GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6A2. An interdisciplinary perspective 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orallyB2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 6B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contexts 6

C. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 5, 6C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 5, 6

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findings 5, 6C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thediscipline 5, 6

D. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrityD2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communities 5, 6D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainabilityD4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional developmentE. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 4/17





1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge within the engineering discipline. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6






2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools and resources. 5, 6

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and design processes. 5, 6

2.4.Application of systematic approaches to the conduct and management of engineering projects. 5, 6




3.3.Creative, innovative and proactive demeanour. 5, 6





Additional Course Information on Graduate AttributesProfessional SkillsThe course teaches the process of implementing environmental type projects in the industry.


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 5/17


The learning resources for this include a Study Guide and a Course Reader. The Study Guide covers the content of this course and is set out in aseries of study units. These include an overview, learning objectives, required readings, supplementary notes, lists of additional resources, as wellas activities to facilitate understanding and learning of the material covered. The Course Reader consists of various readings for each unit in thestudy guide. The readings will principally take the form of parts from textbooks, journals, reports and other sources.


3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationCourse materials will be available for download from the course website. Supplementary materials may also be available from the course websiteduring the semester.


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 6/17








DATE LECTURE

2 Mar - 8 MarIntroduction to Solid WasteLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Griffith Uni (Study Guide Unit 1);

9 Mar - 15 MarSolid Waste CharacteristicsLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Griffith Uni (Study Guide Unit 2);

16 Mar -22 Mar

Collection, Transfer, Transport and of Solid WasteLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Griffith Uni (Study Guide Units 3);

23 Mar -29 Mar

Separation and Processing of Solid WasteLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Griffith Uni (Study Guide Unit 4);

30 Mar - 5 AprRecycling and Composting of Solid WasteLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Griffith Uni (Study Guide Units 5);

6 Apr - 12 AprIncineration and Energy Recovery from Solid WasteLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Griffith Uni (Study Guide Unit 6);

13 Apr - 19 AprSanitary LandfillingLearning Outcomes: 1, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Griffith Uni (Study Guide Unit 7);

27 Apr - 3 MayWaste and ClimateLearning Outcomes: 2, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Griffith Uni (Study Guide Unit 8);

4 May - 10 MayWaste Management Planning and Strategy DevelopmentLearning Outcomes: 4, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Griffith Uni (Study Guide Unit 9);

11 May -17 May

Resource Efficient and Zero Waste SocietiesLearning Outcomes: 3, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Griffith Uni (Study Guide Unit 10);

18 May -24 May

Revision

25 May -31 May

Revision

1 Jun - 7 Jun Revision

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationCONTENT, ORGANISATION AND TEACHING STRATEGIESTeaching and learning will be through following methods:

• Directed study, reading and activities using a study guide and the readings• Face to face lectures• Web-based activities using the Internet and on-line communicationThe total contact hours for this course are 26, consisting of 26 hours of lectures.If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in this

course, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.CONTENT SUMMARYThe course materials are grouped into 10 Units. The first unit introduces students to solid waste by describing the solid waste dilemma andelements of a solid waste management system. The second unit deals with solid waste characteristics. It includes sources, types, composition andgeneration of solid waste together with physical, chemical and biological properties of solid waste. The third unit deals with collection of solid wasteand describes the types of collection services and systems and analysis of solid waste collection systems. The fourth unit deals with transfer andtransport of solid waste with main emphasis on solid waste transfer stations. The fifth unit deals with separation and processing of solid waste withmain emphasis on material recovery facilities (MRFs). The sixth and seventh units deal with recycling and composting of solid waste respectively.The unit eight deals with incineration of solid waste where types of incineration systems and concept of energy recovery are discussed. Thefinal nine deals with landfilling of solid waste. This unit deals with landfill types and methods, landfill site selection and management of landfill gas


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 7/17

and landfill leachate including landfill cover systems..Unit ten deals with the all important issue of waste and climate while the Unit eleven deals withthe development of solid waste plans ans strategies. The final unit deals with how to move towards a resource-efficient zero waste society.


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 8/17



ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMESAssignment - Research-based Assignment

Assessment Item 1 (1000 Words)3 Apr 15 16:00

Week 5 20% 1, 5, 6

Assignment - Research-based AssignmentAssessment Item 2 (2000 Words)

15 May 15 16:00Week 10 40% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Exam - constructed responseEnd of Semester Examination Examination Period 40% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

5.2 Assessment DetailAssessment Item 1 (1000 Words)Type: Assignment - Research-based AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 5, 6Due Date:

3 Apr 15 16:00 Week 5Weight: 20%Task Description:

Word Limit 1000Select a Region/Country/State/City of your choice and prepare a report on the current state of municipal solid waste management. Such report,normally referred to as the baseline report, could include the following topics:

· Profile of the selected Region/Country/State/City· Solid waste generation and physical characteristics· Existing solid waste management system· Major problems and issues and conclusions

Criteria & Marking:Marking Criteria

The report will be assessed based on the following criteria:

Demonstration of understanding of wider issues associated with the projectDemonstrated technical competenceLogical sequencing of written textDemonstration of independent thought and discussionAppropriate reference to literature

Submission: Submit electronically using TurnItIn


Assessment Item 2 (2000 Words)Type: Assignment - Research-based AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Due Date:

15 May 15 16:00 Week 10Weight: 40%Task Description:

Word Limit 2000Select a topic from the list below and undertake a literature review on the topic to write a research paper. Literature cited should include mostrecently published papers from journals as well as recent reports published by recognised institutions/organisations. If you prefer to write the paperon a topic not included in the list below, you are required obtain approval from the course convenor prior to commencing the work on the paper.

· Municipal solid waste characterisation· Health and environmental impacts of poor waste management· Collection of municipal solid waste


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 9/17

· Transfer and transport of municipal solid waste· Solid waste transfer stations· Separation and processing of municipal solid waste· Municipal solid waste material recovery facilities (MRFs)· Recycling of municipal solid waste· Plastic waste management· Recycling of waste glass· Recycling of waste paper· Recycling of waste tyres· Recycling of e-waste· Recycling of construction and demolition waste· Biological treatment of municipal solid waste· Design of composting facilities· Managing green and organic waste· Biogas generation from solid waste· Incineration of municipal solid waste· Energy recovery from municipal solid waste· Sanitary landfills· Design of sanitary landfills· Generation and management of landfill gas· Generation and management of landfill leachate· Waste and Climate change· Waste management strategy development· International strategies for municipal solid waste management· Community based solid waste management· 3Rs (Reduce, Reuse, Recycling)· Role of partnerships in waste management· Case studies of best practice solid waste management

The format of the paper is flexible. However, it should comply with the normal requirements of a paper published in a journal. The rationale behindthis assessment item is to assess the student’s ability to research on a given topic in solid waste management, ability to cite latest literature andreports on latest developments in this area and to assess the ability to write a research paper to the standards normally required of a journal.Students are strongly encouraged to get familiar with such requirements by referring to paper published in an international scientific journal.

Criteria & Marking:The paper will be assessed based on the following criteria:

Demonstration of understanding of wider issues associated with the projectDemonstrated technical competenceLogical sequencing of written textDemonstration of independent thought and discussionAppropriate reference to literaturected Region/Country/State/City

· Solid waste generation and physical characteristics· Existing solid waste management system· Major problems and issues

Conclusions

Submission: Electronically using TurnItIn


End of Semester ExaminationType: Exam - constructed responseLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Due Date:

Examination PeriodWeight: 40%Perusal: 10 minutesDuration: 120 minutes


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 10/17

Format: Closed BookTask Description:

2 hours

Criteria & Marking:End of semester examination will assess student’s ability to understand the concepts taught in the course. The questions will be based on all theunits covered in the course and will mostly include short discussion type questions.



5.4 Other Assessment InformationTo be eligible to receive a grade of 4 or better for the course, students are required to attempt and complete all types of assessment and mustdemonstrate a reasonable degree of competence in the required learning objectives for each type of assessment.To receive a grade of 4 or better for the course, the student must achieve an aggregate mark of at least 50% overall and achieve at least 40% for‘Assessment Item 2'.Supplementary assessment is available in this course in accordance with section 8 of the University Assessment Policy.If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.Return of Assessment ItemsFeedback and marks of Assessment items will be forwarded electronically within two of the submission date.Notification of Availability of Feedback on AssessmentNotification of availability of feedback on assessment will be via email and course website. Marks for all assessment items including the final examwill be recorded in the Marks Centre and made available to students through My Marks on Learning@Griffith.


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 11/17















26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 12/17

















Other Course GuidelinesOther Course GuidelinesNone


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 13/17











1 Identify and describe functional elements of a solid waste management system which includes solid waste generation, sources, characteristics,collection, transfer and transport, separation and processing, treatment and final disposal.2 Identify and describe the relationship between solid waste and climate change.3 Critically analyse the concepts behind moving towards a resource-efficient zero waste societies.4 Prepare solid waste management planning and strategy development reports.5 Apply advanced and integrated understanding of a complex body of knowledge about current and emerging issues in solid waste management andapply them towards finding sustainable solutions.6 Research, investigate and apply new body of knowledge or practice towards finding solutions to existing as well as emerging problems associatedwith solid waste generation.


LEARNING ACTIVITIES1 2 3 4 5 6

Introduction to Solid Waste (Lecture) • • •Solid Waste Characteristics (Lecture) • • •Collection, Transfer, Transport and of Solid Waste (Lecture) • • •Separation and Processing of Solid Waste (Lecture) • • •Recycling and Composting of Solid Waste (Lecture) • • •Incineration and Energy Recovery from Solid Waste (Lecture) • • •Sanitary Landfilling (Lecture) • • •Waste and Climate (Lecture) • • •Waste Management Planning and Strategy Development (Lecture) • • •Resource Efficient and Zero Waste Societies (Lecture) • • •Revision (Lecture)

Revision (Lecture)

Revision (Lecture)

ASSESSMENT TASKS

Assessment Item 1 (1000 Words) • • •


26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 14/17


1 2 3 4 5 6

Assessment Item 2 (2000 Words) • • • • • •End of Semester Examination • • • • • •




1 2 3 4 5 6A KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINES

A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines • • • • • •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective • • • • • •A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • • • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace • • • • • •B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS


B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contexts •C INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT


• •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings • •C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline • •D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES



26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 15/17

D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities • •D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability





E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines • • • • • •Engineers Australia Stage 1 Competencies & Elements of Competency


1 2 3 4 5 61 KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL BASE1.1.


1.2.Conceptual understanding of the mathematics, numericalanalysis, statistics and computer and information scienceswhich underpin the engineering discipline.

1.3.In-depth understanding of specialist bodies of knowledge withinthe engineering discipline. • • • • • •






2.2.Fluent application of engineering techniques, tools andresources. • •

2.3.Application of systematic engineering synthesis and designprocesses. • •

2.4.Application of systematic approaches to the conduct andmanagement of engineering projects. • •





26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 16/17

3.3.Creative, innovative and proactive demeanour. • •





26 April 2015, 05:42AM Page 17/17









Planning and Environment Law 3303ENV - Sem 1 2015 Griffith University

27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 1/15

Printed: 27 April 2015, 04:33PMThe published on-line version of the Course Profile is the authoritative version and by the publication of the Course Profile on-line the Universitydeems the student has been notified of and read the course requirements.


COURSE TITLE Planning and Environment Law



MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate

LOCATION Gold Coast, On Campus


Course Description:This course will give students an appreciation of the opportunities and constraints to pollution control, land and resource use in Australia. It willexplore the choices open to planners and landowners in use of land and biological resources and the regulations under which they must work. Thecourse will include a survey of Federal law on the environment, as well as comparisons of laws and regulations between states and at the localgovernment level. The course will cover both planning and conservation regulations and the manner in, and extent to, which regulations in southeast Queensland and northern New South Wales both facilitate development and protect the environment. Assessment is by assignment andexamination. Incompatible: 3303EAS Planning & Environment Law

Assumed Background:Some high school knowledge about legal systems and government administrative processes would be helpful

1.2 Course IntroductionThis course is aimed at providing science students with an introductory overview over the legal procedural systems that are likely to form the basisof much of the administrative processes that have created demand for graduate and senior positions in either government, industry or privateconsultancies. Accordingly, much emphasis is placed on explaining procedural matters and highlighting their commonalities across differentjurisdictions and sections of environmental law. Case law will only be presented occasionally to illustrate some real world outcomes. Students willbe frequently reminded that their knowledge acquired will not enable them to provide any legal advice.

Previous Student FeedbackThe amount of material to be covered is substantial, and is rapidly increasing every year. In response, and in light of student feedback, closed booktutorial tests have been used to encourage consistent reading and memorising of lecture materials. Recently, the final exam has been amended toallow self written notes to be taken into the exam venue.Student feedback in 2014 requested more emphasis on Qld legislation, this will be addressed in 2015.As a result of a trial in 2014, an anonymous online discussion forum will be available for students topost questions that should be discussed inmore detail during tutorials, especially in cases where several questions are aimed at the same point/process/issue'/topic of concern.


27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 2/15

1.3 Course StaffPrimary Convenor Dr Jan Warnken

PHONE (07) 555 28638



BUILDING Science 1 (G24)

ROOM 3.24

CONSULTATION To be provided during lectures and tutorials in week 2The convenor and teaching team members can be contacted via email either to obtain shortanswers tosimple queries or to arrange face-to-face consultations on more complex issues/problems.It is STRONGLY recommended to check relevant sites on Learning@Griffith twice per week forupdates on tutorialsand assignments.





27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 3/15





The course aims to provide students in environmental sciences with knowledge of the principal conceptsand components of planning and environmental law in Australia as a prerequisite for employment,professional activities or further studies in environmental management. The main purpose of the course isto introduce students to, and provide an overview of, procedural mechanisms in Australia’s legalframework for environmental planning, environmental protection (pollution control), land management and conservation.Detailed mechanisms are explained by using references to specific legislative and administrativearrangements under Qld and NSW jurisdictions.


1 Appreciate the complexity and understand the principle mechanisms of governmental regulations and their limitations for controlling the use andconservation of land and natural resources.2 Demonstrate an understanding of the scope and role of environmental law in the general community and economy.3 Understand the basic concepts of Environmental Planning, material change of use (changes of use to individual land parcels) and land useentitlements at the local government level in Queensland.4 Demonstrate an ability to analyse current legal structures in environmental law and planning in Qld and NSW.5 Comprehend the principal structure of legislative measures proclaimed by the Federal and State governments to protect national and internationalenvironmental assets.6 Demonstrate written communication skills for reporting on matters considered under environmental planning and protection legislation, i.e. ability topresent and interpret ideas and results in a clear, concise and unambiguous manner.7 Understand the importance of environmental awareness and public participation as major driving forces for the development of environmentalregulations.




27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 4/15


GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7A2. An interdisciplinary perspective 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 2, 3, 4, 5, 7B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contexts 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

C. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 7C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findingsC4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thediscipline 3, 4, 5, 7

D. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrity 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communities 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainability 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional development 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7E. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contexts 2, 3, 4, 5, 7E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines 1, 2, 7


27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 5/15


(Bates, G.M. (2013) Environmental Law in Australia. 8th edition. Butterworths, Sydney.)

3.2 Recommended ResourcesFarrier, D. and Stein, P. (2011) The Environmental Law Handbook. Planning and Land Use in NSW. 5thedition. Redfern Legal Centre Publishing, Redfern.Fisher, D.E. (2003). Environmental Law, Text and Materials. The Law Book Company, Sydney.England, P (2012) Sustainable Planning in Queensland. 3rd Ed. Federation Press, Annandale, NSW.McGrath, C. (2006) Synopsis of the Queensland Environmental Legal System. 4th Ed. Environmental LawPublishing, Brisbane.The journal Environmental and Planning Law Journal is shelved in the Library of the Gold Coast Campusof Griffith University, and students should ensure that they at least browse this journal for information onrecent developments in Australian environmental law.


3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationSupport materials requiredTo be supplied by lecturer.


27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 6/15








DATE LECTURE TUTORIAL

2 Mar - 8 Mar

Part Ia General legal concepts: Australian legal system,criminal law, civil law, common law, statute law, parties in court,court hierarchy, environmental law, separation of powersLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Bates ;

9 Mar - 15 Mar

Part Ib The Nature of PropertyLearning Outcomes: 1, 2Readings/Ref: Bates ;

Week 2: General legal concepts, tutorialon finding legislation, casesand other legal materialLearning Outcomes: 1, 2

16 Mar -22 Mar

Part IIa Planning for private land: a) instruments in general:aims and concepts, principal tools,env. plans, need for env. studies;b) env. planning in Qld: SPA (2009) (State planning instruments,regional plans and PlanningSchemes, master plans, town planning)c) env. planning in NSW: the EPAA (hierarchy of SEPPs,(REPs),LEPs),Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; McGrath

Week 3: Property/ land rights venvironmental protectionLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; McGrath

23 Mar -29 Mar

Part II Planning for private land: ... continuedLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; McGrath ; England

Week 4: IN CLASS TEST 1 - focus: Comparison ofplanning instruments in NSWand Qld and the nature ofproperty

30 Mar - 5 Apr

Part IIIa Development approval and project control: the NSWEPAA - Pt IV complying development, consent dev.,designated dev., integrated dev., state significant dev.

Week 5: Comparison of legislativeinstruments relating to private (freehold) v crownland in NSW and Qld

NOTE: For the FRI group, this tutorial will NOT be available dueto the Good Friday public holiday => pls check info on L@G, tryand get notes from friends in the THUR group or try to attendthe THUR 10am-12 noon tute (if possible).

13 Apr - 19 Apr

Part IIIb Development approval and project control:streamlining of the approval process - the integrateddevelopment approval system IDAS (SPA, Qld)); appealsagainst planning decisions, locus standi, third partiesLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; Fisher ; McGrath ; England

Week 6: IN CLASS TEST 2 ; focus: review of DAsystem in NSWLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; McGrath ; England

20 Apr - 26 Apr

Part IV Pollution Control: licensing in Qld (the EPAct),legislation in NSW (PEOA)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; Fisher ; England ;Environmental

Week 7: Review of developmentapproval system in NSW andQldLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; Fisher ; England ;Environmental

27 Apr - 3 May

Part IV Pollution Control: licensing in Qld (the EPAct),legislation in NSW (PEOA)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; Fisher ; England ;Environmental

Week 8: IN CLASS TEST 3 - focus: Review of developmentapproval system in NSW andQld

4 May - 10 May

Part V Environmental Litigation: (compensation and criminalprosecution), NSW EOPA, NSW EPAA, Qld EPA, alternatedispute resolutionLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; Fisher

Week 9: Review of pollution controllegislationLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; Fisher ; Environmental

11 May -17 May

Part V Environmental Litigation: (compensation and criminalprosecution), NSW EOPA, NSW EPAA, Qld EPA, alternatedispute resolutionLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; Fisher

Week 10: IN CLASS TEST 4 - focus: Review of pollutionlegislation


27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 7/15

DATE LECTURE TUTORIAL

18 May -24 May

Part VI Resource Management: in rural and coastal Australia(Soil, Rural Water, Vegetation):landcare and catchment management provisions, managementof inland freshwater resources, Regional Forest Agreement(RFA), management of clearing of vegetation on private land(Vegetation Management Act 1999 (Qld), vegetation (habitat)protection (e.g. SPP 1/95), integration of planning acrossadministrative boundaries and jurisdictionsLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ; Fisher

Week 11: Review of issues inenvironmental litigationLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ; Fisher ; Environmental

25 May -31 May

Part VII Protection of Biodiversity: international treaties andthe effect on Australian environmental law (Rio Agenda 21,JAMBA, CAMBA), threatened species, EPBCA, TSCA, NCA,conservation of special areas (the GBRMP)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ;

Week 12: IN CLASS TEST 5 ; focus: Review oflegislative framework formanaging natural resources inrural and coastal areasLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ;

1 Jun - 7 Jun

Review of course materialLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; Fisher ; McGrath ; England ;Environmental

Week 13: Exam preparationLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Readings/Ref: Bates ; Farrier ; Fisher ; McGrath ; England ;Environmental

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities Information(NOTE: the above schedule is only tentative and subject to change depending on progress and special interest ofstudents attending this course)

Activity Hours per week Total hours

1. Lectures (two per week) 2 26

2. Tutorials (one per week) 2 24

3. Preparation of assignment (due week 8) - 16

4. Final examination - 3


27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 8/15




5 short tests during tutorials23 Mar 15 - 31 May 15

Wks 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 20% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Assignment - Practice-based AssignmentAssignment

27 Apr 15 - 8 Jun 15Approx. week 9, to be confirmed during the course 25% 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7

Exam - constructed responseFinal Examination Examination Period 55% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

5.2 Assessment Detail5 short tests during tutorialsType: Test or quizLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Due Date:

23 Mar 15 - 31 May 15 Wks 4, 6, 8, 10, 12Weight: 20%Task Description:

All 5 short tests will be taken over a period of 30 min at the beginning of the tutorials earmarked for a test(see Learning Activities - Other Information)

Criteria & Marking:20% weighting overall, each test 4% of total grade


AssignmentType: Assignment - Practice-based AssignmentLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7Due Date:

27 Apr 15 - 8 Jun 15 Approx. week 9, to be confirmed during the courseWeight: 25%Task Description:

The assignment has no explicit word limit and should be submitted approximately in week 9. IMPORTANT: furtherdetails will be provided in lectures and tutorials.



Final ExaminationType: Exam - constructed responseLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7Due Date:

Examination PeriodWeight: 55%Duration: 180 minutesFormat: Closed Book with NotesTask Description:

The final examination will assess the entire course matter of the course. As such, the final examination is asummative exam, intended to certify student achievement in the course.


This assessment item:• is a centrally organised activity• is an individual activity


27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 9/15

• does not include a self assessment activity


5.4 Other Assessment InformationDisclosure StatementIf any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.Summary of AssessmentThe 5 short tests during tutorials are designed to encourage continual reading and learning of coursematerials throughout the semester, to which only limited marks should be allocated. These examinationswill also serve to inform students of the level of their achievement in the course and the type ofassessment which they will encounter in the final and most important examination. There is thus no explicitminimum achievement defined for this assessment item. Test results will be discussed during the following tutorial. Results will be posted throughthe Grade Centre on L@G about one week following the last test.The assignment will provide an opportunity for students to examine a current local government planninginstrument, and to deepen their knowledge about the development approval process in either NSW or Qld(depending on the EPI used for the assignment). Results will be posted via L@G prior to the final examination.The final examination will assess the entire subject matter of the subject, but will concentrate onprocedural and structural matters. The final examination is a summative exam, intended to certify studentachievement in the subject.Minimum Achievement to Pass this CourseTo be eligible to pass the course students are required to complete ALL forms of assessment and must demonstrate a reasonable degree ofcompetence in the required subject objectives as examined in each form of assessment. The pass mark for this subject is 50% in the aggregatescore for all assessment instruments weighted in accord with section 6.1 of this Course Profile and a minimum achievement of 40% in the finalexam.In any case, non-submission of any piece of assessment will incur a fail grade for this course.Publication of Assessment Results & Return of Assessment ItemsMarks for all assessment items including the final exam will be recorded in the Marks Centre and made available to students through MyMarks on Learning@Griffith. Assessment items should be available from the convenor 2 weeks after the submission date.Notification of Availability of Feedback on AssessmentFeedback will be provided on the assessment items primarily during subsequent tutorials and/or via the discussion board.Supplementary AssessmentSupplementary assessment is available in this course in accordance with Section 8 of the University Assessment Policy. A Pass mark must beachieved in the supplementary assessment item or exam to achieve the grade of 4.


27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 10/15

















27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 11/15


















27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 12/15











1 Appreciate the complexity and understand the principle mechanisms of governmental regulations and their limitations for controlling the use andconservation of land and natural resources.2 Demonstrate an understanding of the scope and role of environmental law in the general community and economy.3 Understand the basic concepts of Environmental Planning, material change of use (changes of use to individual land parcels) and land useentitlements at the local government level in Queensland.4 Demonstrate an ability to analyse current legal structures in environmental law and planning in Qld and NSW.5 Comprehend the principal structure of legislative measures proclaimed by the Federal and State governments to protect national and internationalenvironmental assets.6 Demonstrate written communication skills for reporting on matters considered under environmental planning and protection legislation, i.e. ability topresent and interpret ideas and results in a clear, concise and unambiguous manner.7 Understand the importance of environmental awareness and public participation as major driving forces for the development of environmentalregulations.


LEARNING ACTIVITIES1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Part Ia General legal concepts (Lecture) •Part Ib The Nature of Property (Lecture) • •Week 2 (Tutorial) • •Part IIa Planning for private land (Lecture) • • •Week 3 (Tutorial) • • •Part II Planning for private land (Lecture) • • • •Week 4 (Tutorial)

Part IIIa Development approval and project control (Lecture)

Week 5 (Tutorial)

Week 6 (Tutorial) • • • •Part IIIb Development approval and project control (Lecture) • • • • •Part IV Pollution Control (Lecture) • • • • • • •Week 7 (Tutorial) • • • • • • •


27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 13/15


1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Week 8 (Tutorial)

Part V Environmental Litigation (Lecture) • • • • • • •Week 9 (Tutorial) • • • • • • •Week 10 (Tutorial)

Part VI Resource Management (Lecture) • • • • • • •Week 11 (Tutorial) • • • • • • •Part VII Protection of Biodiversity (Lecture) • • • • • • •Week 12 (Tutorial) • • • • • • •Review of course material (Lecture) • • • • • • •Week 13 (Tutorial) • • • • • • •

ASSESSMENT TASKS

5 short tests during tutorials • • • • • • •Assignment • • • • • •Final Examination • • • • • • •




1 2 3 4 5 6 7A KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINES

A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines • • • • • •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective • • • • • •A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • • • • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace • • • • • • •


27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 14/15


B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally • • • • •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing • • • • • •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplinesB4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contexts • • • • • • •C INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT

C1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions tounfamiliar problems •C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidenceappropriate to their disciplines (eg collect, analyse and interpret dataand information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise andorganise information)

• • • • • •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings

C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline • • • •D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES

D1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academicintegrity • • • • • • •D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities • • • • • •D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability • • • • • •D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professionaldevelopment • • • • • •E COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTS


E2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectivelyin culturally or linguistically diverse contexts • • • • •E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines • • •


27 April 2015, 04:33PM Page 15/15









Water Pollution Chemistry 3431ENV - Sem 1 2015 to Sem 1 2015 Griffith University

26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 1/17



COURSE TITLE Water Pollution Chemistry



MODE In Person

LEVEL Undergraduate



Course Description:This course considers some of the chemical processes involved in water pollution. It covers topics such as toxicology, risk assessment, kinetics,sorption, biotransformation, phototransformation, redox processes,the use of stable isotopes and chemodynamics of pollutants together withpotable water and wastewater treatment processes. Chemical aspects of water pollution problems of local and contemporary interest such ascyanobacteria and acid sulfate soils are examined. Chemical groups such as nutrients, PAHs and dioxins are considered with emphasis on theirbehaviour and mode of action. Assessment involves write up of lab work, a mid-semester exam and an end of semester exam. Incompatible:AES3081 Chemical Pollution; 3431AES Water Pollution Chemistry. Advised Prerequisite: Completion of 130CP AND 1022SCG Chemistry 1B OR2209ENV Environmental Chemistry

1.2 Course IntroductionThis course is concerned with the chemistry of water pollution as well as the chemistry of water pollutants. The material is presented in a practicalhands-on way using local examples with emphasis on relevance to Environmental Science and Engineering. Within the BSc it is a core course inthe Environment and Analytical Strand of the Chemistry Major. Within the B Env Man program it is a core course for the Environmental Protectionand Pollution Major and the Physical Environmental Science Major. It is a listed elective in the B Env Eng with Honours in Env Eng program.Students should refer to the Learning@Griffith website for further information about this course, or contact the convenor.

Previous Student FeedbackPrevious student feedback has been extremely positive. No particular problems have been identified. Labs are well received and lecturedemonstrations appreciated. The score for question 6 of the student SEC "Overall, I am satisfied with the quality of this course" for 3431ENV in2014 was 4.9 out of 5.0 from 20 respondents, representing a 61% response rate.


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 2/17

1.3 Course StaffPrimary Convenor Prof Darryl Hawker

PHONE 3735 7102




ROOM 2.20

CONSULTATION During normal office hours. Other times by arrangement.The convenor can and should be consulted on any aspect of this course, from lecture content toworkshopproblems and laboratory reports. Face to face consultation is best, but telephone and e-mail canbe used ifconvenient.As well as being announced during formal contact sessions, important class notices will beplaced on theLearning@Griffith site, so students should check this regularly during semester.



Additional Timetable InformationAdditional Timetable Information.Lectures: Three hours per weekWorkshops: One hour per fortnight on averageLaboratories: Three hours per week (N55 Laboratory -1.29)Please be advised that attendance for Laboratory Exercises is compulsory. Students will not be permitted to do laboratory exercises unless theyhave attended and completed the safety induction which is part of the compulsory 'Course and Laboratory Introduction' session conducted onFriday of Teaching Week 1 (9.00am or 1.00pm). Students also need a current (i.e. done this year) certificate of successful completion of the on-linegeneral safety quiz.Attendance for lectures is strongly encouraged. Past experience has shown a very strong correlation between attendance at lectures and highergrades for this course.Attendance for workshops is not compulsory, however there will be (multiple choice) questions in the relevant exam based on workshop problems.



26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 3/17





This course consists of a coordinated set of lectures, workshops and laboratory work. It is designed to provide students with the ability to analyse,apply and relate fundamental chemistry principles and processes to:1. The fate and behaviour of important water pollutants, and how they are distributed in the aquatic environment2. The urban water cycle and engineering aspects of this3. Toxicology4. Laboratory procedures used in water pollution chemistry5. The determination and application of chemical criteria for water pollution control.


1 Identify and discuss the role of chemistry in water pollution2 Perform calculations involving chemical speciation and distribution and apply these to water quality analysis and interpretations3 Apply deductive logic skills in interpreting water chemistry data and information on chemical fate, behaviour and distribution in the aquaticenvironment4 Carry out practical exercises and interpret results and data5 Prepare and write a laboratory report6 Work and participate effectively as part of a team in a laboratory situation




26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 4/17


GRADUATE ATTRIBUTE LEARNING OUTCOMESA. KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINESA1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6A2. An interdisciplinary perspective 1, 2, 3, 6A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information 1, 2, 3, 4, 6A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge in the workplace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6B. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERSB1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally 2, 4, 6B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing 2, 3, 4, 5, 6B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs, multimedia, visual, musical and other formsappropriate to their disciplines 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

B4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively, including in teams, in the workplace, and inculturally or linguistically diverse contexts 1, 2, 3, 4, 6

C. INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENTC1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions to unfamiliar problems 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence appropriate to their disciplines (eg collect,analyse and interpret data and information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise and organise information) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines and capacity to interpret findings 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to thediscipline 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

D. SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIESD1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academic integrity 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real life problems in relevant communities 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rights and sustainability 1, 2, 3, 4, 5D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professional development 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6E. COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTSE1. Awareness of and respect for the values and knowledges of Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderFirst PeoplesE2. Respect, awareness, knowledge and skills to interact effectively in culturally or linguistically diverse contextsE3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines 1

Additional Course Information on Graduate AttributesThe knowledge and skills gained in this course should enable students to:

• undertake water quality sampling• interpret water quality data• determine and apply water quality criteria• work as part of a tem


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 5/17


Water Pollution Chemistry Lecture Notes - 2015 by D. W. HawkerWater Pollution Chemistry Laboratory and Workshop Manual - 2015 by P.D. Vowles and D.W. Hawker

3.2 Recommended ResourcesAnother useful text is Connell, D.W., “Basic Concepts of Environmental Chemistry”, LewisPublishers, Boca Raton, Fl, 1997 (there is a copy in the Reserve Section and also one on shortloan).An excellent and slightly more advanced text is van Loon, G.W. and Duffy, S.J., “EnvironmentalChemistry - A Global Perspective”, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2000.Possibly the best text is “Aquatic Chemistry” by Stumm, W. and Morgan, J.J., Wiley, N.Y. (1995), but it is quiteadvanced and difficult in places.Manahan, S.E. “Environmental Chemistry”, 7th Edition, Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton,Fl., 2000.Chang, R. “Chemistry”, 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill, Boston, Mass., 1998.Brown, T.L., Le May, H.E. and Burston, B.E., “Chemistry - The Central Science”, 9thEdition, Prentice Hall International, Upper Saddle River, N.J., 2003.


3.5 Other Learning Resources & InformationThe recommended textbook for this course is Baird, C. and Cann, M. “Environmental Chemistry”, 4th Edition, W.H. Freeman and Co., N.Y., 2008.The recommended retail price is approximately $145.00. It is not essential to purchase this textbook, but it is a useful adjunct to many of thelectures. The Campus Bookshop will have some copies. The Nathan Library has a number of copies, one of which is in the Reserve Collection.Please do not purchase until after the Laboratory and Course Inroduction in Teaching Week 1, unless you definitely need or want it.

Do not discard any general and environmental chemistry texts (such as those listed under 'recommended resources') if you have them.For information on the Water Industry and research initiatives in Australia, go towww.waterra.com.au which is the website for Water Research Australia (Limited). A goodlocal journal highlighting local issues, research and problems is “Water” (TD201.W35), thejournal of the Australian Water Association (AWA). Note that it is on-line. The website forthe AWA is www.awa.asn.au.


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 6/17









2 Mar - 8 MarWater Pollution/ Properties of Water 1Learning Outcomes: 1, 3Readings/Ref: Hawker ;

Lab and Course Intro & Safety Induction (Laboratory):(compulsory attendance)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

9 Mar - 15 MarProperties of Water 2 and 3Learning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;

Hardness (Laboratory)Learning Outcomes: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Vowles ;

16 Mar -22 Mar

Toxicology 1 and 2Learning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;

Colloids (Laboratory)Learning Outcomes: 1, 3, 4, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Vowles ;Water Chemistry (Workshop)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4Readings/Ref: Vowles ;

23 Mar -29 Mar

KineticsLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;SorptionLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;

Hydrolysis (Laboratory)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Readings/Ref: Vowles ;Toxicology (Workshop)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2Readings/Ref: Vowles ;

30 Mar - 5 Apr

Microbial TransformationLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;PhototransformationLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;

Kinetics (Workshop)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4Readings/Ref: Vowles ;

13 Apr - 19 Apr

Redox Processes 1Learning Outcomes: 1, 2Readings/Ref: Hawker ;HydrolysisLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;

Soil-water Sorption (Laboratory)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 4, 6Readings/Ref: Vowles ;

20 Apr - 26 AprRedox Processes 2Learning Outcomes: 1, 3Readings/Ref: Hawker ;

27 Apr - 3 May

PAHsLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Hawker ; van Loon ; Stumm

PAHs (Laboratory)Learning Outcomes: 1, 3, 4, 6Readings/Ref: Vowles ;Midsemester Exam (Exam)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3

4 May - 10 May

Nutrients - NitrogenLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3PCBs and DioxinsLearning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3Readings/Ref: Hawker ; Connell

Eutrophication (Laboratory)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6Readings/Ref: Vowles ;Redox Processes (Workshop)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4Readings/Ref: Vowles ;

11 May -17 May

Nutrients - Nitrogen and PhosphorusLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;Potable WaterLearning Outcomes: 1

Eutrophication (Laboratory)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6Readings/Ref: Vowles ;Gases in Water (Workshop)Learning Outcomes: 1, 3, 4Readings/Ref: Vowles ;

18 May -24 May

Wastewater TreatmentLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;

Deoxygenation (Workshop)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4Readings/Ref: Vowles ;THMs (Laboratory)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6Readings/Ref: Vowles ;


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 7/17


25 May -31 May

Environmental Distribution ModellingLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;Stable IsotopesLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;

Environmental Distribution Modelling (Workshop)Learning Outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4Readings/Ref: Vowles ;Cyanobacteria (Laboratory)Learning Outcomes: 1, 3, 4, 6Readings/Ref: Vowles ;

1 Jun - 7 Jun

CyanobacteriaLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;Acid Sulphate SoilsLearning Outcomes: 1Readings/Ref: Hawker ;

4.2 Other Teaching and Learning Activities InformationLectures: Three hours per weekWorkshops: One hour per fortnight on averageLaboratories: Three hours per week (N55 Laboratory -1.29)Please be advised that attendance for Laboratory Exercises is compulsory. Attendance for lecturesis strongly encouraged. Attendance for workshops is not compulsory, however there will be(multiple choice) questions in the relevant exam based on workshop problems.

Teaching Week Laboratory Date

1 Friday 6 MarchLaboratory and Course Introduction& Safety Induction – AttendanceCompulsory

2 Friday 13 March HARD

3 Friday 20 March COLL

4 Friday 27 March HYD

5 Friday 3 April No Lab (Good Friday)

6 Friday 17 April SOIL

7 Friday 24 April No Lab

8 Friday 1 May PAHs

9 Friday 8 May EUT

10 Friday 15 May EUT

11 Friday 22 May THMs

12 Friday 29 May CYAN

13 Friday 5 June No LabCOLL: Colloidal SystemsSOIL: Soil-water sorption of naphthaleneEUT: EutrophicationHYD: Hydrolysis of carbarylPAHs: Extraction and analysis of PAHsHARD: Hardness of waterCYAN: Extraction of toxicants from cyanobacteriaTHMs: Determination of TrihalomethanesDisability Disclosure StatementIf any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 8/17




ASSESSMENT TASK DUE DATE WEIGHTING LEARNING OUTCOMES

Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLaboratory Reports

27 Mar 15 - 12 Jun 153.00pm Friday Weeks 4,5,6,8,10,12,13,14, (via

OCAHS)30% 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Exam - selected and constructed responsesMid - semester Exam 30 Apr 15 08:00 - 30 Apr 15 09:50 35% 1, 2, 3

Exam - selected and constructed responsesEnd of Semester Exam Examination Period 35% 1, 2, 3

5.2 Assessment DetailLaboratory ReportsType: Assignment - Laboratory/Laboratory ReportLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6Due Date:

27 Mar 15 - 12 Jun 15 3.00pm Friday Weeks 4,5,6,8,10,12,13,14, (via OCAHS)Weight: 30%Task Description:

This section consists of submitting reports based on laboratory work conducted during thesemester. To gain credit for practical work, attendance and participation in laboratory work isrequired, and accordingly students should have their raw results or proforma sheets stampedby a staff member before leaving the session. These stamped sheets must be submitted as partof the report. Independent reports with individual interpretations should be submitted althoughstudents may draw on the results obtained by their partner in laboratory classes.The laboratory exercises are conducted in two blocks. The first block consists of the exercises“Hardness of Water” , “Colloidal Systems”, "Hydrolysis" and "Soil-water sorption" and focusses on Properties of Water and Processes thatChemicals Undergo in Water.The second block comprises "PAHs", "Eutrophication", "Trihalomethanes" and "Cyanobacteria". This block focusses on the Urban Water Cycle andContemporary Water Pollution Issues.All laboratory reports are due by 3.00pm Friday, two weeks after the laboratory was conducted.Laboratory reports will consist of completion of the proforma sheet and attaching relevant spectra,chromatograms or plots as appropriate. There are questions at the end of each lab report (see Lab & Workshop Manual for these). The questionswill focus on student interpretation and analysis of results and data as well as student understanding of results and data.Such reports will be worth 3.75% each.Guidance on completion of laboratory reports will be provided in the Laboratory and CourseIntroduction & Safety Induction in Teaching Week 1 (Fri 6 March N55 -1.29)

Criteria & Marking:30% weighting, 80 total marks.

Submission: Via Off Campus and Assignment Handling Services (OCAHS)


Mid - semester ExamType: Exam - selected and constructed responsesLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3Due Date:

30 Apr 15 08:00 - 30 Apr 15 09:50Weight: 35%Perusal: 10 minutesDuration: 90 minutesFormat: Closed BookTask Description:

Thursday, 30 April (Week 8). This will be a test requiring multiple-choice answers and short, written answers. Emphasis will be on performingchemical calculations, applying deductive logic skills in interpreting and applying water data and explaining the role of chemistry in water pollution.The exam will be held during the normal Thursday morning lecture times (i.e. 10.00 am to 11.50 am) and in the normal lecture room.It will cover the first six weeks of lectures up to and including Redox Processes 1, as well as workshops on Water Chemistry, EnvironmentalToxicology and Chemical Kinetics.

Criteria & Marking:


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 9/17

35% weighting.


End of Semester ExamType: Exam - selected and constructed responsesLearning Outcomes Assessed: 1, 2, 3Due Date:


This will be a test requiring multiple-choice and short, written answers. As for the Midsemester exam, its emphasis will be on performing chemicalcalculations, applying deductive logic skills in interpreting water quality data and also explaining the role of chemistry in water pollution.The exam will be held in Exam Weeks and will cover remaining lectures and the remaining workshops not assessed in the Midsemester Exam.

Criteria & Marking:35% weighting, 35 total marks.



5.4 Other Assessment InformationLaboratory (30%)This section consists of submitting reports based on laboratory work conducted during thesemester. To gain credit for practical work, attendance and participation in laboratory work isrequired, and accordingly students should have their raw results or proforma sheets stampedby a staff member before leaving the session. These stamped sheets must be submitted as partof the report. Independent reports with individual interpretations should be submitted althoughstudents may draw on the results obtained by their partner in laboratory classes.The laboratory exercises are conducted in two blocks. The first block consists of the exercises“Hardness of Water” , “Colloidal Systems”, "Hydrolysis" and "Soil-water sorption" and focusses on Properties of Water and Processes thatChemicals Undergo in Water.The second block comprises "PAHs", "Eutrophication", "Trihalomethanes" and "Cyanobacteria". This block focusses on the Urban Water Cycle andContemporary Water Pollution Issues.All laboratory reports are due by 3.00pm Friday, two weeks after the laboratory was conducted.Laboratory reports will consist of completion of the proforma sheet and attaching relevant spectra,chromatograms or plots as appropriate. There are questions at the end of each lab report (see Lab & Workshop Manual for these). The questionswill focus on student interpretation and analysis of results and data as well as student understanding of results and data.Such reports will be worth 3.75% each.Guidance on completion of laboratory reports will be provided in the Laboratory and CourseIntroduction & Safety Induction in Teaching Week 1 (Fri 6 March N55 -1.29)Return of Assessment ItemsMarked laboratory reports will be returned to students during formal contact sessions eg lectures,laboratory exercises or they can be collected from the convenor’s office.Laboratory reports will be returned to students before the next set of reports is due. Exams will generally bemarked within 24 hours.Notification of Availability of Feedback on AssessmentStudents will be notified on the Learning@Griffith website when laboratory reports and exams are marked.Students will also be reminded during formal contact sessions. Spreadsheets containing laboratory reportand exam results will be posted under MarkCentre on the Learning@Griffith site .Supplementary AssessmentSupplementary assessment is available in this course in accordance with Section 8 of the University Assessment Policy. A Pass mark must beachieved in the supplementary assessment item or exam to achieve the grade of 4.Disability Disclosure Statement


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 10/17


If any student has a disability and/or health condition that may impact on their ability to successfully undertake required learning activities in thiscourse, they are encouraged to complete the Griffith University Disclosure Statement and advise their Course Convenor.


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 11/17
















26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 12/17

















Other Course GuidelinesOther Course GuidelinesLABORATORY CONDUCTSafety in the laboratory is paramount. The wearing of labcoats and enclosed footwear during laboratory exercises is compulsory. There are noexceptions.Safety glasses are provided but must be returned.Please be advised that you must complete an On-line Pre-laboratory Induction Program before the first laboratory session. This must be completedeach year and you can’t do laboratories without a current certificate.You also need to attend a course-specific safety induction on Friday of Week 1 in N55 Lab –1.29. You need to be present and sign off on thissignifying your presence and understanding. Again, you won’t be able to do laboratory activities without this.


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 13/17











1 Identify and discuss the role of chemistry in water pollution2 Perform calculations involving chemical speciation and distribution and apply these to water quality analysis and interpretations3 Apply deductive logic skills in interpreting water chemistry data and information on chemical fate, behaviour and distribution in the aquaticenvironment4 Carry out practical exercises and interpret results and data5 Prepare and write a laboratory report6 Work and participate effectively as part of a team in a laboratory situation


LEARNING ACTIVITIES1 2 3 4 5 6

Water Pollution/ Properties of Water 1 (Lecture) • •Lab and Course Intro & Safety Induction (Laboratory) • • • • • •Hardness (Laboratory) • • • • •Properties of Water 2 and 3 (Lecture) •Colloids (Laboratory) • • • • •Toxicology 1 and 2 (Lecture) •Water Chemistry (Workshop) • • • •Hydrolysis (Laboratory) • • • • • •Kinetics (Lecture) •Sorption (Lecture) •Toxicology (Workshop) • •Microbial Transformation (Lecture) •Phototransformation (Lecture) •Kinetics (Workshop) • • • •Soil-water Sorption (Laboratory) • • • •


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 14/17


1 2 3 4 5 6

Redox Processes 1 (Lecture) • •Hydrolysis (Lecture) •Redox Processes 2 (Lecture) • •PAHs (Laboratory) • • • •PAHs (Lecture) • • •Midsemester Exam (Exam) • • •Eutrophication (Laboratory) • • • • •Redox Processes (Workshop) • • • •Nutrients - Nitrogen (Lecture) • • •PCBs and Dioxins (Lecture) • • •Eutrophication (Laboratory) • • • • •Nutrients - Nitrogen and Phosphorus (Lecture) •Potable Water (Lecture) •Gases in Water (Workshop) • • •Deoxygenation (Workshop) • • • •THMs (Laboratory) • • • • •Wastewater Treatment (Lecture) •Environmental Distribution Modelling (Workshop) • • • •Cyanobacteria (Laboratory) • • • •Environmental Distribution Modelling (Lecture) •Stable Isotopes (Lecture) •Cyanobacteria (Lecture) •


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 15/17


1 2 3 4 5 6

Acid Sulphate Soils (Lecture) •ASSESSMENT TASKS

Laboratory Reports • • • • • •Mid - semester Exam • • •End of Semester Exam • • •




1 2 3 4 5 6A KNOWLEDGEABLE AND SKILLED IN THEIR DISCIPLINES

A1. Comprehensive knowledge and skills relating to their disciplines • • • • • •A2. An interdisciplinary perspective • • • •A3. Capacity to find, evaluate and use information • • • • •A4. Ability to apply discipline/professional skills and knowledge inthe workplace • • • • • •B EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATORS AND TEAM MEMBERS

B1. Capacity to communicate effectively with others orally • • •B2. Capacity to communicate effectively with others in writing • • • • •B3. Capacity to communicate effectively with others using ICTs,multimedia, visual, musical and other forms appropriate to theirdisciplines • • • • •B4. Capacity to interact and collaborate with others effectively,including in teams, in the workplace, and in culturally orlinguistically diverse contexts • • • • •C INNOVATIVE AND CREATIVE WITH CRITICAL JUDGEMENT

C1. Ability to use knowledge and skills to devise solutions tounfamiliar problems • • • • • •C2. Ability to analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidenceappropriate to their disciplines (eg collect, analyse and interpret dataand information, generate and test hypotheses, synthesise andorganise information)

• • • • • •C3. Knowledge of research methodologies in their disciplines andcapacity to interpret findings • • • • • •


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 16/17

C4. Ability to generate ideas/products/art works/methods/approaches/perspectives as appropriate to the discipline • • • • • •D SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AND ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITIES

D1. Ethical awareness (professional and personal) and academicintegrity • • • • • •D2. Capacity to apply disciplinary knowledge to solving real lifeproblems in relevant communities • • • • • •D3. Understanding of social and civic responsibilities, human rightsand sustainability • • • • •D4. Understanding the value of further learning and professionaldevelopment • • • • • •E COMPETENT IN CULTURALLY DIVERSE AND INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTS



E3. A global and international perspective on their disciplines •


26 April 2015, 06:33AM Page 17/17

【课程编号】070004

高等数学 1Advanced Mathematics （1）

【学分】 6 【参考学时】96

【编写】喻德生【审核】郑华盛

（一）授课对象

四年制工科本科焊接技术与工程、材料成型及控制工程、高分子与材料工程、金属材料工程、材

料化学、应用化学、环境工程、飞行器设计与工程、飞行器制造工程、飞行器动力工程、机械设计制

造及自动化、电子信息工程、通讯工程、计算机科学与技术、网络工程、软件工程、测控技术与仪器、

电子科学与技术、生物医学工程、自动化、信息管理与信息系统、工程管理、土木工程、教育技术学

等专业。

（二）课程的性质与地位

本课程是高等工科院校各专业重要的学科基础理论必修课。其后续数学课程为高等数学 2，相关数学课程为概率论与数理统计。通过这门课程的学习，使学生系统地获得一元微积分和向量代数与空间

解析几何的基本知识、基础理论和基本方法。培养学生比较熟练的运算能力、抽象思维能力、逻辑推

理能力、几何直观和空间想象能力及自学能力。从而使学生受到数学分析方法和运用这些方法解决几

何、力学和物理等实际问题的初步训练。为学好后继的数学课程及专业课程的学习奠定必要的数学基

础。

（三）课程教学的目标

1、函数、极限、连续

理解函数的概念与性质，了解分段函数、复合函数和初等函数。了解数列的 N 定义、函数极

限的 X 和定义以及这些定义的几何意义，了解数列极限、函数极限的性质。理解无穷小的概

念与性质，极限与无穷小之间的关系。了解无穷大的定义、无穷大与无穷小之间的关系。熟练掌握极

限的四则运算性质，了解极限存在的单调有界准则和佳逼准则。掌握无穷小的比较和两个重要极限，

会用左、右极限求函数在分段点处的极限。理解函数在一点连续的三种等价形式的定义，会求函数的

间断点并会判断间断点的类型，会用左、右连续判断函数在分段点处的连续性。了解连续函数的四则

运算性质，了解反函数与复合函数的连续性和初等函数的连续性，了解闭区间上连续函数有界性、最

值定理、零点定理和介值定理。

2、一元函数微分学理解导数与微分的概念，导数与微分的几何意义，会求曲线的切线与法线。了解连续与可导、可

导与可微之间的关系。熟记基本初等函数的求导公式与微分公式，熟练掌握函数和、差、积、商的求

导法则和微分法则，复合函数的求导法则和微分法则。掌握反函数的求导法则，掌握隐函数与由参数

方程所确定的函数的求导法。了解高阶导数的概念以及高阶导数的运算性质，会求函数的二阶导数和

一些函数的 n阶导数。会求相关变化率，会用微分进行近似计算。掌握罗尔定理和拉格朗日中值定理，了解柯西中值定理，会用构造函数法证题。知道洛必达法则

的证明，会用洛必达法则求未定式的极限。知道泰勒中值定理的证明，熟记几个常见函数的麦克劳林

展开式，会求一些函数的泰勒展开式和麦克劳林展开式。会用导数判断函数的单调性，会求函数的单

调区间。了解曲线凹凸与拐点的定义，会求曲线的凹凸区间与拐点。理解函数极值的概念，会求函数

的极值，会求解一些问题的最值应用题。会描绘一些函数的图形。了解弧微分、曲率、曲率半径的概

念，会求曲线的曲率与曲率半径。知道方程的近似解解法大意。

3、一元函数积分学

理解原函数和不定积分的概念与性质，熟记基本初等函数的不定积分公式。理解定积分的概念与

性质，理解积分上限函数的概念，会求积分上限函数的导数。熟练掌握不定积分、定积分的换元积分

法和分部积分法。会求有理函数和一些可化为有理函数的积分。理解无限区间与无界函数的反常积分

的概念，会求这两种类型的反常积分。了解定积分的元素法的思想，掌握定积分在求平面图形的面积、

体积和弧长中的应用，了解定积分在求变力沿直线运动所作的功、水压力等中的应用。

4、向量代数与空间解析几何

理解向量的基本概念，掌握向量的线性运算。理解数量积、向量积的概念，以及这两个概念的几

何、物理意义。掌握数量积、向量积运算性质。了解一般曲面的概念，会求旋转曲面和柱面的方程。

知道空间曲线的一般方程、参数方程，以及空间曲线的投影柱面和在坐标面上的投影曲线。熟练掌握

平面的点法式方程、一般方程和截距式方程，空间直线的一般方程、对称式方程和参数方程。熟练掌

握平面与平面、直线与平面、直线与直线间相互平行、相互垂直的判定。会求平面与平面、直线与平

面、直线与直线之间的夹角，会求点到平面的距离。

（四）课程教学的内容


（1）函数：函数的定义。函数的有界性、单调性、奇偶性和周期性。反函数及其图形。复合函数。

基本初等函数、初等函数。分段函数。双曲函数与反双曲函数。（2）极限：数列极限的ε-N 定义。收

敛数列的性质（极限的唯一性、收敛数列的有界性、收敛数列与其子数列的关系）。函数极限的εδ

定义、εX 定义。函数的左、右极限。函数极限的局部保号性。无穷小与无穷大的定义。无穷小与函

数极限的关系。无穷小的运算性质。无穷小的比较。极限的四则运算法则与复合函数极限的运算法则。

极限存在准则（夹逼准则和单调有界准则）。两个重要极限。（3）函数的连续性：函数在一点连续的三

种等价定义（

),()(lim,0lim 00 0

xfxfyxxx

的定义）,函数的左连续与右连续。函数的间断点及分类。

连续函数的和、差、积、商的连续性。反函数与复合函数的连续性。基本初等函数与初等函数的连续

性。（4）闭区间上连续函数的性质：最大值最小值定理、介值定理。

重点：函数的概念（包括复合函数与分段函数）。极限的概念。无穷小。极限的四则运算。函数极

限的求法。函数的连续性及间断点的求法与分类。

难点：复合函数、极限的定义（对εδ定义、εN 定义等分析定义、主要是加强理解，具体求 N

或δ不作过高要求）。分段函数的连续性。函数间断点的求法与分类。

2、一元函数微分学

（1）导数与微分：导数的定义，导数的几何意义。平面曲线的切线与法线。函数的可导性与连续

性之间的关系。函数的和、差、积、商的导数。反函数的导数，复合函数的导数。基本初等函数的导

数公式。初等函数的求导问题。高阶导数。隐函数的一、二阶导数。由参数方程所确定的函数的一、

二阶导数。对数求导法。相关变化率。微分的定义，微分的几何意义。基本初等函数的微分公式，微

分运算法则，微分形式不变性。微分在近似计算中的应用。（2）微分中值定理：罗尔中值定理，拉格

朗日中值定理，柯西中值定理。罗必达法则。泰勒中值定理和麦克劳林公式。（3）导数的应用：函数

单调性的判定法。函数的极值及其求法。最大值、最小值问题。曲线的凹凸性拐点，函数图形的描绘。

弧微分，曲率与曲率半径。二分法与切线法。

重点：导数的概念，导数的几何意义。平面曲线的切线与法线。复合函数的导数。隐函数的导数

的求法。由参数方程式所确定的函数的导数的求法。微分的概念。拉格朗日中值定理。洛必达法则。

函数单调性判定法。函数的极值及其求法。最大值、最小值的求法及应用问题。

难点：复合函数的导数。分段函数的导数。隐函数的导数。高阶导数和由参数方程所确定的函数

的高阶导数。微分形式不变性。拉格朗日中值定理。泰勒公式。最大值、最小值的应用问题。


（1）不定积分：原函数与不定积分的概念。不定积分的性质。基本积分公式。换元积分法与分部

积分法。几种特殊类型函数的积分。积分表的使用。（2）定积分：定积分的定义。定积分存在定理的

叙述。定积分的性质。定积分的中值定理与平均值。积分上限的函数及其求导定理。牛顿——莱布尼

公式。定积分的换元积分法与分部积分。反常积分。（3）定积分的应用：定积分的元素法。定积分在

几何学中的应用（面积、弧长、平行截面面积为已知的立体的体积及旋转体的体积）。定积分在物理学

中的应用（功、水压力、引力）。

重点：原函数与不定积分的概念。基本积分公式。不定积分与定积分的换元积分法和分部积分法。

定积分的定义。定积分的性质。定积分的中值定理。积分上限的函数及其求导定理。牛顿——莱克尼

兹公式。定积分的元素法。定积分的几何应用。

难点：定积分的定义。定积分的性质。定积分的换元积分法。积分上限的函数及其求导定理。定

积分的元素法。定积分的物理应用。


（1）向量代数：空间直角坐标系。向量的基本概念。向量的分解与向量的坐标。方向余弦与方向

数。投影定理。向量的线性运算，向量积、混合积。两向量的夹角。两向量平行与垂直的条件。（2）

平面与直线：平面方程（点法式、一般式、截距式）。两平面的夹角。两平面平行与垂直的条件。点到

平面的距离。空间直线方程（一般式、点向式、参数式）。两直线的夹角。两直线平行与垂直的条件。

直线与平面的夹角及交点。直线与平面平行、垂直的条件。平面束方程。（3）曲面与空间曲线：曲面

方程的概念。球面方程。旋转曲面的方程（包括圆锥面）。母线平行于坐标轴的柱面方程。空间曲线的

方程（一般式、参数式）。空间曲线在坐标面上的投影。椭球面，抛物面，双曲面。

重点：向量的概念。向量的坐标。向量的数量积与向量积。平面的点法式方程。直线的对称式方

程。曲面方程的概念。球面方程。母线平行于坐标轴的柱面方程。空间曲线的参数方程。空间曲线在

坐标面上的投影。

难点：向量的向量积。空间曲线在坐标面上的投影。

（五）教学方式与习题要求


要求学生完成作业 100-120 题。其中，概念题 10%，证明题 10%，计算题 80%。

2、一元函数微分学



要求学生完成作业 200-220 题，其中，概念题 2%，证明题 8%，计算题 90%。



（六）考核办法

1、主要根据考试成绩与平时成绩考核学业成绩。考试成绩约占 80%，平时成绩约占 20%。2、实行考教分离，闭卷考试，全校统考，集体阅卷的方式评定考试成绩。

3、平时成绩主要依据学生作业的数量与质量、到课率等方面的情况评定。

（七）推荐教材及主要参考书

1、同济大学应用数学系主编，《高等数学》（第五版上册），高等教育出版社，2002 年 7 月。2、喻德生、郑华盛主编，《高等数学学习引导》（第二版），化学工业出版社，2003 年 8 月。

（八）学时分配

序号教学内容学时

分配

其中

讲授习题课实验其它

1 函数、极限、连续 20 16 4

2 导数与微分 14 12 2

3 中值定理与导数的应用 18 14 4

4 不定积分 10 8 2

5 定积分 10 8 2

5 定积分的应用 8 6 2

6 向量代数与空间解析几何 16 12 4

合计 96 76 20

【课程编号】070102

高等数学 2Advanced Mathematics （2）

【学分】 6 【参考学时】96



四年制工科本科电子信息工程、通讯工程、计算机科学与技术、网络工程、软件工程、测控技术

与仪器、电子科学与技术、生物医学工程、自动化、信息管理与信息系统等专业。


本课程是高等工科院校电类各专业重要的学科基础理论必修课。其先修数学课程为高等数学 1，相关数学课程为概率论与数理统计。通过这门课程的学习，使学生系统地获得多元函数微积分、无穷级

数与常微分方程的基本知识、基本理论和基本方法。培养学生比较熟练的运算能力、抽象思维能力、

逻辑推理能力、几何直观和空间想象能力及自学能力。从而使学生受到数学分析方法和运用这些方法

解决几何、力学和物理等实际问题的初步训练。为学好后继的数学课程及专业课程奠定必要的数学基

础。


1、多元函数微分学

知道平面点集和 n维空间的有关概念，知道多元函数、多元函数的极限和多元函数连续的概念。了解二元函数、二元函数极限、二元函数连续、二元函数的间断点的概念。知道多元函数在有界闭区

域上的有界性，最大值最小值定理和介值定理。理解偏导数与偏导数的几何意义。了解高阶偏导数的

定义，知道二阶混合偏导数相等的充分条件。理解全微分的定义，可微、可导与连续之间的关系，了

解全微分形式的不变性。掌握多元复合函数的求导法则，会求多元复合函数的一、二阶偏导数。了解

方程和方程组所定的隐函数存在定理的条件与结论，会求方程和方程组所定隐函数的的导数。会求空

间曲线的切线与法平面的方程，曲面的切平面与法线的方程。了解方向导数与梯度的概念以及导数、

方向导数和梯度之间的联系，会求用偏导数求函数的方向导数和梯度。了解二元函数极值与条件极值

的概念，掌握二元函数极值、条件极值和最值的求法。

2、多元函数积分学

理解二重积分的概念与性质，掌握二重积分在直角坐标系和极坐标下的计算方法，了解二重积分

的换元法。了解三重积分的概念与性质，掌握三重积分在直角坐标系、柱坐标系和球坐标系下的计算

方法。了解重积分在求曲面面积、空间立体体积、质心、转动惯量与引力中的应用。理解对弧长的曲

线积分和对坐标的曲线积分的概念与性质，了解对弧长的曲线积分和对坐标的曲线积分的物理意义，

掌握对弧长的曲线积分和对坐标的曲线积分的计算方法。知道两种曲线积分之间的关联系。熟练掌握

格林公式，平面曲线积分与路径无关的条件，和二元函数的全微分求积。理解对面积的曲面积分和对

坐标的曲面积分的概念与性质，了解对面积的曲面积分和对坐标的曲面积分的物理意义，掌握对面积

曲面积分和对坐标的曲面积分的计算方法。熟练掌握高斯公式。了解沿任意闭曲面积分为零的条件，

通量与散度的概念。了解斯托克斯公式，知道环流量与旋度的概念。

3、无穷级数

理解常数项级数的基本概念与性质，级数收敛的必要条件。理解正项级数的概念与正项级数收敛

的充分必要条件，掌握正项级数收敛与发散的比较审敛法和极限审敛法，熟练掌握正项级数收敛与发

散的比值审敛法和根值审敛法。了解交错级数的概念，掌握莱布尼茨定理。理解绝对收敛与条件收敛

的概念，收敛与绝对收敛之间的关系。了解函数项级数、幂级数的基本概念，熟练掌握幂级数收敛半

径和收敛区间的求法。了解幂级数的四则运算性质，掌握幂级数的分析性质。了解函数能展开成泰勒

级数的充分必要条件，会求函数的幂级数展开式。了解幂级数在近似计算中的应用，知道欧拉公式。

了解三角级数的概念与三角函数系的正交性，函数展开成傅立叶级数的迪利克雷条件。掌握函数展开

成傅立叶级数、正弦级数、余弦级数的方法。了解一般周期函数的傅立叶展开式。

4、常微分方程

了解常微分方程的基本概念。熟练掌握可分离变量的微分方程、一阶线性微分方程的解法。掌握

齐次方程、伯努利方程、全微分方程和可降阶的微分方程的解法。理解线性微分方程的解的结构，熟

练掌握二阶常系数齐次线性微分方程、二阶常系数非齐次线性微分方程的解法。掌握欧拉方程的解法，

了解微分方程的幂级数解法。

（四）课程教学的内容


（1）多元函数：区域。多元函数的定义。二元函数的极限与连续性。有界闭区域上连续函数性质的叙述。（2）偏导数与全微分：偏导数的定义。二元函数偏导数的几何意义。高阶偏导数。二阶混合偏导数可以交换求导次序的充分条件。全微分的定义，可微与可偏导的关系。全微分存在的条件。多

元复合函数的求导法则。隐函数的求导公式（一个方程和方程组的情形）。方向导数，梯度。（3）偏导数的应用：空间曲线的切线与法平面。曲面的切平面与法线。多元函数的极值及其求法。条件极值与

拉格朗日乘数法。最大值、最小值问题。

重点：多元函数的定义。偏导数的定义与计算。偏导数的几何应用。全微分的定义。多元复合函

数的求导公式。多元函数的极值及其求法。

难点：全微分的定义。全微分形式不变性。多元复合函数的求导法则。方程组情形的隐函数求导

法。条件极限值与拉格朗日乘数法。


（1）重积分：二重积分的定义。二重积分存在定理的叙述。二重积分的性质。二重积分的计算法（直角坐标与极坐标）。三重积分的定义及其性质。三重积分的计算法（直角坐标、柱面坐标及球面坐

标）。（2）重积分的应用：二重积分在几何学中的应用（立体的体积、曲面的面积）。二重积分在物理学中的应用举例（平面薄片的重心、平面薄片的转动惯量、平面薄片对质点的引力）。（3）曲线积分：对弧长的曲线积分的定义及其性质。对弧长的曲线积分的计算法。对坐标的曲线积分的定义及其性质。

对坐标的曲线积分的计算法。两类曲线积分的联系。格林公式。平面曲线积分与路径无关的条件。二

元函数的全微分求积。（4）曲面积分：对面积的曲面积分的定义及其性质，对面积的曲面积分的计算法。对坐标的曲面积分的定义及其性质，对坐标的曲面积分的计算法。两类曲面积分的联系。高斯

公式。斯托克斯公式。通量与散度。环流量与旋度。沿任意闭曲面的曲面积分为零的条件。空间曲线

积分与路径无关的条件。

重点：二重积分的定义。二重积分的计算法。三重积分的计算法。二重积分的几何应用。曲线积

分的概念及其计算法。格林公式。平面曲线积分与路径无关的条件。二元函数的全微分求积。曲面积

分的概念及其计算法。高斯公式。

难点：利用极坐标计算二重积分。利用柱面坐标和球面坐标计算三重积分。对坐标的曲线积分的

计算法。格林公式。二元函数的全微分求积。对坐标的曲面积分的计算法。高斯公式。斯托克斯公式。

3、无穷级数

（1）常数项级数：无穷级数及其收敛与发散的定义。无穷级数收敛的必要条件。几何级数、调和级数与 p级数。正项级数的比较审敛法及其极限形式。正项级数的比值审敛法、根值审敛法和极限审敛法。交错级数，莱布尼兹定理。绝对收敛与条件收敛。（2）幂级数：函数项级数及其收敛域。幂级数的概念。阿贝尔定理。幂级数的收敛半径与收敛区间。幂级数的四则运算。和函数的连续性。幂级

数的逐项微分与逐项积分。泰勒级数。函数展开为泰勒级数的充要条件。函数x1

1、ex 、sinx 、cosx 、

ln（1+x）、（1+x）m 的麦克劳林展开式。函数展成幂级数的间接展开法。幂级数在近似计算中的应用。

欧拉公式。（3）傅立叶级数：三角级数。三角函数系的正交性。傅立叶系数计算公式，函数展开成傅立叶级数。收敛定理（狄利克雷充分条件）。奇函数与偶函数的傅立叶级数。函数展开成正弦级数或余

弦级数。周期为 2 l的周期函数的傅立叶级数。重点：无穷级数收敛与发散的定义。无穷级数的基本性质。正项级数的比较审敛法及其极限形式、

比值审敛法和根值审敛法。莱布尼兹定理。级数的绝对收敛与条件收敛。幂级数的收敛半径与收敛区

间。函数展成幂级数的间接展开法。函数展开成傅立叶级数。

难点：正项级数的比较审敛法。莱布尼兹定理。幂级数的和函数。

4、常微分方程

（1）微分方程的基本概念：微分方程的定义、微分方程的阶、解、通解、初始条件、特解。（2）一阶微分方程：可分离变量的微分方程。齐次方程。一阶线性微分方程。贝努利方程。全微分方程。

用变量代换法解一阶微分方程举例。（3）可降阶的高阶微分方程： )()( xfy n 型微分方程。

)',(" yxfy 型微分方程。 )',(" yyfy 型微分方程。（4）高阶线性微分方程：线性微分方程的解的

结构。常数变易法。二阶常系数齐次线性微分方程。二阶常系数非齐次线性微分方程。欧拉方程。微

分方程的幂级数解法。

重点：微分方程的定义。微分方程的阶、解、通解、初始条件、特解。可分离变量的一阶微分方

程。一阶线性微分方程。二阶常系数线性微分方程。

难点：全微分方程。齐次方程，伯努利方程。二阶常系数非齐次线性微分方程特解的求法。

（五）习题要求





3、无穷级数


4、常微分方程

要求学生完成作业 80-100题，其中，概念题 5%，证明题 5%，计算题 90%。（六）考核办法

1、主要根据考试成绩与平时成绩考核学业成绩。考试成绩约占 80%，平时成绩约占 20%。2、实行考教分离，闭卷考试，全校统考，集体阅卷的方式评定考试成绩。3、平时成绩主要依据学生作业的数量与质量、到课率等方面的情况评定。


1、同济大学应用数学系主编，《高等数学》（第五版下册），高等教育出版社，2002 年 7 月。2、喻德生、郑华盛主编，《高等数学学习引导》（第二版），化学工业出版社，2003 年 8 月。



分配

其中


1 多元函数微分学 22 18 42 重积分 14 12 23 曲线积分与曲面积分 18 14 44 无穷级数 20 16 45 常微分方程 22 18 4

合计 96 78 18

【课程编号】070017

线性代数 CLinear Algebra C

【学分】2 【参考学时】32

【编写】李曦【审核】喻德生


四年制工科本科焊接技术与工程、材料成型及控制工程、高分子与材料工程、金属材料工程、材

料化学、应用化学、环境工程、机械设计及其自动化、飞行器设计与工程、飞行器制造工程、飞行器

动力工程、信息管理与信息系统、工程管理、土木工程等专业。

（二）性质、地位和任务

线性代数是讨论代数学中线性关系经典理论的课程，是理工科学生的一门重要的必修基础课程，

该课程具有概念多、定理多、内容抽象而实例少的特点，它具有较强的抽象性与逻辑性。由于线性问

题广泛存在于科学技术的各个领域，而某些非线性问题在一定条件下，也可以转化为线性问题，尤其

是在计算机日益普及的今天，解大型线性方程组、求矩阵的特征值与特征向量等已经成为工程技术人

员经常遇到的课题，因此本课程所介绍的方法广泛地应用于各个学科，本课程的地位和作用显得更加

重要。通过教学，应使学生掌握该课程的基本理论与方法，培养解决实际问题的能力，并为学习相关

课程及进一步扩大数学知识面奠定必要的数学基础。


通过本课程的学习，使学生获得工程技术中常用的矩阵方法及线性方程组、矩阵对角化、二次型

等理论与有关的基础知识，并具有熟练的矩阵运算能力和用矩阵方法解决一些实际问题的能力，从而

为学习后继课程及进一步扩大数学知识面奠定必要的数学基础。

（四）教学内容

1．行列式

(1) 会求 n元排列的逆序数；（2）掌握二、三阶行列式的计算方法； (3) 深入理解 n 阶行列式的定

义；（4）掌握行列式的性质，并且会正确使用行列式的有关性质化简、计算行列式；（5）掌握行列式

按行（列）展开法则； (6)了解 n 阶行列式的计算； (7) 理解克拉默法则，会用该法则判定线性方程

组的存在性、唯一性及求出方程组的解。

重点：（1）n 阶行列式的定义及性质； (2)行列式的计算；（3）克拉姆法则及运用；

难点：（1）理解行列式的定义；（2）行列式按行（列）展开法则；（4）一般高阶行列式的计算。

2．矩阵及其运算

(1) 理解矩阵的概念； (2)了解单位矩阵、对角矩阵三角矩阵、对称矩阵和反对称矩阵以及他们的

性质；（3）掌握矩阵的线性运算、乘法运算、转置运算以及它们的运算规律，了解方阵的幂、方阵

乘积的行列式； (4) 理解逆矩阵的概念，掌握逆阵的性质及其存在的充要条件，了解逆矩阵的运算规

律，会用伴随矩阵求逆矩阵。 (5) 了解矩阵的分块法及分块矩阵的运算。

重点：（1）矩阵及其运算；(2) 逆矩阵的求解；（3）矩阵可逆的条件；（4）分块矩阵的技巧运算。

难点：（1）逆矩阵及其求法；（2）分块矩阵。

3．矩阵的初等变换及线性方程组

(1) 掌握矩阵的初等变换的概念，了解初等变换的性质和矩阵等价的概念； (2)理解矩阵秩的概念

并掌握用初等变换求矩阵的秩的方法。 (3) 理解齐次线性方程组有非零解的充要条件及非齐次线性方

程组有解的充要条件，会用该定理判别方程组是否有非零解； (4)理解初等矩阵的定义，了解初等矩阵

的性质及应用，会用初等变换求线性方程组通解的方法及逆矩阵。

重点：(1)初等变换的概念； (2)矩阵秩的概念； (3) 线性方程组解的充要条件； (4)初等矩阵；（5）

用初等变换求解线性方程组。

难点：（1）初等矩阵及其应用；（2）定理的证明。

4．向量组的线性相关性

(1) 理解 n 维向量的概念。 (2) 理解向量组的线性相关性与线性无关的等概念；（3）掌握判断向

量组线性相关与线性无关的常用方法；（4）掌握用矩阵表示向量组及用矩阵运算表示向量运算的方

法；(5) 理解向量组最大无关组与向量组的秩的概念，并会矩阵的秩初等变换求向量组的秩和最大线性

无关组； (6) 了解 n 维向量空间及子空间，知道向量空间的基、维数、向量空间的结构； (7) 理解齐

次线性方程组解的性质、基础解系、解的结构及通解等概念，理解非齐次线性方程组解的性质，通解

以及解的结构，并会求解； (8) 掌握用初等变换求线性方程组基础解系和通解的方法。

重点：（1）线性相关性；（2）向量组的最大无关组及其秩。（3）矩阵的秩。（4）基础解系

及通解；（5）线性方程组解的结构。

难点：（1）向量组线性相关性的概念及秩的概念；（2）向量组的秩及相关结论；（3）向量空间及

向量空间的基和维数；（4）齐次线性方程组的基础解系；（3）定理的证明及理解。

5．相似矩阵及二次型

（1）了解向量的内积概念，知道向量的长度，向量之间的角度及正交，理解正交组的概念，掌握

线性无关组化正交组的施密特正交化；(2) 理解矩阵的特征值与特征向量的概念，会求矩阵的特征值及

特征向量； (3)了解相似矩阵的概念、性质及矩阵对角化的充要条件，会求对称矩阵的相似对角变换；

(4)理解正交矩阵概念及性质； (5) 掌握二次型及其矩阵表示，了解二次型秩的的概念，了解惯性定理；

（6）掌握用正交变换法化二次型为标准形的方法，了解用配方法化二次型为标准形； (7) 掌握二次型

的正定性及其判别方法，矩阵的正定性及其判别法。

重点：（1）矩阵的特征值与特征向量求法； (2)相似矩阵，矩阵对角化的充要条件； (3)正交变换

法化二次型为标准形。（4）二次型及其矩阵的正定性及其判别方法。

难点：（1）判别矩阵对角化的方法；（2）正交变换的过程；（3）正定的判定。


本课程宜采取启发式教学方式，教学手段应采取多媒体与板书相结合的方式，应让学生理解概念

的基础上掌握基本内容；对习题应采取批改与讲评相结合的方式，具体各章习题要求如下：

1．行列式： 14-16 个习题。

2．矩阵及其运算：10-12 个习题。

3．矩阵的初等变换及线性方程组：16-18 个习题。

4．向量组的线性相关性：20-22 个习题。

5．相似矩阵及二次型：20-22 个习题。

（六）推荐教材与主要参考书

推荐教材：同济大学数学教研室编《线性代数》第三版,高等教育出版社，2003。

主要参考书：

1．同济大学数学教研室编《线性代数》第三版,高等教育出版社，2003；

2．喻德生，易青，郑华盛主编，线性代数学习引导，化学工业出版社，2003 年 8 月；

3. 钱志强，线性代数教学参考，中国致公出版社，2002。

（七）学时分配


分配

其中


1 行列式 6 6

2 矩阵及其运算 4 4

3 矩阵的初等变换与线性方程组 7 7

4 向量组的线性相关性 7 6 1

5 相似矩阵及二次型 8 7 1

合计 32 30 2

【课程编号】070003

概率论与数理统计Probability and Statistics

【学分】3.0 【参考学时】48



四年制工科本科焊接技术与工程、材料成型及控制工程、高分子与材料工程、金属材料工程\环境工程、飞行器设计与工程、飞行器制造工程、飞行器动力工程、机械设计制造及自动化、电子信息工

程、通讯工程、计算机科学与技术、网络工程、软件工程、测控技术与仪器、电子科学与技术、生物

医学工程、自动化、信息管理与信息系统、工程管理、土木工程等专业。


本课程包含概率论与数理统计的基本内容，是工科各专业的基础理论必修课。其先修课程为高等

数学 1和高等数学 2。通过本课程的学习，使学生掌握概率论与数理统计的基本知识、基本理论和基本

方法，培养学生运用概率论与数理统计基本知识、基本理论和基本方法分析随机问题、解决随机问题

的技能，为后继课程的学习和从事专业工作提供相应的数学基础。


1、了解随机事件的概念，掌握事件间的关系和运算。理解概率的统计定义和古典定义，了解概率

的简单性质，熟悉练掌握加法定理。了解条件概率，掌握乘法公式。了解互斥完备事件组的概念，掌

握全概公式。理解事件独立的概念，掌握二项概率公式。

2、了解随机变量的概率，掌握分布函数及其性质。理解离散型随机变量和连续型随机变量，掌握

连续型随机变量的概率密度函数及其性质。了解二维随机变量、联合分布、边缘分布的概念以及联合

分布、边缘分布之间的关系。理解二维随机变量的相互独立性。知道随机变量函数的分布。

3、理解数学期望、方差的概念，了解随机变量函数的数学期望。了解数学期望、方差的简单性质，

掌握数学期望、方差的计算。知道大数定理和中心极限定理的条件和结论。

4、了解随机样本和抽样分布的基本概念，掌握χ2分布、t分布、F分布和正态总体的样本均值与

样本方差的分布。

5、了解点估计的基本概念，掌握矩估计法和极大似然估计法，掌握估计量的无偏性、有效性和一

致性。理解区间估计的基本概念，掌握正态总体均值与方差的单、双侧区间估计，会求（0-1）分布参

数的单、双侧区间估计。

6、了解假设检验的基本概念，掌握单个总体均值和两个正态总体均值的假设检验，掌握单个正态

总体方差和两个正态总体方差的假设检验，会求成对数据的检验。


1、概率论的基本概念

随机试验，样本空间，随机事件，频率，概率的公理化定义与性质，等可能概型，条件概率，乘

法定理，全概公式，贝叶斯公式，独立性。

重点：概率的定义与性质。加法公式，乘法公式。事件独立性，全概公式，二项概率公式。

难点：条件概率，复合事件的分解及概率的计算，逆概公式。

2、随机变量及其分布

随机变量概念。离散型随机变量的概念，离散型随机变量概率分布与性质，（0-1）分布，二项分

布，泊松分布。随机变量的分布函数与性质，连续型随机变量及其概率密度的概念与性质均匀分布，

指数分布，正态分布。随机变量的函数的分布。

重点：分布函数及其性质。离散型和连续型随机变量的概念，连续型随机变量的概率密度函数与

性质。

难点：随机变量函数的分布函数。

3、多维随机变量及其分布

二维随机变量、离散型二维随机变量、连续型二维随机变量的概念。二维随机变量函数的概念与

性质，离散型二维随机变量的分布率与连续型二维随机变量的密度函数的概念与性质。边缘分布函数、

边缘分布率与边缘密度函数的的概念与性质。条件分布率与条件密度函数的函数的概念与性质。相互

独立的随机变量几种等价形式的定义，随机向量相互独立的结论。两个随机变量函数的和的分布，两

个相互独立的随机变量的极大、极小分布。

重点：连续型二维随机变量的概率密度函数、边缘分布的概率密度函数。随机变量独立性的概念。

难点：二维随机变量函数的分布函数，边缘分布的概率密度函数，条件分布的概率密度函数，两

个随机变量的函数的概率密度函数。

4、随机变量的数字特征

数学期望的概念与性质，随机变量函数的数学期望。方差、标准差的概念与性质，切比雪夫不等

式，几种重要随机变量的数学期望及方差。协方差与相关系数的概念与性质，矩与协方差矩阵的概念。

重点：数学期望的概念与计算，方差的概念与计算。常用六种分布的数字特征。

难点：随机变量函数的数学期望与方差的计算，协方差及相关系数的计算。

5、大数定理及中心极限定理

依概率收敛的概念，雪比切夫大数定理，伯努利大数定理和辛钦大数定理。独立同分布中心极限

定理，李雅普诺夫中心极限定理和棣莫弗-拉普拉斯中心极限定理。

重点：大数定理与中心极限定理的结论。

难点：大数定理和中心极限定理的证明。

6、样本及抽样分布

随机样本、简单随机样本、统计量和抽样分布的基本概念，一些常见的统计量，2 -分布、 t -分

布和 F -分布的概念与性质，正态总体的样本均值与样本方差分布的一些结论。重点：χ2分布、t分布、F分布的概念。

难点：χ2分布、t分布、F分布、正态总体样本均值与样本方差的分布的有关结论的证明。

7、参数估计

估计量的基本概念，矩估计与最大似然，估计量的评选标准。区间估计的基本概念，正态总体均

值与方差的区间估计，（0-1）分布参数的区间估计，单侧置信区间。

重点：点估计法和正态总体均值与方差的区间估计，估计量的评选标准。

难点：一些问题的极大似然估计。

8、假设检验

假设检验的基本概念，正态总体均值的假设检验，正态总体方差的假设检验，置信区间与假设检

验之间的关系。

重点：正态总体均值与方差的假设检验。

难点：所估计的随机变量向常用统计量的转化等。

（五）习题要求

1、随机事件与概率

要求学生完成作业 50-60题。其中概念题 10%，证明题 10%，计算题 80%。

2、随机变量及其分布


3、多维随机变量及其分布

要求学生完成作业 40-50题，其中概念题 10%，证明题 10%，计算题 80%。

4、随机变量的数字特征

要求学生完成作业 40-50题，其中概念题 10%，证明题 5%，计算题 85%

5、大数定理及中心极限定理


6、样本及抽样分布


7、参数估计


8、假设检验

要求学生完成作业 25-35题。其中概念题 10%，计算题 90%。


1．主要根据考试成绩与平时成绩考核学业成绩。考试成绩约占 80%，平时成绩约占 20%。

2．实行考教分离，闭卷考试，全校统考，集体阅卷的方式评定考试成绩。

3．平时成绩主要依据学生作业的数量与质量、到课率等方面的情况评定。


1．赵树源主编，微积分（修订本），中国人民大学出版社，1988年 6月；

2．徐建豪等主编，经济应用数学——微积分，高等教育出版社，2003年 9月。


章节

序号章节名称

学时

分配

其中


1 概率论的基本概念 9 7 2

2 随机变量及其分布 8 6 2

3 多维随机变量及其分布 7 6 1

4 随机变量的数字特征 6 5 1

5 大数定理与中心极限定理 3 3

6 样本及抽样分布 3 3

7 参数估计 6 5 1

8 假设检验 6 5 1

合计 48 40 8

【课程编号】030030

课程名称无机及分析化学 A

Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry

【学分】4 【学时】64

【编写】吴小琴【审核】

（一）授课对象�四年制本科环境工程专业

（二）课程的性质和地位

《无机及分析化学》课程是把原工科《无机化学》和《分析化学》两门基础课的基本内容优化组合

而成的一门课程，是四年制本科环境工程专业的第一门学科基础必修课，也是该专业的核心课程之一。

学习无机及分析化学的基本理论和基本知识，可以为培养学生分析和监测化学污染物的能力打下坚实

基础；为各种无机污染物的控制工程的设计提供思路和理论依据；为后续课程的学习做好铺垫。本课

程是一门承上启下的课程，基础是中学化学，应注意衔接与过渡，特别要让学生感到层次的提高、内

容的深入。本课程也是后继的有机化学、物理化学、仪器分析、环境监测等课程的必要基础，应有意

识留下接口，让学生感悟到知识结构的整体性，提高学习的兴趣。


通过本课程的学习，使学生理解并掌握物质结构的基础理论，化学反应的基本原理及具体应用，

定量分析中常用的化学分析方法原理，培养学生运用无机及分析化学的理论去解决环境工程中一般的

相关问题的能力。具体要求：

1.掌握化学反应的基本原理,能判断一个化学反应能否发生,反应的限度。初步了解化学反应中的

能量关系，安全利用反应式解决环境保护方面的实际问题。

2.掌握近代物质结构理论,从原子结构、分子结构入手，阐明物质的性质、化学变化的实质。

3.理解化学平衡理论及其应用，具体掌握酸碱平衡、沉淀溶解平衡、氧化还原平衡和配位平衡这

四大平衡及它们之间的共存和相互影响。

4.了解常见有毒元素及其化合物的性质、监测方法和环境治理中涉及的化学反应；

5. 熟练掌握容量分析和分光光度分析的基本原理、方法和适用范围，在环境监测中的具体应用；

6. 熟练掌握定量分析的数据的处理方法，能准确表达测定结果，并对测定结果的可靠性进行评价。


1．绪论 (Introduction)（1）化学研究的对象和内容

（2）无机及分析化学课程的基本内容和任务

（3）无机与分析化学和环境工程专业的联系

（4）无机及分析化学课程的学习方法

重点：学习方法。

2、化学反应中的能量关系 (Energy Relationships in Chemical Reactions)（1）概念和术语

（2）化学反应中的能量变化

（3）化学反应热效应的理论计算

重点：热效应的理论计算公式

难点：不同体系的能量变化方式

3、化学反应的基本原理 (Fundamentals of Chemical Reactions)（1）化学反应的方向

（2）化学平衡——反应的限度

（3）化学反应的速率

重点：化学反应方向的最终判据

难点：△H、△S、△G的物理意义及在环境工程专业中的应用

4、化学计量、误差与数据处理（Stoichiometry, Error and Data）（1）定量分析概述

（2）化学中的计量与化学计算

（3）误差与有效数字

（4）有限实验数据的统计处理

重点：有限实验数据的统计处理步骤和方法

难点：化学中的计量与化学计算

5、酸碱平衡与酸碱滴定法 (Acid-Base Equilibrium and Acid-Base Titration )（1）酸碱质子理论与酸碱平衡

（2）酸碱平衡的移动

（3）酸碱平衡中有关组分浓度的计算

（4）溶液酸度的计算

（5）溶液酸度的控制

（6）酸碱滴定法及在环境监测中的应用实例

重点：酸碱质子理论；不同溶液体系酸碱度的计算；酸碱滴定法的依据和滴定曲线

难点：溶液酸度的计算；不同滴定体系化学计量点的计算

6、沉淀溶解平衡与沉淀测定法 (Precipitation--Solubility Equilibrium and PrecipitationAnalysis )

（1）难溶电解质的溶度积

（2）沉淀的生成

（3）分步沉淀和沉淀转化

（4）沉淀的溶解

（5）沉淀溶解平衡在环境治理中的应用

（6）沉淀滴定法

重点：溶度积原理；分步沉淀和沉淀转化；沉淀滴定法

难点：沉淀溶解平衡移动的影响因素

7、氧化还原平衡与氧化还原滴定法(Redox Equilibrium and Redox Titration )（1）氧化还原反应的基本概念

（2）电极电势

（3）电极电势的应用

（4）氧化还原反应的速率及其影响因素

（5）氧化还原滴定法

（6）常用氧化还原滴定方法

（7）氧化还原滴定法在环境监测中的应用实例

重点：原电池；电极电势及其应用；能斯特方程式；氧化还原滴定前的预处理；常用氧化还原滴

定方法

难点：通过原电池电动势的测定计算各种平衡常数

8、原子结构和元素周期系(Atomic Structure and Periodic System of Elements )（1）原子的玻尔模型

（2）原子的量子力学模型

（3）多电子原子核外电子排布和元素周期系

（4）元素基本性质的周期性变化规律

重点：原子的量子力学模型；四个量子数；核外电子排布的三个规则；鲍林能级图

难点：原子外层电子结构与元素周期律之间的对应关系

9、分子结构和分子间的作用力 (Molecular Structure and the Force of Intermolecular)（1）离子键和离子晶体

（2）价键理论

（3）有机分子的结构基础

（4）分子间作用力和氢键

（5）离子极化

重点：原子间的作用力；分子间的作用力

难点：杂化轨道理论；分子轨道理论

10、配位平衡与配位滴定法(Complex Equilibrium and Complexometric Titration )

（1）配位化合物的基本概念

（2）配位化合物的价键理论和结构

（3）配位平衡

（4）配位滴定法

重点：配合物成键理论和配合物的空间结构

难点：配位平衡与氧化还原、沉淀和酸碱平衡复合反应平衡常数的计算。

11、元素选述 (Descriptions of the Selected Elements )（1）常见有毒元素及无机污染物

（2）某些大气污染物分析简介

（3）某些水体无机污染物分析简介

（4）含镉废水处理和汞的污染防治

12、紫外—可见分光光度法 (Light Absorption Method )（1）吸光光度法基本原理

（2）紫外与可见分光光度法

（3）显色反应及其影响因素

（4）吸光度测量条件的选择

（5）吸光光度法在环境工程中应用

重点：郎伯-比尔定律；分光光度计结构

难点：测量条件的选择

总之，本课程重点是近代物质结构理论，化学平衡理论，部分元素化学知识，化学分析法的基本

原理及其具体应用。难点主要是原子结构、分子结构及物质结构与物质的性质、化学变化之间的关系；

如何在实际工作中正确地选择分析方法和实验条件，解决科研和生产实际中的问题。


本课程的教学方法以启发式为主，通过同学们中学熟习的内容，即知其然，启发同学逐步过渡到

知其所以然，通过这种循序渐进的引导，激发同学们的求知欲和学习兴趣。穿插一些环境工程专业的

案例，加深同学对本课程与专业之间联系的了解，让同学对专业课程产生期待，逐步加深对环境工程

专业的了解与热爱。

使用的教学手段是多媒体与板书结合。涉及到公式推导、过程分析以及归纳总结等内容，以板书

为主。涉及到直观效果更好的内容，如滴定分析装置，原子结构、分子结构等内容，以多媒体为主。

对专业术语，采用双语教学。

为了使学生学好无机及分析化学课程，各章节都安排了一定数量的习题。学生通过独立完成作业，

可巩固所学的基本知识，加深对重点、难点的理解，以达到熟练掌握的目的。教师通过批改作业（批

改量不少于 50%），可了解学生对所学课程掌握的情况，以便及时解决问题。所以“独立做，及时改”

是对习题的总体要求。习题量为 70 题左右。


本课程考核采用闭卷考试方法。成绩评定办法：平时成绩（包括平时作业，回答问题等）20%；期

中考试 10%；期末考试 70%。

（七）推荐教材或讲义及主要参考书

1、浙江大学编，《无机及分析化学》，高等教育出版社，2008 年，第二版。

2、史启祯主编，《无机化学与化学分析》（第二版），高等教育出版社，2005 年

3、武汉大学《无机及分析化学》编写组编著，《无机及分析化学》（第三版），武汉大学出版社，2008

年

4、曲保中等主编：《新大学化学》，科学出版社，2002 年

5、彭崇慧等编著，《定量化学分析简明教程》（第二版），北京大学出版社，1997 年

6、倪静安等编：《无机及分析化学》，化学工业出版社，1998 年

7、董元彦等编，《无机及分析化学》，科学出版社，2000 年.


序号教学内容

学时

分配

其中

讲授习题课上机期中测验

一绪论 1 1

二化学反应中的能量关系 3 3

三化学反应的基本原理 4 4

四化学计量、误差与数据处理 4 4

五酸碱平衡与酸碱滴定法 8 7 1

六沉淀平衡与沉淀测定法 6 4 2

七氧化还原平衡与氧化还原滴

定法

８７ 1

八原子结构和元素周期表６ 6

九分子结构和分子间的作用力８ 7 1

十配位平衡与配位滴定法６ 6

十一元素选述６ 5 1

十二紫外--可见分光光度法 4 4

合计 64 58 4 2

【课程编号】

物理化学 A

Physical Chemistry【学分】4 【参考学时】64

【编写】曾桂生【审核】

（一）授课对象� �四年制本科环化学院环境工程专业、给排水专业


物理化学是环境工程专业、给排水专业的一门学科基础必修课，物理化学有热力学方法、量子力

学方法和统计力学方法，由于理论教学时数少，对于学生只要求其较好地掌握热力学方法。本课程必

须在修完高等数学、大学物理、无机及分析化学等基础课程后开设，通过本课程的学习，将为学习环

境化学、污染控制工程等专业课知识打下牢固理论基础。


物理化学主要研究化学变化和相变化的平衡规律和变化速率规律，是化学工程与工艺、应用化学、

生物工程、食品、材料、制药等专业的必修基础课，它包括理论教学及实验教学，实验教学，实验教

学单独开课。通过本门课程的学习，学生应比较牢固地掌握物理化学基础概念及计算方法，同时还应

得到一般科学方法的训练和逻辑思维能力的培养。这种训练和培养应贯穿在课堂教学的整个过程中，

使学生体会和掌握怎样由实验结果出发进行归纳和演绎，或由假设和模型上升为理论，并结合具体条

件用理论解决实际问题的方法。


1．绪论

（1）物理化学研究的目的及基本内容简介（2）物理化学的研究方法和学习方法

重点：物理化学研究的基本内容

难点：

2．热力学第一定律

（1）热力学的基本概念（2）热力学第一定律（3）体积功与可逆过程（4）等容热、等压

热及焓（5）热容（6）热力学第一定律在物理变化中的应用（7）热力学第一定律在化学变化中

的应用——热化学（8）实际气体的节流膨胀

重点：热力学第一定律文字表述和数学表达式；功、热、热力学能、焓、热容、摩尔相变焓、标

准摩尔反应焓、标准摩尔生成焓、标准摩尔燃烧焓等概念

难点：第一定律在纯 PVT变化、相变化及化学变化中的应用，各过程的功、热、热力学能变、焓变的方法

3．热力学第二定律

（1）自发过程的共同特征（2）热力学第二定律（3）熵变计算（4）熵的统计意义（5）

热力学第三定律（6）赫姆霍茨能及吉布斯能（7）热力学函数的一些重要关系（8）吉布斯能变的

计算。

重点：熵、亥姆霍兹函数、吉布斯函数定义；掌握熵增原理、熵判据、亥姆霍兹函数判据、吉布

斯函数判据；物质在 PVT变化、相变化中熵、亥姆霍兹函数、吉布斯函数的计算及热力学第二定律得应用。

难点：熵的定义；物质在 PVT变化、相变化中熵、亥姆霍兹函数、吉布斯函数的计算及热力学第二定律得应用。

4．热力学在多组分体系中的应用

（1）偏摩尔量（2）化学势（3）拉乌尔定律与理想溶液（4）享利定律与理想稀溶液（5）

稀溶液的依数性（6）分配定律及其应用（7）实际溶液

重点：乌尔定律、亨利定律及其有关计算；理想液态混合物的定义。

难点：摩尔量及化学势的概念；化学势的表达式。

5．化学平衡

（1）化学反应的方向和限度（2）平衡常数的各种表示方法（3）平衡常数的计算（4）平衡

移动——各种因素对平衡的影响

重点：标准平衡常数及应用；用热力学数据计算平衡组成的方法及判断在一定条件下化学反应可

能进行的方向。

难点：温度、压力、组成等因素对平衡的影响及有关计算。

6．相平衡

（1）相律（2）克拉贝龙—克劳修斯方程（3）单组分体系的相图（4）双组分体系相图

重点：相、组分数、自由度数、相律的意义其应用；单组分系统、二组分气—液平衡系统和二组

分凝聚系统相图的分析和应用。

难点：相律的意义、推导，掌握其应用。

7．电化学

（1）电解质溶液的性质与理论（2）可逆电池（3）电极电势及电池电动势的应用（9）电极的

极化（10）电解时的电极反应

重点：离子平均活度及平均活度系数定义并掌握其计算；可逆电池的概念，能斯特方程的推导掌

握其应用；常用电极符号、电极反应及其电极电势的计算，电池电动势的计算及其应用。

难点：离子平均活度及平均活度系数定义及其计算；原电池的设计原理

8．界面现象

⑴表面吉布斯能及表面张力 ⑵液体表面现象――拉普拉斯公式及开尔文公式⑶固体表面的吸

附作用――朗格缪尔公式 ⑷溶液表面的吸附――吉布斯吸附公式⑸润湿作用――杨氏公式

重点：表面张力的概念；接触角、润湿、附加压力的概念及其与表面张力的关系；物理吸附与化

学吸附的含义及区别；兰格缪尔单分子层吸附理论，兰格缪尔吸附等温式；吉布斯吸附公式的含义和

应用。

难点：表面张力的概念。

9．化学动力学

（1）化学动力学的任务和目的（2）化学反应的速率表示法（3）简单级数反应的速率公式（4）

温度对反应速率的影响（5）典型复合反应（6）反应速率理论简介

重点：化学反应速率、基元反应及反应分子数的概念；反应速率常数以及反应级数的概念；零级、

一级、二级反应的速率方程及其应用。

难点：质量作用定理；零级、一级、二级反应的速率方程及其应用。

（五）教学实践环节安排

（六）教学方式与习题要求

本课程以课堂启发式讲授为主，辅以自学，演算习题等教学环节。教学中采用多媒体电子教案

（PowerPoint）和板书相结合方式教学。做习题是本课程重要的一个教学环节，为了学好这门课程，

学生课外作业不少于 50 道题，计算平时成绩并按一定比例计入总评成绩。作业可全批，半批。

（七）考核办法

本课程为闭卷考试。

考核成绩由三部分组成：1、考勤；2、平时作业；3期末考试。

（八）推荐教材或讲义及主要参考书1．印永嘉、奚正楷、张树永等编：《物理化学简明教程》，高等教育出版社，2007 年，第四版。

2．傅献彩、沈文霞、姚天杨编：《物理化学》，高等教育出版社，2004 年，第四版。

3．宋世漠、庄公惠、王正烈编：《物理化学》，高等教育出版社，2001 年，第四版。

4．IRA．N．Levine：《Physical Chemistry》，McGraw-Hill，2008，2ndEd。

（九）学时分配


分配

其中

讲授实验上机其他实践

1 绪论 1 1

2 热力学第一定律 10 10

3 热力学第二定律 9 9

4 热力学在多组分体系中的应用 6 6

5 化学平衡 6 6

6 相平衡 8 8

7 电化学 10 10

8 界面现象 6 6

9 化学动力学 6 6

10 总复习 2 2

合计 64 64

【课程编号】030130/030131

画法几何及建筑制图 1、2Descriptive Geometry and Civil Engineering Drawing （1、2）

【学分】5.0 【学时】80

【编写】徐建国【审核】徐卫平


四年制土木工程专业、工程管理和环境工程专业本科生。


本课程是土木建筑类专业的一门学科基础必修课。它研究解决空间几何问题以及绘制、阅读土木

建筑工程图样的理论和方法。其主要任务是：

1、学习投影法（主要是正投影法）的基础理论及其应用。

2、培养对三维形状的空间思维能力和空间分析能力。

3、培养绘制和阅读土木建筑工程图样的初步能力。

4、培养认真细致的工作作风。


学生学完本课程后，应达到如下要求：

1、掌握正投影的基本理论和作图方法；了解轴测投影的基本知识，并掌握其基本画法。

2、能正确使用绘图工具和仪器，掌握用仪器作图的技巧和方法。

3、能正确绘制和阅读不太复杂的专业图。所绘图样应做到投影正确，视图选择与配置恰当，尺寸

完整，字体工整，图面整洁，符合制图国家标准。


1、绪论

（1）画法几何及土木工程制图课程概述。

（2）投影的基本知识。

（3）画法几何及土木工程制图的发展史和发展方向。

2．画法几何

（1）点

①点在三投影面体系第一角中的投影与该点直角坐标的关系。

②两点的相对位置、重影点。

（2）直线

①直线的投影及直线对投影面的各种相对位置。

②直线上的点。

③求线段的真长及其对投影面的倾角。

④两直线的相对位置。

⑤一边平行于投影面的直角的投影。

（3）平面

①平面的表示法：用几何元素表示平面。

②平面对投影面的各种相对位置。

③平面上的点和直线（一般位置直线、投影面平行线）。

（4）直线与平面以及两平面的相对位置

①直线与平面以及两平面平行。

②直线与平面以及两平面相交（有一元素为特殊位置）。

③直线与平面以及两平面垂直（重点为特殊情况）。

（5）投影变换

①投影变换的目的和方法

②换面法以及解题示例

（6）立体

①平面立体及其表面上的点。

②曲面立体及其表面上的点。

（7）平面与立体相交（平面为特殊位置平面）

①平面与平面立体相交（棱柱与棱锥）。

②平面与曲面立体相交（圆柱、圆锥、球及其组合体）。

（8）两立体相交

①两平面立体相交（棱柱与棱柱、棱柱与棱锥）。

②平面立体与曲面立体相交（四棱柱与圆锥、球相交）。

③两曲面立体相交（圆柱与圆柱及其特殊情况）。

（9）轴测投影

①轴测投影的基本知识。

②正等测的画法。

③斜二测的画法。

重点：立体的投影.

难点：截交线和相贯线的画法。

3．制图基础

（1）制图的基本知识和基本技能。

①绘图工具和仪器的使用方法。

②有关制图标准的基本规定。

③几何作图（直线与圆弧连接、圆弧连接）。

④平面图形的尺寸标注方法。

⑤用绘图工具和仪器画图的方法和步骤。

（2）组合体投影图的画法、读法和尺寸注法。

①三面投影图的形成以及投影规律。

②组合体投影图的画法和尺寸注法。

③组合体投影图的读法。

（3）工程形体的表达方法

①基本视图和向视图。

②剖面图和断面图。

③简化画法。

重点：组合体的绘图、读图、尺寸标注的基本方法及图样常用的各种表达方法，为学习土建专业

图打下良好的基础。

难点：读组合体视图及由二视图作第三视图。物体的综合表达。

4. 土木建筑专业图

（1）钢筋混凝土构件图

①钢筋混凝土构件简介。

②钢筋混凝土构件详图示例。

（2）房屋建筑施工图

①房屋施工图概述。

②总平面图和施工总说明。

③建筑平面图。

④建筑立面图。

⑤建筑剖面图

⑥建筑详图。

（3）房屋结构施工图

①基础平面图和基础详图。

②楼层结构平面图。

③结构构件详图。

（4）给水排水施工图。

①《给水排水制图标准》简介。

②室内给水排水工程图（平面布置图和管系轴测图）。

重点：掌握好有关建筑物和构筑物的图示特点。

难点：各专业图的图示特点及各专业标准的掌握。


本课程教学采用启发式、讨论式、叙述式的教学方法；使用多媒体的现代化教学手段。根据所

配习题集布置作业教师布置的习题应少而精，使之既能巩固课堂所学知识，又能启发学生的思维，加

深对课堂知识的理解，起到对知识进行升华的作用。学生应保质、保量、按时完成习题。因作业量大，

批改 1/3以上习题集作业,但仪器图作业应全批全改。学生应遵照国家制图标准的规定绘制出投影正确，

视图选择和配置恰当，尺寸和标高完整、线型分明的仪器图。


专业图部分以考卷或仪器图考查, 画法几何和制图基础部分以考卷考试,平时成绩要计入总评。

（七）推荐教材或讲义及主要参考书

1．华南理工大学、湖南大学等五院校《建筑制图》编写组编，朱福熙、何斌主编《建筑制图》,

高等教育出版社,1992年 10月, 第 3版；

2．朱育万，卢传贤主编《画法几何及土木工程制图》，高等教育出版社，2005年 6月,第 3版。



分配

其中


1 绪论 1 1

2 画法几何 22 18 4

3 制图基础 23 15 8

4 土木建筑专业图 34 22 12

合计 80 56 24

（九）其他说明

画法几何与建筑制图 1：48学时，3个学分；

画法几何与建筑制图 2：32学时，2个学分。

【课程编号】060007

C语言 CC Language C

【学分】3 【学时】48

【编写】刘琳岚【审核】刘洪


四年制本科非计算机专业


《C语言 C》是非计算机专业的一门学科基础课，是一门实践性很强的课程，属于高等学校非计算

机专业计算机基础教育的第二层次。C语言是一种通用程序设计语言，具有语言简洁、类型丰富、结构

完整、表达力强、适用于模块化结构等特点。

以 C语言为平台，介绍程序设计的思想和方法。通过学习，学生不但掌握高级编程语言的知识、

编程技术和基本算法，更重要的是掌握程序设计的思想和方法，具备基本的分析问题能力和高级语言

程序设计能力，为进一步学习和应用计算机打下基础。

先行课程：计算机文化基础。

后续相关课程：软件技术基础或其他相关计算机课程。


通过本课程的学习，学生应掌握了解 C语言的用途、特点；掌握 C 语言各种数据类型的定义与使

用方法；熟练掌握 C语言的三种基本结构编制简单程序方法；掌握 C语言函数的定义、调试及说明的

方法；掌握 C 语言指针、结构与共同体变量的使用方法；掌握程序设计的基本思想、基本概念和基本

方法，并能运用所学的知识和技能对一般问题进行分析和程序设计。

通过本课程的上机实验，学生应熟练掌握上机运行 C 语言程序的基本步骤；编写的程序代码应结

构清晰、正确易读，能上机调试并排除简单错误。


⒈ C语言概述

⑴ C语言出现的历史背景 ⑵ C语言的特点 ⑶ 简单的 C程序介绍 ⑷ C程序的上机步骤

重点：C语言源程序的结构

难点：C语言程序设计的风格

⒉ 程序的灵魂——算法

⑴ 算法的概念 ⑵ 简单算法举例 ⑶ 算法的特性 ⑷ 算法的表示 ⑸ 结构化程序设计方法

重点：算法的概念、传统流程图、N-S 流程图、常用算法思想、结构化程序设计方法

难点：N-S 流程图、常用算法思想

⒊ 数据类型、运算符与表达式

⑴ 数据类型 ⑵ 常量与变量 ⑶ 整型数据 ⑷ 实型数据 ⑸ 字符型数据 ⑹ 变量赋初值

⑺ 各类数值型数据间的混合运算 ⑻ 算术运算符和算术表达式 ⑼ 赋值运算符和赋值表达式

⑽ 逗号运算符和逗号表达式

重点：常用数据类型、常用运算符、一些简单问题如何转化成 C语言表达式

难点：各类数值型数据间的混合运算、一些简单问题如何转化成 C语言表达式

⒋ 最简单的 C程序设计

⑴ C语句概述 ⑵ 程序的三种基本结构 ⑶ 赋值语句 ⑷ 数据输出 ⑸ 数据输入

⑹ 程序举例

重点：C语句的概念及种类、赋值语句、数据的输入输出及输入输出中常用的控制格式

难点：数据的输入输出及输入输出中常用的控制格式

⒌ 逻辑运算和判断选取控制

⑴ 关系运算符和关系表达式 ⑵ 逻辑运算符和逻辑表达式 ⑶ if 语句 ⑷ switch 语句

⑸ 程序举例

重点：关系运算符、逻辑运算符、if 语句

难点：switch 语句

⒍ 循环控制

⑴ 概述 ⑵ while 语句 ⑶ for 语句 ⑷ do-while 语句 ⑸ 循环的嵌套

⑹ 几种循环的比较 ⑺ break 语句和 continue 语句 ⑻ 程序举例

重点：三种循环（while 循环、for 循环和 do-while 循环）、break 和 continue 语句

难点：for 循环

⒎ 数组

⑴ 一维数组的定义和引用 ⑵ 二维数组的定义和引用 ⑶ 字符数组

重点：一维数组、二维数组的定义与引用、字符数组的定义与引用、常用字符串处理函数及字符

处理函数、数组的应用

难点：二维数组的应用

⒏ 函数

⑴ 函数定义的一般形式 ⑵ 函数参数和函数的值 ⑶ 函数的调用 ⑷ 函数的嵌套调用

⑸ 函数的递归调用 ⑹ 数组作为函数参数 ⑺ 局部变量和全局变量

⑻ 动态存储变量和静态存储变量

重点：函数定义、函数调用、函数声明，变量的存储类别与作用域

难点：函数的嵌套调用与递归调用、变量的存储类别与作用域

⒐ 编译预处理

⑴ 宏定义 ⑵ “文件包含”处理

重点：宏的定义及应用

难点：宏的应用

⒑ 指针

⑴ 指针的概念 ⑵ 变量的指针和指向变量的指针变量 ⑶ 数组的指针和指向数组的指针变量

⑷ 字符串的指针和指向字符串的指针变量 ⑸ 有关指针的数据类型和指针运算的小结

重点：指针与地址的基本概念、指针与变量的关系

难点：指针的应用

⒒ 结构体与共用体

⑴ 定义结构体类型变量的方法 ⑵ 结构体类型变量的引用 ⑶ 结构变量的初始化

⑷ 结构体数组 ⑸ 用指针处理链表 ⑹ 用 typedef 定义类型

重点：结构体的基本概念、结构体数组

难点：结构体数组、用指针处理链表

⒓ 文件

⑴ 文件概述 ⑵ 文件类型指针 ⑶ 文件的打开与关闭 ⑷ 文件的读写

重点：文件的基本概念及应用、文件的打开、关闭

难点：文件的常用读写方法


《C语言 C》是四年制本科非计算机专业的一门实践性很强的学科基础课，必须十分重视实践环

节。除了以下规定的上机实验以外，提倡学生自己课余抽时间多上机实践。通过上机实验，使学生加

深对讲授内容的理解，了解和熟悉 C语言程序开发的环境，学会上机调试程序，，锻炼学生发现问题、

分析问题和解决问题的应用能力，使学生初步具备程序设计和程序调试的能力，为学习其他程序设计

语言打下基础。

⒈ 实验一：最简单的 C程序设计，验证性（2学时）

实验目的：了解 Turbo C2.0 的使用，学会在该系统上如何编辑、编译、运行一个 C程序；初步了

解 C语言的特点；掌握赋值语句的使用方法；掌握 C语言数据类型的使用，初步掌握各种数据类型的

输入输出方法和各种格式转换符的使用。

⒉实验二：逻辑结构程序设计，验证性（2学时）

实验目的：进一步了解 Turbo C2.0 的使用；了解 C语言表示逻辑量的方法；熟练掌握 if 语句和

switch 语句；结合程序掌握简单的算法；学习调试程序。

⒊实验三：单重循环结构程序设计，验证性（2学时）

实验目的：掌握用 while 语句、do-while 语句和 for 语句实现单重循环的方法；掌握单重循环和

逻辑结构的综合应用；掌握在程序设计中用循环的方法实现一些常用算法（如迭代法、递推法）；进一

步学习调试程序。

⒋ 实验四：多重循环结构程序设计，验证性（2学时）

实验目的：熟练掌握用 while 语句、do-while 语句和 for 语句实现单重循环的方法；掌握双重循

环和逻辑结构的综合应用；掌握在程序设计中用循环的方法实现一些常用算法（如穷举等）；进一步学

习调试程序。

⒌ 实验五：数组及其应用（一），验证性（2学时）

实验目的：掌握一维数组的定义、赋值和输入输出的方法；掌握字符数组和字符串函数的使用；

掌握与数组有关的算法（特别是排序算法）。

⒍ 实验六：数组及其应用（二）――查找鞍点程序的设计，综合性、设计性（课内 2学

时，课外 2学时，共 4学时）

实验目的：掌握二维数组的定义、赋值和输入输出的方法；掌握与二维数组有关的算法（如矩阵

的转置、矩阵的相乘、鞍点问题等，其中鞍点问题为必做）。

⒎ 实验七：函数，验证性（2学时）

实验目的：掌握定义函数的方法；掌握函数实参与形参的对应关系以及“值传递”的方式；掌握

函数的嵌套调用的方法。

⒏ 实验八：指针及结构体，验证性（2学时）

实验目的：通过实验进一步掌握指针的概念，会定义和使用指针变量；掌握结构体类型变量的定

义和使用；掌握结构体类型数组的概念和使用。

学生根据上述安排进行课程实验，以书面方式完成实验报告，由实验指导教师批改，实验完成情

况计入课程总成绩（占 30%）。


建议部分使用大屏幕投影教室进行授课，引入启发式、讨论式、案例式教学方法。在课程讲授过

程中，应结合实例，注重讲解程序设计的基本结构和程序设计思想，以提高编程能力。

本课程习题在保证教学需求的前提下贯彻少而精的原则。由于本课程实践性较强，应以上机实验

作业为主，并要求递交实验报告。第二章重点掌握算法的传统流程图表示法和 N-S流程图表示法，第

三章、第四章、第五章、第六章分别突出程序设计的基础知识、顺序结构程序设计、选择结构程序设

计和循环结构程序设计，第七章重点突出一维数组和循环结构的综合应用、二维数组和多重循环的综

合应用，第八章突出变量的作用域。


采用闭卷形式考核，卷面总分 100分，占总成绩的 60%，平时成绩（课堂表现作业、作业成绩占

10%，、实验表现、实验成绩和实验报告成绩占 30%）占总总成绩的 40%。

（八）推荐教材或讲义及主要参考书

⒈ 谭浩强编著：《C程序设计（第三版）》，清华大学出版社，2005年，第 3版。

⒉ 谭浩强编著：《C程序设计题解与上机指导（第三版）》，清华大学出版社，2005年，第 3版。

⒊ 谭浩强主编：《程序设计（二级）样题汇编》，清华大学出版社，2002年，第 3版。



分配

其中


1 C语言概述 1 1

2 程序的灵魂——算法 4 4

3 数据类型、运算符与表达式 2 2

4 最简单的 C程序设计 4 2 2

5 逻辑运算和判断选取控制 4 2 2

6 循环控制 8 4 4

7 数组 9 5 4

8 函数 6 4 2

9 编译预处理 1 1

10 指针 5 3 2

11 结构体与共用体 2 2

12 文件 2 2

合计 48 32 16

http://www.china-pub.com/computers/common/info.asp?id=6556

【课程编号】080107

电工技术Electro Technology

【学分】3 【学时】48

【编写】杨小芹【审核】彭登峰

（一）授课对象�

四年制本科材料成型及控制工程、金属材料工程、高分子与材料工程、应用化学、环境工程、飞

行器制造工程、飞行器动力工程、工业设计、机械设计制造及其自动化等专业。


本课程是工科非电类专业的一门学科基础必修课。由于电工技术发展十分迅速，应用极为广泛，

在我国现代化建设中占有重要的地位，因此是我校的重点课程之一。

本课程的任务是：使学生通过本课程的学习，获得电工技术必要的基本理论、基本知识和基本技

能。为学习后继课程或从事与本专业有关的电工技术工作打下一定的基础。

学习本课程应具备《物理》课程中电学、磁学等方面的基本知识，应具备数学课程中微积分方程、

复数等方面的知识。本课程的“非线性电阻元件及非线性电阻电路”有关内容，将在“电子技术”课

程介绍。


通过本课程的学习，学生应理解电路模型、基本物理量的含义；理解并掌握基本定理、定律及基

本分析方法；理解并掌握正弦交流电的相量表示及电路中相量分析方法。掌握一阶电路全响应的分析

方法。了解变压器、三相异步电动机工作原理，铭牌数据计算；掌握简单继电接触器控制电路的分析。


1．直流电路

（1）理解电路模型及理想电路元件（电阻、电感、电容、电压源和电流源）的电压电流关系。理

解电压、电流参考方向的意义。（2）理解实际电源的两种模型及其等效变换。（3）理解基尔霍夫定

律。掌握用支路电流法、叠加原理和戴维宁定理分析电路的方法。（4）了解电功率和额定值的意义。

重点：理解并掌握基本定理、定律及基本分析方法。

难点：电压、电流正方向的概念及电流源电路分析。

2．交流电路

（1）理解正弦交流电中物理量的意义及表示法。（2）理解电路基本定律的相量形式、复阻抗和

相量图，掌握用相量法计算简单正弦交流电路的方法。（3）了解正弦交流电路瞬时功率的概念，（4）

理解和掌握有功功率、功率因数的概念和计算，了解无功功率和视在功率的概念，（5）了解提高感性

电路功率因数的方法及其经济意义。（6）了解正弦交流电路串联谐振和并联谐振的条件及特征。（7）

掌握三相电路中三相负载的正确联接，了解中线的作用，掌握对称三相交流电路电压、电流和功率的

计算。（8）了解非正弦周期信号线性电路的基本概念。

重点：理解并掌握正弦交流电的相量表示及电路中相量分析方法。

难点：相量分析方法。

3．电路的暂态分析

（1）理解电路的暂态和稳态的物理意义。（2）掌握一阶电路的暂态分析方法，理解时间常数的

物理意义。

重点：一阶电路的暂态分析方法。

难点：换路定理的应用。

4.磁路与铁芯线圈电路

（1）了解磁路的基本概念，了解交流铁心线圈电路的基本电磁关系。（2）了解单相变压器的基

本结构，理解单相变压器的工作原理，了解变压器定值、外特性及绕组的“同名端”的意义。(3)了解

三相变压器电压的变换关系。

重点：理解单相变压器的工作原理。

难点：磁路的应用及绕组的“同名端”概念。

5.三相交流异步电动机

（1）了解三相异步电动机的基本结构，理解其工作原理.(2)掌握三相异步电动机机械特性及铭牌

数据的意义。(3)掌握起动和反转的方法，了解调速方法及其发展。(4)了解单相异步电动机的基本结

构、特点及应用。

重点：三相异步电动机的工作原理、机械特性及铭牌数据计算，电动机的起动方法。

难点：三相异步电动机的机械特性及起动方法。

6.电气控制系统

（1）继电接触器控制系统

①了解常用低压电器的结构和功能。②掌握继电接触器控制的自锁、联锁原则。③了解行程和

时间控制。④掌握过载、短路和失压保护方法。⑤能读懂简单的控制电路原理图并设计简单的控制电

路图。

(2)PLC 控制系统：了解 PLC 控制系统的基本组成、工作原理及简单指令。

重点：继电接触器控制的自锁、联锁原则。电路实现过载、短路和失压保护的方法。电动机控制

电路的分析与设计。

难点：继电接触器控制的自锁、联锁原则。

7.安全用电常识

（1）了解安全用电常识和重要性。（2）了解接零、接地保护的作用和使用条件。

重点：安全用电常识，接零、接地保护的使用条件。

难点：接零、接地保护的使用条件。


实验是本课程重要的实践性教学环节，所以单独开设了 16 学时的《电工实验》课程，具体要求见

该课程教学大纲。


在教学中落实启发式教学，授课中采用“目标教学法”、“实例教学法”，利用多种媒体教学形

式，在课堂上以基本理论、基本器件的实际应用事例充实教学内容，缩短理论与实际的距离。习题也

是本课程的重要教学环节，每部分内容后要留一定数量的习题，使学生通过习题巩固和深化对本课程

的理解，培养运算能力和分析问题能力。习题批改应不少于 1/2。


考试采用闭卷考试的形式，考试试题选自题库，采用题库自动组卷，人工稍作调整。学生成绩评

定由期末考试成绩和学生的平时成绩共同构成，其中：期末考试成绩占 80%、平时成绩占 20%。


1．秦曾煌主编：《电工学（上册）》，高等教育出版社，1999 年，第五版。



分配

其中


1 直流电路 10 10

2 单相交流电路 10 10

3 三相交流电路及其非正弦电路 4 4

4 电路的暂态分析 5 5

5 磁路与铁芯线圈电路 4 4

6 三相交流异步电动机 5 5

7 继电接触器控制系统 5 5

8 PLC及应用（自学） 0 0

9 安全用电常识 1 1

10 小测验、习题课、总复习等 4 4

合计 48 44 4

【课程编号】080108

电子技术Electronics Technology

【学分】3 【学时】48

【编写】杨小芹【审核】彭登峰

（一）授课对象�

四年制本科材料成型及控制工程、金属材料工程、高分子与材料工程、应用化学、环境工程、飞

行器制造工程、飞行器动力工程、工业设计、机械设计制造及其自动化等专业。


本课程是高等学校本科非电类专业的一门技术基础课程。目前，电子技术应用十分广泛，发展非

常迅速，并且日益渗透到其他学科领域，促进其发展，对我国社会主义现代化建设有重要的作用。

本课程的任务是：使学生通过本课程的学习，获得电子技术必要的基本理论，基本知识和基本技

能，了解电子技术的应用和发展概况，为学习后续课程以及从事与本专业有关的工程技术等工作打下

一定的基础。

《电工技术》是本课程的先修课程，电子技术的应用将渗透到各专业的专业课程中，学生电子技

术的应用能力将会继续得到培养和提高。


通过本课程的学习，学生应理解共射单管放大电路、射级输出器的工作原理和性能特点；了解反

馈的概念。掌握共射单管放大电路、射级输出器及由他们构成的阻容耦合多级放大电路的动静态分析

的方法；掌握理想运算放大器在信号运算方面的运用；掌握单相整流、电容滤波、串联反馈型稳压电

路的分析方法。理解电阻性负载单相可控整流电路工作的原理。掌握简单的组合逻辑电路的分析与设

计方法；能分析简单的时序电路。


1．半导体二极管和三级管及其应用

（1）理解半导体二极管、双极性三极管的工作原理，掌握由二极管组成的削波、钳位及整流电路的

分析方法，了解 MOS 场效应管的工作原理。

（2）理解共射级单管放大电路、射级输出器及由它们组成的阻容耦合多级放大电路的工作原理，掌

握以上放大电路的静态工作点估算和动态微变等效电路的分析方法;

（3）了解负反馈的概念及负反馈对放大电路性能的影响，掌握负反馈放大电路类型的判定。

（4）了解基本的互补对称功率放大电路的工作原理;

（5）了解差动放大电路的工作原理。

重点：(1) 半导体二极管、双极性三极管的工作原理;

(2) 基本放大电路的动静态分析方法。

难点：(1) 负反馈放大电路类型的判定；

（2）差动放大电路的工作原理；

2．集成运算放大器

（1）了解集成运算放大器的基本组成、电压传输特性；

（2）掌握用理想集成运算放大器组成的比例、加、减、积分和微分运算电路的分析方法;

（3）了解用理想集成运算放大器组成的电压比较器的工作原理;

重点：理想运算放大器在信号运算方面的运用。

难点：理想运算放大电路工作在线性区的条件和特点。

3．正弦波振荡电路

（1）理解用集成运放组成的 RC 正弦波振荡电路的工作原理。

（2）了解 LC 正弦波振荡电路的工作原理;

重点：用集成运放组成的 RC 正弦波振荡电路

难点：LC 正弦波振荡电路

4．直流稳压电源及可控整流电路

（1）理解单相整流、电容滤波、串联反馈型稳压电路的工作原理；

（2）了解三端固定式集成稳压器的应用；

（3）了解晶闸管的基本特性；

（4）掌握电阻性负载单相可控整流电路工作的原理。

重点：单相整流、电容滤波、串联反馈型稳压电路。

难点：电阻性负载单相可控整流电路工作的原理。

5. 门电路和组合逻辑电路

（1）掌握与门、或门、非门、与非门、异或门的逻辑功能；

（2）了解 TTL 与非门电路的工作原理。了解三态门的概念；

（3）掌握 4变量以内卡诺图化简方法，能分析、设计简单的组合逻辑电路;

（4）了解加法器、8421 编码器和二进制译码器的工作原理。了解七段 LED 显示译码驱动器的功能。

重点：分析、设计组合逻辑电路。

难点：TTL 与非门电路。

6. 触发器和时序逻辑电路及 A/D、D/A 转换

(1) 掌握 R—S 触发器、J—K 触发器、D触发器的逻辑功能;

(2) 了解寄存器和移位寄存器的工作原理;

(3) 理解计数器的工作原理，会分析简单时序电路;

(4) 了解 555 集成定时器的工作原理及其构成的单稳态触发器和多谐振荡器的工作原理;

（5）了解 D/A、A/D 转换器的概念。

重点：时序逻辑电路的分析方法

难点：时序逻辑电路的分析方法


实验是本课程重要的实践性教学环节，所以单独开设了《电子实验》课程，具体要求见该课程教

学大纲。


在教学中落实启发式教学，授课中采用“目标教学法”，利用多种媒体教学形式，在课堂上将抽象

的内容以动画片的形式展示出来,提高学生的学习兴趣。习题也是本课程的重要教学环节，每部分内容

后要留一定数量的习题，使学生通过习题巩固和深化对本课程的理解，培养运算能力和分析问题能力。

习题批改应不少于 1/2。


考试采用闭卷考试的形式，考试试题选自题库，采用题库自动组卷，人工稍作调整。学生成绩评

定由期末考试成绩和学生的平时成绩共同构成，其中：期末考试成绩占 80%、平时成绩占 20%。


1．秦曾煌主编：《电工学（下册）》，高等教育出版社，1999 年，第五版。



分配

其中


1 半导体二极管和三级管 5 5

2 基本放大电路 12 12

3 集成运算放大器 3 3

4 正弦波振荡电路 3 3

5 直流稳压电源 4 4

6 晶闸管和可控整流电路 3 3

7 门电路和组合逻辑电路 6 6

8 触发器和时序逻辑电路及 A/D、D/A转换 8 8

9 小测验、习题课、总复习等 4 4

合计 48 44 4

【课程编号】××××××

环境工程概论

Introduction to Environmental Engineering

【学分】1.5 【学时】24

【编写】魏立安【审核】

（一）授课对象��

环境工程专业

（二）课程的性质和地位《环境工程概论》为环境工程专业学科基础必修课，是当代大学生环境素质教育的基础课之一。

本课程的先修课程有《无机及分析化学》和《高等数学》。


通过本课程的学习，系统地掌握环境工程的基本原理、基本方法，较全面掌握废水处理、废气处

理、噪声控制、固体废物处置等基本概念、原理和工艺特性等。本着理论与实际相结合，环境教育与

专业教育相结合，拓宽知识面与提高素质相结合，系统性与科学性相结合的原则，使学生在学习过程

中逐步培养他们的环保意识和环境素养，启发学生的环境思维，环境意识的推广和普及，为将来从事

专业技术工作时正确处理经济建议与环境保护之间的关系打下必要的基础，以适应社会经济发展对人

才培养的需要。


应用物理、化学、生物的方法对水污染、大气污染、固体废物以及噪声污染进行治理，系统地阐

述环境污染控制的原理、方法以及环境管理方面的有关内容，也介绍该领域的最新成果和发展趋势。

第一章绪论（4学时）

主要内容：环境工程的含义、由来及发展。环境系统的含义与组成，系统中的能量流动和物质循

环。环境伦理的内容。环境污染控制方式。

重点：环境污染控制方式

难点：能量流动和物质循环

第二章水与废水处理（8学时）

主要内容：水体自净及其利用；城市污水处理与利用；工业废水处理与利用；给水净化处理；城

市、区域和水系的水污染综合整治；水环境质量标准和废水排放标准等。

重点：水体污染控制的基本的途径

难点：水体污染控制的基本的原理

第三章大气污染与控制（4学时）

主要内容：大气质量管理；烟尘治理技术；气体污染物治理技术；城市、区域大气污染综合整治；

大气质量标准和废气排放标准等。

重点：废气污染物治理技术。

难点：预防和控制大气污染，保护和改善大气质量的工程技术措施。

第四章噪声控制（2学时）

主要内容：噪声的危害，噪声的特性，噪声物理参数，环境中的噪声标准，噪声的防治。

重点：噪声的防治。

难点：噪声的控制措施。

第五章固体废物的处理和利用（4学时）

主要内容：固体废弃物管理；固体废弃物无害化处置；固体废弃物的综合利用和资源化；

学习要点：固体废物的来源与危害。

重点：固体废物处理的基本方法。

难点：固体废物的资源化。


无教学实践


在课堂教学中引入多媒体技术，向学生提供更多的图表、图片以及大量的专题背景资料，一方面

大大增加课堂信息量，同时丰富的内容有助于激发学生的学习兴趣，调动学生的学习积极性，从而提

高了教学效率。

发挥传统教学方式的优势，注重师生交流。如由若干问题启动课程教学，经过启发式的推衍，最

后归纳总结，完成一个回合的教学，引导学生思考问题，提高对知识的领悟力，加强对关键内容的理

解；适当加强师生互动环节，活跃课堂气氛，促进学生自主思考提出问题，解答问题，激发学生潜能。

其中视频：（1）清洁生产 18 分钟，（2）固废处置 20 分钟，（3）水污染 17 分钟，（4）水污染控制

20 分钟。

每一章讲授后，结合目前环境现状，布置 2-3 道思考题，在下次课进行讨论与讲解。


本课程考查采用开卷考试，命题依据本大纲，试题应覆盖面广、难易适当，份量适中。

成绩评定：平时成绩占 30%，考试占 70%。

考试时间为 90 分钟，试卷满分为 100 分。


1．王建龙译：《环境工程导论》，清华大学出版社，2010 年，第 4版。

2．蒋展鹏主编：《环境工程学》，高等教育出版社，1992年，第 1版。

3．张自杰主编：《环境工程手册》，高等教育出版社，1996年，第 1版。



分配

其中


1 第一章绪论 4 4

2 第二章水与废水处理 8 8

3 第三章大气污染与控制 4 4

4 第四章噪声控制 2 2

5 第五章固体废物的处理和利用 4 4

6 考查 2 2

合计 24 22 2

【课程编号】

环境工程原理

Principles of Environmental Engineering

【学分】3.5 【学时】56

【编写】杨莉【审核】吴少林

（一）授课对象� �

本大纲适用于四年制本科环境工程专业。


本课程是环境工程专业的一门重要的学科基础必修课，它主要讲述各单元操作（传热单元、吸收

单元、精馏单元）的基本原理，典型设备的结构、操作性能和设计计算、设备选型等，掌握了单元操

作，就可以在污染物控制工程的设计、操作等方面打下理论基础。本课程主要与数学、物理联系紧密，

它的先修课是物理化学、机械制图、机械原理、流体力学与流体机械等基础课，后修课是水污染控制

工程、大气污染控制工程、固体废物处理与资源化、环境工程设计基础等专业限选课。

本课程在人才培养过程中属于学生必须熟练掌握的学科基础课，在学习了流体力学与流体机械后，

结合该课程中关于流体流动方面的知识，深入探讨化工过程中热量传递、质量传递的原理及设备选型、

参数设计，并且将其运用到环境工程中，解决实际的环境污染问题。


通过本课程的学习，学生应了解各单元操作的基本原理和基本内容，纯理论与工程实际的差异；

理解各单元操作之间相互渗透、相互贯穿的关系，公式的来源与推导技巧；掌握各单元操作的计算方

法，能够根据实际情况熟练运用公式解决问题。尤其重要的是，本课程的设计计算方法要能够熟练运

用到环境保护领域，解决实际的环境污染问题，通过选择合适的化工设备，控制二次污染，既能减少

化工生产中的环境污染，又能利用化工知识减弱环境危害，实现清洁生产，贯彻可持续发展战略方针。

在知识方面要求学生掌握传热计算、吸收计算、精馏计算，特别是传热速率方程式、吸收与解吸

方程式、精馏段操作线方程式、提馏段操作线方程式；在能力方面要求学生能够根据实际工程需要，

运用设计方面的知识，进行化工设备的选择；在素质方面要求学生将化工原理和环境工程有机结合在

一起，互相渗透，利用化工原理知识和设计能力解决环境问题，贯彻可持续发展战略，实现理论知识

与实践能力的统一。


1．传热（1）概述（2）热传导（3）对流传热系数影响因素（4）对流传热计算（5）热辐射（6）换热器

种类（7）换热器选择

重点：传热计算，需掌握热流量、总对流传热系数、平均温差计算

难点：热传导、对流传热、热辐射之间公式的相互渗透、相互应用

2．吸收

（1）概述（2）气液平衡与亨利定律（3）分子扩散与费克定律（4）传质系数（5）传质速率方程

（6）吸收计算（7）解吸计算（8）填料塔结构与特性

重点：吸收计算，需掌握吸收塔传质高度、传质单元数计算

难点：吸收与解吸之间的相互影响、提高吸收效率的因素调整及公式运用

3．精馏（1）概述（2）拉乌尔定律（3）温度-组成图（4）相对挥发度（5）精馏原理（6）双组分连续精

馏计算（操作线方程、理论塔板数、进料热状态、回流比、热量衡算）（7）间歇精馏（8）恒沸精馏

与萃取精馏（9）板式塔结构

重点：双组分连续精馏计算，需掌握精馏段操作线、提馏段操作线、q线、气液相平衡方程式

难点：几个方程式之间的相互转换


实验（12学时），其中包括厌氧发酵气体中 CO2吸收实验、气-气列管式换热器实验、水-水蒸气给

热系数测定实验、双组分连续精馏塔实验及上机。

实验一气-气列管式换热器实验（2学时）

实验要求：

1、熟悉气-气列管式换热器的构造及其传热原理；

2、掌握气-气列管式换热器的使用方法，尤其是逆流和并流切换时阀门的调节；

3、通过实验测量逆流和并流时流体的进出口温度，计算逆流和并流时的传热系数。

实验二水-水蒸气给热系数测定实验（2学时）

实验要求：

1、熟悉水-水蒸气换热器的构造及其传热原理，掌握蒸汽发生器的使用方法及操作要点，熟练蒸

汽压力的调节步骤及保持蒸汽压力调节阀门的力度；

2、掌握水-水蒸气换热器的使用方法；

3、通过实验测量冷水进出口温度、两侧壁温，计算水-水蒸气热交换时的传热系数。

实验三厌氧发酵气体中 CO2吸收实验（4学时）

实验要求：

1、了解填料塔 CO2气体吸收实验仪的实验原理，学会使用填料塔 CO2气体吸收实验仪；

3、掌握光干涉式甲烷测定仪的实验方法，并测定厌氧发酵气体中 CO2的体积分数；

4、通过实验测量物理吸收和化学吸收操作时 CO2气体吸收系数。

实验四双组分连续精馏塔实验（2学时）

实验要求：

1、了解填料塔连续精馏实验仪的构造和实验原理；

2、掌握填料塔连续精馏实验仪、酒精浓度计的使用方法；

3、通过改变回流比观察所给实验组分（酒精水溶液）的精镏效果，计算理论塔板数和填料层高度。

实验五、化工原理实验仿真软件（1学时）

实验要求：

1、掌握化工原理所涉及的相关模拟操作方法；

2、用模拟实验装置测定相关实验参数借以验证课堂所学的知识。

实验六、化工原理实验数据处理（1学时）

实验要求：

1、学会软件的使用方法；

2、用软件处理实验所得实验数据。


本课程采用传统的黑板教学和多媒体教学相结合的方式，在教学过程中采用研究式教学方法，通

过对化工原理知识和设备选型的了解与应用，将环境污染的治理引入教学环节，着重研究化工与环境

相互渗透、相互作用的原理与设计。习题主要选自教材中每一章节后面附带的习题和历年的考试题目，

加强学生对题型、题量的认识和适应。所有的习题均需经过批改，查验学生掌握基本知识和设计方法

的程度。


本课程属于学科基础课，采用闭卷考试的形式对学生的学习状况进行考核，考试成绩由三部分组

成，一部分是平时成绩，主要按学生到课率、回答问题准确率、作业上交率及准确率评分；一部分是

实验成绩，主要按学生实验态度、实验报告撰写情况评分；一部分是卷面成绩，主要按试卷评分标准

给出成绩。一般平时成绩占 10%，实验成绩占 20%，卷面成绩占 70%。


1.王志魁主编：《化工原理》，化学工业出版社，2010年，第 4版。

2.谭天恩主编：《化工原理（上、下册）》，化学工业出版社，1990年，第 2版。

3.王湛主编：《化工原理 800例》，国防工业出版社，2005年，第 1版。



分配

其中


1 绪论 2 2

2 传热 12 12

3 吸收 14 14

4 精馏 12 12

5 总复习 4 4

6 实验一、气-气列管式换热器实验 2

7 实验二、水-水蒸气给热系数测定实验 2

8 实验三、厌氧发酵气体中 CO2吸收实验 5

9 实验四、双组分连续精馏塔实验 3

合计 56 44 12

【课程编号】××××××

给水排水管道工程

The Conduit of Water Supply and Drainage Engineering

【学分】2 【学时】32

【编写】孙鸿燕【审核】×××


环境工程专业本科生


本课程是环境工程专业学生的专业必修课，属于工程实用课程，是学习城市污水处理系统的基础

理论和设计方法的必修课程。

通过本课程及水处理技术的学习，要求学生初步掌握城镇给排水管道系统（城市污废水的收集系

统及雨水收集排出系统）设计的较完整的一系列理论知识及设计方法，能够进行城市污废水及雨水收

集系统的初步设计。

本课牵涉到的水力学基本知识，先修课程有“流体力学与流体机械”。


通过本课程的学习，学生应了解给水系统、排水系统、排水体制的概念与结构组成。理解城镇污

水沟道系统、雨水沟道系统、排水水泵站的设计原理及管道布置的原则与方法。掌握城镇污水沟道系

统、雨水沟道系统及排水水泵站的水力学设计计算的方法。


1．绪论

（1）给水工程、排水工程概念（2）水循环与水污染（3）水污染控制工程的主要内容与任务

重点：给水工程、排水工程概念、水的循环

难点：水的循环

2．排水管渠系统

（1）城镇排水系统的体制和组成（2）排水管渠及管渠系统上的构筑物

重点：城镇排水系统的体制和组成

难点：管渠系统上的构筑物

3．排水管渠水力计算

（1）污水管渠水力设计原则（2）管渠水力计算基本公式与水力学算图（3）管渠水力设计主要参

数（4）管段的衔接（5）管段水力计算

重点：污水管渠水力设计原则、管渠水力设计主要参数

难点：管段的衔接、管段水力计算

4．污水管道系统的设计

（1）污水设计流量的确定（2）污水管道系统的平面布置（3）管道在街道上的位置（4）污水管

道的水力设计（5）管道施工图绘制

重点：污水设计流量的确定、污水管道的水力设计

难点：污水管道系统的平面布置、污水管道的水力设计

4．城镇雨水管渠的设计

（1）雨水径流量的计算（2）雨水径流量调节及利用（3）雨水管渠的设计

重点：雨水径流量的计算、雨水管渠的设计

难点：雨水管渠的设计

5．排水泵站的设计

（1）排水泵站的功用和设置地点（2）常用排水泵（3）污水泵站设计（4）雨水泵站设计（5）排

水泵站水力计算

重点：常用排水泵、污水泵站设计、排水泵站水力计算

难点：排水泵站水力计算


无


本课程教学所采用的教学方法有：启发式、讨论式、案例式、研究式等；

使用的现代化教学手段：多媒体；非双语教学。

布置的习题主要有问答题和计算题；习题量适中，其中计算题全部批改。


考核方法：采用提问、习题和考试等方式对学生进行考核；

成绩评定办法：考试成绩占 70%，平时成绩占 30%.


教材

1．高廷耀顾国维主编《水污染控制工程》（上册），高等教育出版社，2007 年，第 3版。

参考资料

1．周玉文赵洪宾著《排水管网理论与计算》，中国建筑工业出版社，2000 年。

2．《室外排水设计规范》，GBJ14-87，中国计划社， 1997 年。



分配

其中


1 绪论 1 1

2 排水管渠系统 4 4

3 排水管渠水力学计算 7 7

4 污水管道系统的设计 6 6

5 城镇雨水管渠的设计 4 4

6 排水泵站的设计 6 6

7 给水系统 4 4

合计 32 32

（十）特色

理论教学内容中体现的航空特色：机场、飞机库给水和排水系统设计的一般规定与处理方法。

[课程编号] 020055

物理性污染控制工程

Physical Pollution Control Engineering

【学分】2 【参考学时】32

【编写】李明俊叶皓【审核】曹群




本课程为工科四年制本科环境工程专业的专业限选课之一。着重点为物理性污染控制的专业理论

知识及设计方法，通过本课程的学习使学生掌握物理性污染控制的基础知识，并了解物理性污染的基

本控制原理和相关的设计与计算方法，培养学生工程设计分析能力和综合能力，增强学生的工程意识

和概念，增强创新意识。

本课程的先修课程及相关课程包括：环境学概论、高等数学、工程数学、大学物理、工程力学。


通过本课程的学习使学生在知识上能够理解：物理性污染及其特点、噪声污染及其控制技术、振

动污染及其控制技术、电磁辐射污染及其防治方法的原理及应用、放射性污染及其防治方法的原理及

应用、热污染及其防治方法的原理及应用、光污染及其防治方法的原理及应用。具备物理性污染控制

设计的专业素养。

熟悉噪声污染及其危害、振动污染及其危害，电磁污染及其危害，放射污染及其危害、光污染及

其危害、热污染及其危害和各种物理性污染的防护标准。


1.绪论

(1)什么是物理环境(2)物理环境学的产生和发展(3)物理环境学的研究特点

重点：物理环境、物理环境学、物理环境学的研究特点。

难点：物理环境学的研究特点。

2.噪声污染及其控制

(1)声音和噪声 (2)声波的基本特性:①声源 ②波动 ③声波的传播特性 (3)噪声的客观物理量度:

①声强、声压、声功率 ②声强级、声压级、声功率级 ③分贝相加、分贝相减、分贝平均 ④频程和滤

波器 ⑤频谱和频谱分析 (4)国家标准和地方标准 (5)噪声控制原理与原则 (6)吸声材料吸声机理及影

响因素 (7)隔声原理及评价指标 (8)消声器技术指标和评价方法 (9)噪声控制技术的分析和计算

重点：声波的基本特性、噪声的客观物理量度、频谱和频谱分析、噪声的掩蔽效应、各种常用的

噪声评价量、噪声标准、吸声材料吸声机理、共振吸声结构吸声机理、隔声原理、组合墙的隔声量、

消声器技术指标和评价方法

难点：声波的传播特性、级、频谱、声波的传播现象、各种常用的噪声评价量、共振吸声结构吸

声机理、单层构件的隔声性能、消声量计算

3.振动污染及其控制

(1)振动基础:①基本物理量 ②振动的性质 ③简谐振动系统 ④波动的产生与传播 (2)环境振动

标准 (3)振动控制技术:①振动源控制 ②机械振动控制 ③阻尼减振 ④冲击减振 ⑤传播途径的减振

对策 (4)减振材料及其应用 (5)减振装置及其应用

重点：振动的性质、波动的产生与传播、环境振动标准、机械振动控制、阻尼减振、传播途径的

减振对策、减振材料及其应用、减振装置及其应用

难点：振动的性质、波动的产生与传播、环境振动标准、机械振动控制、阻尼减振、传播途径的

减振对策

4.电磁辐射污染及其防治

(1)电磁环境和电磁辐射污染 (2)电磁辐射基础:①电场与磁场 ②电磁场与电磁辐射 ③电磁辐射

的量度单位 (3)电磁辐射防护标准 (4)电磁辐射污染防治技术:①电磁辐射防护基本原则 ②电磁辐射

防治的基本方法

重点：电磁场与电磁辐射、电磁辐射防护标准、电磁辐射防护基本原则、电磁辐射防治的基本方

法

难点：电磁场与电磁辐射、电磁辐射防护标准、电磁辐射防护基本原则、电磁辐射防治的基本方

法

5.放射性污染及其控制

(1)环境中放射源 (2)辐射的生物效应及其危害 (3)放射性废物与防护标准 (4)放射性污染控制

技术

重点：环境中放射源、辐射防护有关的量和概念、环境放射性防护标准、放射性废物处理技术、

放射性污染去污技术

难点：辐射防护有关的概念、放射性废物处理技术、放射性污染去污技术

6.热污染及其控制

(1)热环境及热污染 (2)水体热污染 (3)热岛效应 (4)温室效应 (5)热污染评价与标准 (6)热污

染控制技术

重点：热环境、水体热污染、热岛效应、温室效应、热污染评价与标准

难点：水体热污染、热岛效应、温室效应、热环境评价与标准

7.光污染及其控制

(1)光学基础:①照明单位及度量 ②光污染的危害 ③眩光的产生、危害 (2)光环境评价与质量标

准 (3)光污染防治技术

重点：光学基础、光环境评价与质量标准、光污染防治技术

难点：眩光的产生、光环境评价与质量标准、光污染防治技术


物理性污染控制实验课主要在于培养与提高学生进行物理性污染控制设计的能力：理论与实践相

结合能力、实验仪器的选择及应用能力。共 4学时，安排在第 3章课时内容后进行。实验内容及要求如下。

实验一噪声声级的测量及频谱图的绘制(设计性实验)实验要求：

1、了解 ND2精密声级计的基本构造及各旋钮的功能；

2、掌握声级计的校准方法和总声压级，A计权声级、B计权声级、C计权声级及倍频程声压级的测量方法；

3、掌握倍频程滤波器的使用方法和噪声频谱的测量及绘制。

实验二脉冲噪声及噪声瞬态峰值的测量

实验要求：

1、了解 ND6脉冲声级计的基本构造及各旋钮的功能；

2、掌握脉冲噪音及噪音瞬态峰值的测量方法。

实验三室内声场分布及隔声测量的自行设计实验(综合性实验)实验要求：

1、学生结合所学相关知识自行设计噪声测量分析步骤、方法和实验方案，培养独立动手能力和创新意识；

2、掌握室内声场分布及隔声测量方法，加深对噪声特性的感性认识。（六）教学方式与习题要求

具体授课以讲授为主，结合启发、探讨两种方式。采用多媒体教学方式。

习题布置为书面形式。


考核办法结合平时成绩(占 20%)、实验成绩(占 20%)、考试成绩(占 60%)计算课程综合成绩。（八）推荐教材或讲义及主要参考书

1．陈杰瑢：《物理性污染控制》，高等教育出版社，2007，第 1版。

2．马大猷主编：《噪声与振动控制工程手册》，机械工业出版社，2002，第 1版。

3．郑长聚主编：《环境工程手册》，高教出版社，2000年，第 1版。

4．张宝杰主编：《环境物理性污染控制》，化学工业出版社，2003年，第 1版。

5．陈亢利钱先友许浩瀚：《物理性污染与防治》，化学工业出版社，2006.7。

6．L．L．Berarek：《Noise and Viberation Control》，Megraw-Hill New York，l971，第 1版。（九）学时分配


分配

其中

讲授实验上机其他

实践

1 绪论 2 2

2 噪声污染及其控制 10 10

3 振动污染及其控制 6 6

4 电磁辐射污染及其防治 4 4

5 放射性污染及其控制 2 2

6 热污染及其控制 2 2

7 光污染及其控制 2 2

8 实验一噪声声级的测量

及频谱图的绘制

1 设计性

9 实验二脉冲噪声及噪声

瞬态峰值的测量

1 设计性

10 实验三室内声场分布及隔声

测量的自行设计实验

2 综合性

合计 32 28 4

（十）其他说明

无。

【课程编号】020037

工程 CAD制图

Engineering Drawing and CAD

【学分】2.5 【学时】40

【编写】叶皓【审核】陈素华

（一）授课对象�本教学大纲适用于四年制本科环境工程专业。


本课程为工科四年制本科环境工程专业的专业任选课。是高等院校环境工程专业的一门重要专业

课。该课程将系统地阐述环境工程 CAD 制图的基础知识与制图方法，并以 AutoCAD2005 为版本介绍环

境工程计算机制图的原理与方法。本课程以国内外常用的较为成熟的制图技术为主，适当介绍国内外

的先进的制图技术，理论联系实际，着重培养学生分析问题、解决问题及工程应用的能力。本课程须

安排在下列课程之后进行：高等数学、工程数学、普通物理、物理化学、机械制图、工程制图、流体

力学、电工基础、水污染控制工程、固体废物处理工程，建议在第六学期讲授。


通过本课程的学习，使学生掌握环境工程制图及 AutoCAD2005 工程绘图的基本理论、基本知识和

基本方法；培养学生进行环境工程工程制图及计算机绘图的能力，增强学生的工程意识和创新意识。

具备从事环境工程设计、施工、管理和研究开发等方面的基本素质。


1．基本绘图技术及图纸规格

（1）基本绘图工具及其使用方法；（2）工程制图中常用的作图方法；（3）工程图样规格的一般

规定。

重点：工程制图中常用的作图方法；工程图样规格的一般规定。

难点：工程制图中常用的作图方法。

2．计算机辅助设计(CAD)及制图

（1）AutoCAD 概述；（2）AutoCAD2005 制图步骤；（3）AutoCAD2005 绘图指令；（4）AutoCAD2005

标注指令；（5）AutoCAD2005 修改指令；（6）AutoCAD2005 应用示例。

重点：AutoCAD2005 制图步骤、制图的基本指令(主要为绘图、标注、修改内容)及应用示例；

难点：AutoCAD2005 制图基本指令及应用示例。

3．工艺流程图

（1）工艺管道及仪表流程图的基本内容；（2）工艺管道及仪表流程图的图示方法；（3）工艺管

道及仪表流程图的标注；（4）工艺管道及仪表流程图的作图步骤。

重点：工艺管道及仪表流程图的基本内容、标注及作图步骤；

难点：工艺管道及仪表流程图的基本内容、标注。

4．设备与管道布置图

（1）厂房建筑图简介；（2）设备布置图的视图；（3）设备与管道布置图的标注；（4）管口方

位图；（5）设备与管道布置图的绘制方法与步骤。

重点：设备与管道布置图的视图、标注及绘制方法与步骤；

难点：设备与管道布置图的视图标注及绘制方法。

5．典型环保设备图

（1）典型环保设备图的图示特点；（2）环保设备图的简化画法；（3）环保设备图的标准化通用、

常用零件简介；（4）尺寸与表格；（5）环保设备图的阅读与绘制。

重点：环保设备图的简化画法、环保设备图的阅读与绘制；

难点：环保设备图的阅读与绘制。


1. 计算机辅助设计及制图（8学时）

① 名称：计算机辅助设计(CAD)及制图

② 进程：与理论讲授同时安排上机操作；

③ 训练内容：熟悉 AutoCAD2005 绘图中的界面设置、绘图、标注、修改基本指令，掌握指令操作、

节点操作的综合用法；

④ 开设目的：通过该课程内容的学习，训练学生熟悉 AutoCAD2005 绘图基本指令，掌握工程制图

的基本绘图方法；

⑤ 学生应达到要求：能熟练操作 AutoCAD2005 各项基本指令，掌握工程制图的基本绘图方法。

2. 上机训练一（4学时）

① 名称：绘图指令操作训练

② 进程：安排在学完 AutoCAD2005 绘图基本指令之后；

③ 训练内容：熟悉 AutoCAD2005 绘图基本指令，掌握工程制图中各零部件的基本表示方法；

④ 开设目的：通过该课程内容的学习，训练学生熟悉 AutoCAD2005 绘图基本指令，掌握工程制图

的快速绘图方法；

5 学生应达到要求：能熟练操作 AutoCAD2005 各项基本指令，掌握工程制图的快速绘图方法。

3. 上机训练二（4学时）

① 名称：工艺流程图的制图训练

② 进程：安排在学完工艺流程图制图理论学习及 AutoCAD2005 基本指令训练之后；

③ 训练内容：训练利用 AutoCAD2005 绘制工艺流程图的基本方法；

④ 开设目的：通过该课程内容的学习，掌握并巩固工艺流程图的制图，训练学生运用 AutoCAD2005

设计并绘制工艺流程图的能力；

⑤ 学生应达到要求：能较熟练运用 AutoCAD2005 设计并绘制工艺流程图。

4. 上机训练三（4学时）

① 名称：设备与管道布置图的制图训练

② 进程：安排在设备与管道布置图制图理论学习及 AutoCAD2005 基本指令训练之后；

③ 训练内容：训练利用 AutoCAD2005 绘制设备与管道布置图的基本方法；

④ 开设目的：通过该课程内容的学习，掌握并巩固设备与管道布置图的制图方法，训练学生运用

AutoCAD2005 设计并绘制设备与管道布置图的能力；

⑤ 学生应达到要求：能较熟练运用 AutoCAD2005 设计并绘制设备与管道布置图。

5. 上机训练三（4学时）

① 名称：典型环保设备图的制图训练

② 进程：安排在典型环保设备图制图理论学习及 AutoCAD2005 基本指令训练之后；

③ 训练内容：训练利用 AutoCAD2005 绘制典型环保设备图的基本方法；

④ 开设目的：通过该课程内容的学习，掌握并巩固典型环保设备图的制图方法，训练学生运用

AutoCAD2005 设计并绘制典型环保设备图的能力；

⑤ 学生应达到要求：能较熟练运用 AutoCAD2005 设计并绘制典型环保设备图。


本课程采用启发式、讨论式、案例式相结合的教学方法，教学手段主要为计算机教学。

习题以手工及上机绘制工程图训练为主，要求学生主要掌握工程制图的基本技巧及工艺流程图、

设备与管道布置图、典型环保设备图的绘图方法。学生绘图作业要求批改，上机训练要求考核。


本课程采用采用手工绘制工程图及上机制图操作方式对学生进行考核。成绩评定办法：上机制图

操作成绩占 50%，手工绘制工程图成绩占 30%，平时成绩占 20%。


1．潘理黎、俞浙青编著:《环境工程 CAD 技术》，化学工业出版社，2006 年，第一版。

2．武汉大学化学系化工教研室编：《化工制图基础》，高等教育出版社，1987 年，第一版。

3. 王农等编：《工程图学基础》，北京航空航天大学出版社，2002 年，第一版。

4. 郭启全、赵增慧、李莉主编：《AutoCAD2005 基础教程》，北京理工大学出版社，2005 年，第一版。

5. 方利国、董新法编：《化工制图 AutoCAD 实战教程与开发》，化学工业出版社，2005 年，第一版。

6.马瑞兰、金玲编：《化工制图》：上海科学技术文献出版社，1999 年，第一版。



分配

其中


1 基本绘图技术及图纸规格 2 2

2 计算机辅助设计(CAD)及制图 14 6 8

3 工艺流程图 2 2

4 设备与管道布置图 4 4

5 典型环保设备图 2 2

6 上机操作一、基本绘图的操作 4 4 设计性

7 上机操作二、工艺流程图的绘制 4 4 设计性

8 上机操作三、设备与管道布置图的绘制 4 4 设计性

9 上机操作四、典型环保设备图的绘制 4 4 设计性

合计 40 16 24

【课程编号】020043

环境监测

Environmental Monitoring

【学分】2.5 【参考学时】40

【编写】曹群【审核】颜流水


工科四年制本科环境工程专业学生


环境监测是一门应用科学，是环境科学的重要组成部分，是环境科学研究的重要环节和手段之一。

该课程为工科四年制本科环境工程专业的专业课程，属于专业限选课，其地位是通过本课程的学习使

学生了解环境监测基本理论、方法与过程，掌握环境监测中的基本监测技术，培养学生制订和实施环

境监测方案的综合能力，能配合水污染控制工程、大气污染控制工程、噪声污染控制工程等课程开展

环境监测工作。


通过本课程的学习，学生应了解环境监测的基本概念、原理和方法。理解环境监测方案制订的全

过程和环境监测过程质量保证的基本知识。掌握水、大气等污染监测过程中的主要污染物的监测技术，

具有一定的动手能力，能正确应用各种监测方法，并在对监测数据进行判断和处理基础上，作出综合

分析。


1．绪论

（1）环境监测的目的和分类；（2）环境监测技术概述和监测特点；（3）环境标准。

重点：环境监测的概念、内容、过程、类型；环境标准的配套使用。

难点：环境监测的概念、内容、过程、类型；运用举例方法，使学生了解不同环境监测的特点，

针对不同的污染物所需要采用的监测方法是不一致的；环境标准的配套使用。

2．监测过程的质量保证

（1）质量保证的意义；（2）质量保证的内容；（3）监测实验室基础；（4）监测数据的统计处理和结果

表述。

重点：质量保证的基本内容和概念，并熟悉质量保证的有关方法；实验室的有关知识；环境监测

数据的统计处理及数据的表述方法。

难点：质量保证的基本内容和概念，并熟悉质量保证的有关方法；实验室的有关知识；环境监测

数据的统计处理及数据的表述方法。

3．水和废水监测

（1）概述；（2）水质监测方案的制订；（3）水样的采集和保存；（4）水样的预处理；（5）物理性质的

检验；（6）金属化合物的测定；（7）非金属无机物的测定。

重点：掌握地表水和污水监测点位的设置；掌握常规的水样采集、保存及预处理知识；掌握常规

因子的监测方法。

难点：掌握地表水和污水监测点位的设置；掌握常规的水样采集、保存及预处理知识；掌握常规

因子的监测方法。

4．空气和废气监测

（1）空气污染；（2）空气监测方案的制订：①采样方法 ②采样仪器 ③采样时间和频率；（3）气态

和蒸汽态污染物质的测定：①SO2 ②NOX ③CO ④光化学氧化剂和O3的监测 ⑤氟化物等；（4）颗粒

物的测定；（5）污染源监测。

重点：熟悉空气监测方案的制订，针对某个具体的项目能熟练进行空气样品采集布点，选用合适

的采样方法，确定合适的采样仪器、采样时间和频率；熟悉常规因子的监测方法；掌握固定污染源和

流动污染源的监测。

难点：针对某个具体的项目能熟练进行空气样品采集布点，选用合适的采样方法，确定合适的采

样仪器、采样时间和频率。


通过空气监测实验教学环节，让学生了解大气采样器的使用方法，掌握比色法和重量法测定空气

中污染物的技术方法，并能自行设计对空气中 TSP的主成分进行分析。

通过水质监测实验教学环节，让学生了解 COD 的水质评价意义，掌握总磷的前处理方法，从而了

解一般的水体监测的消解规律，掌握一般有机物和无机物的监测方法和原理，通过水中的总铬的测定

了解水中重金属监测的原理和方法，并能设计实际的监测方案。

实验教学环节一般安排在理论课结束后。

1．实验一、空气中 SO2的测定（4学时）

2．实验二、大气中 NOX的测定（4学时）

3．实验三、水样中化学需氧量的测定（3学时）

4．实验四、水样中总磷的测定（4学时）

5．实验五、水样中总铬的测定（6学时）

6．实验六、空气中总悬浮颗粒的测定（3学时）

7．实验七、土壤中农药残留量的测定（12 学时）


本课程教学采用启发式、讨论式、案例式等多种教学方法结合的方式；第一章和第五章安排思考

题；第二、三、四章安排一定数量的习题和思考题，要求学生独立完成，并掌握有关公式和分析问题。

每章节内容讲完后会给学生布置一定的习题。


考核及成绩评定办法：实验成绩占 30%，考试成绩占 70%，如果学生点到一次缺席在总成绩内扣 1

分。


1. 国家环保局，水和废水监测分析方法编委会《水和废水监测分析方法》第四版，北京：中国环境

科学出版社，2003

2. 国家环保局，空气和废气监测分析方法编委会《空气和废气监测分析方法》第四版，中国环境科

学出版社，2003

3. 吴同华主编，《环境监测技术实习》，化学工业出版社，2003

4. 李广超主编，《环境监测实习》，化学工业出版社，2002

5. 奚旦立孙裕生刘秀英编，《环境监测》（修订版），高等教育出版社，1995


章节

序号章节名称

学时分

配（h）

其中

讲授实验上机其它实

践

1 绪论 2 22 监测过程质量保证 6 63 水和废水监测 5 54 大气和废气监测 5 5

5 连续自动监测技术与简易监测

方法2 2

6 实验一、空气中 SO2的测定 4 4

7 实验二、大气中 NOX的测定 4

8实验三、水样化学需氧量的测

定3 3

9 实验四、水样总磷的测定 4 4

10 实验五、水样总铬的测定 6 6

11实验六、空气中总悬浮颗粒

（TSP）的测定3 3

12实验七、土壤中农药残留量的

测定12

合计 40 20 其中必修

学时：20h

【课程编号】020240

环境工程设计基础Design Basis of Environment Engineering

【学分】2.0 【学时】32

【编写】邱贤华【审核】魏立安




本课程为工科四年制本科环境工程专业的专业任选课。着重点为环境工程制图，通过本课程的学

习并配合相应的实践环节，使学生掌握环境工程制图的基础知识，提高设计计算、制图、应用计算机

等方面的基本技能，能独立地进行一般污染控制工程的规划、设计和运转管理，并具有从事初步的环

境污染治理工程设计的能力。

为课程设计和毕业设计提供必要的基础知识。本课程的先修课程及相关课程包括：高等数学、工

程数学，普通物理、机械制图、流体力学、工程力学，电工基础，水污染控制工程，大气污染控制工

程，建议在第七学期讲授。


通过本课程的学习，使学生对环境工程设计的基本概念有系统、�深入的理解，能基本掌握各种

设计方法的应用范围和条件，能应用本课程中学到的基本理论,对城市和工业污水处理的类型、特点

和处理方案的比较选优，掌握污水处理工程的设计程序、内容、原则、设计计算方法和步骤，掌握污

水处理常用工艺技术和新工艺技术的工艺特征、设计运行参数、设计计算和应用效果。从而培养学生

工程设计能力，增强学生的工程意识和创新意识。具有从事环境工程设计、施工、管理和研究开发等

方面的基本专业素质


1．污水处理工程设计

（1）污水处理技术及其新发展；（2）污水处理工程的建设程序；（3）污水处理工程的设计阶段；

（4）污水处理工程各设计阶段的内容：设计前期的工作、初步设计、施工图设计；（5）污水处理工

程的设计依据：污水处理工程基本情况资料、设计任务书或委托书、巧水处理工程技术资料、污水处

理工程设计资料

重点：污水处理工程各设计阶段的内容：设计前期的工作、初步设计、施工图设计

难点：污水处理技术及其新发展

2.污水处理工程设计资料

（1）污水处理工程设计基础资料：城市或企业现状和规划资料、自然资料、供水供电及交通运输资

料、污染源资料、概算资料、其他资料；（2）现场查勘：现场查勘的目的与内容、现场查勘的步骤、

现场查勘应注意的事项。（3）污染源调查：污染源调查的目的、污染源调查的步骤、污染源调查的方

法与内容；（4）现场勘测：地形测量、工程地质勘察

重点：污水处理工程设计基础资料

难点：污染源调查

3.污水处理系统及其选择

（1）污水处理系统的类型及其组成：概述、污水处理系统的类型、污水处理系统构成设施的分类、

污水处理系统规划设计注意事项；（2）城市污水处理工艺及其选择：污水处理工艺方案的内容与方案

确定的依据、城市污水特征与处理程度、城市污水处理工艺的典型流程、城市污水处理构筑物的选型；

（3）工业污水处理工艺及其选择：工业污水特征与处理目标、工业污水处理方法、各类工业废水的处

理

重点：城市污水处理工艺及其选择

难点：工业污水处理工艺及其选择

4.污水处理工程的方案比较

（1）污水处理工程方案比较的内容：污水处理工程的方案比较层次、污水处理工程的方案比较内

容；（2）污水处理工程的技术经济指标：污水处理工程的技术经济指标的内容、评价设计方案的技术

经济指标；（3）污水处理工程设计方案的经济比较方法：指标对比法、经济评价法；（4）污水处理工

程的建设投资和经营管理费用：基本建设投资、可行性研究阶段污水处理工程直接费的计算方法、经

营管理费用

重点：污水处理工程方案比较的内容

难点：指标对比法、经济评价法

5.污水处理厂设计

（1）污水厂设计的内容及原则：污水厂设计内容、污水厂设计原则；（2）污水厂厂址选择；（3）

污水处理厂工艺设计：污水处理厂规模、进出污水水质、处理工艺选择、污水预处理与一级处理、厌

氧生物处理、好氧生物处理、鼓风机房、深度处理、污泥浓缩、污泥脱水；（4）污水厂的总体布置：

污水厂总体布置的内容、污水厂的平面布置、污水厂的高程布置；（5）工程结构与辅助工程：工程结

构、电气与自控、计量与检测、其他辅助工程；(6)污水处理工程节能设计：污水处理中的能耗、污水

处理的节能技术

重点：污水处理厂工艺设计

难点：污水厂的总体布置

6.污水处理工程验收与运行

(1)污水处理工程竣工验收：工程验收组织与程序、工程验收的准备、工程验收的内容、水池工程

验收、机械设备安装工程验收、管道安装工程验收；(2)污水处理工程运行管理：还行管理概述、沉淀

池的运行和管理、活性污泥系统的运行管理、生物膜处理系统的运行管理、厌氧生物处理装置的运行

管理、管道与设备的运行管理

重点：工程验收的内容

难点：厌氧生物处理装置的运行管理

7.污水处理工程课程设计与毕业设计

(1)污水处理工程课程设计：课程设计的内容和深度、污水处理工程课程设计任务书、污水处理工

程课程设计指导书、污水处理工程课程设计步骤和参考资料；(2)污水处理工程毕业设计：污水处理工

程毕业设计的目的、毕业设计的内容和深度要求、毕业设计的选题、毕业设计成果要求、毕业设计进

度计划和步骤

重点：设计的内容

难点：设计的深度

8.污水处理厂设计实例

(1)某城市污水处理厂设计实例：总论、污水处理工艺方案比较、污水处理工艺设计计算、污水处

理厂总体布置、土建与公用工程、投资估算、劳动定员与运行费用； (2)某淀粉厂废水处理工艺设计实

例：概述、设计资料、处理工艺方案的确定、处理工艺构筑物设计、污水处理站平面布置和高程布置、

施工要求

重点：污水处理工艺设计计算

难点：处理工艺方案的确定

9.污水处理工程设计参考资料及附图

(1)有关设计的参考资料：污水综合排放标准 GB 8978—1996、常用水质标准索引、污水排入下水道

水质标准、常用设计与施工规范索引、常用标准图索引、劳动定员、附属建筑与设备、厂区道路与绿

化、各种管线允许距离、标准大气压下不同温度的溶解氧量、消防间距； (2)有关制图的基本知识：图

纸幅面与标题栏、比例、图线、尺寸注写规则、标高、坐标、方向标、索引标志、图纸折叠方法

重点：排放标准

难点：附属建筑与设备


上机：（8学时）

1.上机二给水排水总平面图（4学时）

上机要求、主要内容：

(1) 熟悉给水管道和排水管道系统图的阅读方法；

(2) 掌握给水管道和排水管道系统图的画法。

（3）绘制给水管道和排水管道系统图一幅.

开设的目的: 培养与提高学生上机的能力，增加实践动手能力。

2.上机三、污水处理厂总体布置（4学时）

上机要求、主要内容，以及开设的目的：

(1) 熟悉污水处理厂总体布置的要求；

(2) 掌握污水处理厂总平面图的画法。

（3）绘制污水处理厂总平面图一幅.

开设的目的: 培养与提高学生上机的能力，增加实践动手能力。


本课程教学采用启发式、讨论式的教学方法；使用多媒体教学手段；不采用双语教学。

为帮助学生及时消化巩固课堂所学知识，在各章节中安排作业和思考题，习题问答题、画图和设

计题为主。题量适中，全部批改并作为平时成绩考核的依据。


平时成绩占 30%；考试成绩占 70%。

平时：课堂提问、到课率、上课纪律、作业情况、实验成绩。

考试：采用半开卷考试或作业及论文形式。


1．曾科、卜秋平、陆少鸣编：《污水处理厂设计与运行》，化学工业出版社，2001年，第 1版。

2．李旭东编：《废水处理技术及工程应用》，机械工业出版社，2003年，第 1版。

3. 俞辉群编：《城市污水处理应用技术》，建筑工业出版社，2004 年，第 1版。

4. 张统编：《污水处理工艺及工程方案设计》，建筑工业出版社，2003 年，第 1版。

5. 核工业部第二研究设计院主编：《给排水设计手册(1-12)》，�建筑工业出版社，2004 年，第 2版。

6. 何斌，陈锦昌编：《建筑制图》，高等教育出版社，2000年，第 1版。



分配

其中


1 污水处理工程设计 2 2

2 污水处理工程设计资料 2 2

3 污水处理系统及其选择 3 3

4 污水处理工程的方案比较 2 2

5 污水处理厂设计 2 2

6 污水处理工程验收与运行 3 3

7 污水处理工程课程设计与毕业设计 2 2

8 污水处理厂设计实例 3 3

9 污水处理工程设计参考资料及附图 1 1

10 复习 2 2

11 上机 8 8

考试 2 2

合计 32 24 8

【课程编号】

地球科学与 GISEarth Science and GIS

【学分】1.5 【学时】24

【编写】陈素华【审核】张秋根


环境工程专业四年制本科生


本课程为环境工程专业本科生的专业必修课。主要内容为地理信息系统和环境信息系统的基本概

念、理论体系、软件架构、功能、系统应用及发展趋势等，为本科生建立环境信息处理课程的全面的

知识体系。《地球科学与 GIS》是一门综合性较强的课程，学生学习本课程必须具备足够的专业基础知

识，包括数据库、程序设计、环境保护与可持续发展等。


通过教学，并结合上机，要求学生基本掌握环境信息系统的基本概念、基本原理、环境信息系统

分析与设计的基本方法以及一般应用、GIS软件的操作，培养学生对利用所学的地理信息系统、数据

库进行环境保护系统的开发，拓展学生的应用技能，并培养其对这一领域的专业兴趣，为今后的继续

深造或采用环境信息系统技术解决实际问题打下较扎实的基础。


1．概述

（1）信息（2）系统与信息系统（3）环境信息系统

重点：环境信息系统的概念及作用

难点：环境信息系统的主要研究内容、特点以及发展趋势

2．数据库

（1）数据库与数据库系统（2）数据库中的数据模型（3）关系数据库基本原理

（4）数据库应用系统设计概述（5）数据库的发展趋势

重点：数据库中的数据模型

难点：关系数据库基本原理

3．地理信息系统（GIS）

（1）地理信息的特点（2）地理信息系统的发展历史（3）地理信息系统组成

（4）GIS 的相关学科与技术（5）地理信息系统的数据结构（6）地理信息系统的空间分析

（7）常用 GIS 软件简介（8）地理信息系统的发展趋势

重点：地理信息系统的数据结构与空间分析

难点：地理信息系统的空间分析

4．环境信息系统的主要数据来源

（1）遥感技术基础（2）全球定位系统简介

重点：遥感目视解译和遥感数字图像处理，

难点：遥感过程及其技术系统

5．基于关系数据库的环境管理信息系统

（1）环境管理信息系统的特点（2）环境统计—环境管理信息系统的起源

（3）环境管理信息系统的技术核心（4）环境管理信息系统的设计应用实例

重点：环境管理信息系统的特点和技术核心

难点：环境系统总体设计的基本原则

6．环境地理信息系统（EGIS）

（1）环境地理信息系统观念的提出（2）环境虚拟与模拟（3）EGIS 的数据库设计

（4）EGIS 的开发（5）EGIS 的应用实例分析

重点：EGIS 的数据库设计及 EGIS 的开发

难点：EGIS 的应用


1．上机练习建立数据库（2学时）

学校有若干系，每个系有若干班级和教研室，每个教研室有若干老师，其中一些教授和副教授每

人各带若干研究生。每个班有若干学生，每个学生选修若干课程，每门课可由若干学生选修。试用 E

－R图描述这些实体及其联系，并试着上机构建一简单数据库进行模拟。要求学生掌握数据应用设计的

原理和基本步骤。

2．GIS 软件的使用（2学时）

（1）在 mapinfo 下将《江西省行政区》配准，并分为行政区、区府所在地两个图分别矢量化。

（2）对行政区图层建立属性库，具体属性项如下：行政区图层：行政区名、辖区面积、人口（年份）。

（3）利用自己所建立的矢量图练习使用 Mapinfo，包括创建专题地图等等。

要求学生熟悉 GIS 软件的使用步骤，掌握 mapinfo 软件的使用方法。

3．EGIS 的模拟应用（2学时）

模拟建立基于 3S 的环境综合管理信息系统，使学生理解与掌握 EGIS 的数据库设计思路。


本课程采用课堂讲授方式进行启发式和案例式教学，采用电子多媒体教案。

结合上机实践教学，注重交叉学科的思维模式、技术途径及方法论的讨论。


采用考查方式进行考核，按平时成绩 30%，期末成绩 70%评定学生成绩。


1．孙水裕，王孝武编著：《环境信息系统》，化学工业出版社，2004 年，第一版。（推荐教材）

2．邬伦，刘瑜，张晶，马修军，韦中亚，田原编著：《地理信息系统——原理、方法和应用》，科学

出版社，2001年，第一版。

3．闫海忠，杨树华、张光飞编著：《环境信息系统基础》，科学出版社，2006 年，第一版。

4．张邦俊编：《环境信息系统基础》，浙江科学技术出版社，2004年，月第一版。

5．曾向阳编：《环境信息系统》，科学出版社，2005年，第一版。

6．刘耀林编：《环境信息系统》，科学出版社，2005年 9月第一版。

7．王桥，张宏，李旭文编：《环境地理信息系统》，科学出版社，2004年，第一版。



分配

其中


1 第一章概述 2

2 第二章数据库 4 2

3 第三章地理信息系统 4 2

4 第四章环境信息系统的主要数据来源 3

5 第五章基于关系数据库的环境管理信息系统 3

6 第六章环境地理信息系统 2 2

合计 18 6

statics and materials 1003eng - sem 2 2014 griffith...

Documents